Home

Avaya BCM Management User Guide

1. Red or Green Green Green Blink Redor Redor Green Flash Blink Green Green _ O O OQ O OQ OQ O QOQ QOQ Q wea 6 C 1 2 Qe am p o Po Business Communications Manager Using the Initialization menu to monitor system hardware If you require a more detailed reading of what the SSM LEDs are reading you can access another type of system status monitor by using the PuTTY application to access the Business Communications Manager Initialization menu Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 462 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Install the PuTTY as described in Access PuTTY as described in When prompted enter the user name default ee_admin When prompted enter the password default PlsChgMe oa fF OQO N When the Initialization screen appears enter 6 on your keyboard The System Status Monitor screen appears see Figure 64 PuTTY system status monitor screen PCI1 Wan Card Running PlI2Z Modem Running PIS Voice MSC Card Running PCI4 Network Card Running ct a KE FE ct ne m Primary Ma PIEEOE ca th ty CFU Usa Total Avallable Yirt Mer Total Phys Mem Avallable PhysHMer Current F J J ee te Di opace opace api aCe Oo LO in L api La A iiei a Telephony status 4 iT H phony Services Up a a
2. UNISTIM Terminal proxy server HotDesking Inventory service Inventory service The Inventory service performs an inventory of system functions and reports information back to the Unified Manager Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name InventorySvc Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms Inventory Service Inventory service service structure Parent Voice MSC Driver Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics Voice Licensing services A l i L Media services manager Inventory service Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 286 Chapter3 Service Management System lpMusic BcmAmp lpMusic The lpMusic BcmAmp service provides the on board music on hold player Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name BomAmp Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms BCMAmp loMusic BcmAmp service structure Parent Voice MSC Driver _ Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics Voice Licensing services I i L Media services manager _ _ _ IpMusic lpMusic Tone Server lpMusic Tone The lpMusic BcmAmp service provides the on board music on hold to either the network or Server BCMAmp Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name ToneSrvr Default status Stopped Default startup
3. 61 Alarm service selection WINdOW 2 0 00 66 PE oe 4 a OS 8 Seek ERG HE Eee RE Ee 67 Alarm browser and detail Screen 0 0c eee 69 Alarm manager database fields 20 00 ccc eee 70 SNMP Trap screen 6 5 6 4 hi 5095 4 O56 Ba Poe oo Sha SSH ESES ARREARS ORS SER 72 Alarm backup batch job Screen 0 ce eee ia SNMP summary SCICEN lt 4 cep cous eeee dad C654 Cored REFER A Ee RES 77 Community lisi SCreSn 2 2 ccc dceceusdedutsew sd hbndeceesdsvatacsisadi 78 ManaCer NS SCC vxntsitoened jatar cedbcdueeeneobetes aeketuedes 81 Trap Community list screen 2 0 0 eee ene 85 Modify trap community dialog DOK 2 icexk0a6 ee Gbe de eh Seebede ede ee EE 87 Alarm clearing flow chart ii cdcen ccd etdeintaddeteidatatacdeesdid bes 89 Service manager display 0 0 eee ees 246 Modify services selection cc cdc ee nee ea eA REC Re ee R OR Od 247 Services list dialog DOK 2205 ce eh kw cece nd Seen Ghee hed ene coe Oesee ees 247 Product maintenance and support page Maintenance tools Services and drivers drop down list Select Watchdog from the Unified Manager 000 cee ee eee 308 System test ING SCOGN 2 6444644540h5 eR 64S bd tti EO EOS HREM HE COS ee OOS 312 Delete the log dialog box na nananana aana 314 Report a problem input screen 0 ee eee 316 Report a problem application selection screen step 2 008 317 Basic application selection screen Advanced applicatio
4. 1 Choose Diagnostics Trunk Modules Double click the bus that contains the card you want to test For example Bus 02 Double click the appropriate module on this bus For example Module 1 A O N Click Loopback Tests The Configuration menu option is enabled The loopback status box displays the type of test currently running Note If there is an analog module in the media bay or the media is empty the box displays Not equipped 5 On the Configuration menu click Start loopback to begin the test The system displays the Loopback type selection window 6 From the drop down menu select the test you want to run and then click OK The options are Line Payload Card edge or Continuity P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 431 Note To end the test at any time click Stop loopback on the Configuration menu DTM CSU statistics Each DTM has an internal channel service unit CSU When enabled the internal CSU monitors the quality of the received T1 signal and provides performance statistics alarm statistics and diagnostic information DTMs must be individually programmed to establish parameters for collecting and measuring transmission performance statistics by the CSU For more information refer to e Statistics collected by the system on page 431 e Enable the internal CSU on page 432 e Check the performance statistics on page 432 e Check the CSU alarms on p
5. For an DTM CTM or DSM Check the external line by terminating a single line telephone directly on the distribution block or equivalent which connects to the Trunk Module For the ASM If the ASM is still down power down then power up the Business Communications Manager system If the problem persists 1 If AC power is present and the LED indicator on the module is off replace the module 2 Replace the link cable 3 Replace the module For information about replacing components refer to the Business Communications Manager Installation and Maintenance Guide Media Bay Module status Media Bay Modules selection allows you to view the status of all the modules as well as identify any device or lines connected to the system This allows you to isolate any malfunctioning part of the system In addition you can use the Media Bay Module selection to disable and enable modules and devices For more information refer to one of the following procedures Use this procedure to display module type the number of sets connected to the module the number of busy sets and the module state 1 On the navigation tree click the Resources key and click the Media Bay Modules key The window displays Bus 02 through to 08 2 Click heading of the Bus you want to view For example Bus 02 The Configuration menu is enabled and the status information of the module associated with that bus appears Disabling enabling a Bus The following procedu
6. 436 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 5 Click the Loopback drop list and then click Manual DTE or Automatic DTE If you choose Manual DTE the DDI Mux enters loopback mode with the DTE The Business Communications Manager takes any data it receives from the DTE and loops it back to the DTE If you choose Automatic DTE the DDI Mux enters the DTE loopback state when requested by the DTE Use Automatic DTE only if this feature is supported by the DTE 6 Exit the Unified Manager session The TM LED lights to indicate the Loopback test has started 7 View the TxD and RxD LEDs to make sure data is transmitted and received by the DTE Refer to LED Indicator and Diagnostics on page 436 for information about the LEDs 8 When you are finished the loopback test start a Unified Manager session 9 Click the Resources key and then the Media Bay Modules key 10 Click the key of the Bus number assigned to the Data Module 11 Click the Data Module key and then click the Loopback status heading 12 Click the Loopback drop list and then click Off LED Indicator and Diagnostics The DDI Mux has 15 LEDs that indicate current status or operating conditions Table 33 DDI Mux LED description TxD The LED flashes at a rate equal to the number of zeros in the data received from the Transmit data DTE and transmitted over the network The speed of the flashes is an indication of the speed of the data sent over the network RxD
7. 90 1 ModemBackuph V90 2 ModermTrapDialOut G UTWANT zp SNMP Be ave Cancel amp a05 Monitor aaa eel Ready Ge ee E i zo ae ce Warning Applet Window Net Link Mar amp Alarm Service NAT VPN Policy Management Ready 7 Configure the Trap List attributes according to the following table Table 11 SNMP Trap List attributes a ea O OOOO O O Trap List T Allows you to specify the entry name used to identify an individual trap community entry on the SNMP agent Its value must follow certain conventions It must have the prefix T followed by a unique number that identifies the trap community entry on the agent For example T2 is a valid value While adding specify non recurring values for the unique number While adding if you specify an existing trap community entry name it modifies the existing trap community entry Using non sequential numbers results in automatic reassignment of sequential numbers While modifying a trap community entry you can t change the name The trap community entry name does not have any significance other than to uniquely identify an entry Community Name The community name is case sensitive and encoded in each trap message This name can not be in the Community List Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 86 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Table 11 SNMP Trap List attributes Continued C Manager IP Allows you
8. ATA 2 does not function on page 464 e Unified Manager Diagnostics on page 466 e Driver Debug diagnostics on page 466 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 58 Chapter 1 Management Overview P0609330 2 0 59 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Business Communications Manager fault management includes the following major topics e BCM Fault Management Tools on page 59 e Alarm Management System on page 60 e Alarm Reporting System on page 61 e Access and Configure the Alarm System on page 65 e SNMP Traps on page 74 e Configuring an SNMP Community on page 76 e Configuring an SNMP Manager List on page 80 e Configuring an SNMP Trap Community List on page 84 e Alarm Analysis and Clearing Procedures on page 89 e Component ID alarm summary information on page 92 e Component ID SNMP Trap Error Interpretation on page 100 e Component ID alarm descriptions on page 101 e Events that cause a system restart on page 242 BCM Fault Management Tools Fault management activities range from system setup monitoring and reporting to fault identification diagnosis and correction The toolsets available to the BCM network administrator to access alarms and perform fault analysis are as follows e Alarm management using the Unified Manager Interface e SNMP traps for remote fault management Administrators access alarms and perform
9. Accessing the LAN performance monitor This section describes how to access and use the LAN performance monitor to analyze LAN traffic characteristics This section also refers to the following e Accessing the QoS Graph and Table on page 364 e Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table on page 365 e Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table on page 366 To access the LAN performance manager 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager main page select Configure On the navigation tree click and expand the Resources tree The Unified Manager displays the system resources page Click and expand the LAN resource tree Click on one of the LAN resources e g LAN1 The Unified Manager displays the LAN resource page On the LAN resource page select Performance from the top line menu Select one of the LAN performance monitor selections from the drop down menu Accessing the LAN graph and table The statistics compiled by the system indicate packet traffic over the LAN A packet is the unit of data that is routed between an origin and a destination over the LAN Each packet is separately numbered and includes the LAN IP address of the destination When the packets have all arrived they are reassembled into the original file To access the LAN Graph and Table 1 Access the Resources performance monitor see
10. Chapter 3 Service Management System 279 Table 16 Nortel Networks configurable services Display name Default Display name Default startup Service name startup status Service name status Alarm service AlarmSvc Stopped Manual Policy service pep Running Automatic BCMUpgrade Running Automatic PPPoE service PPPoEService Stopped Disabled BCMUpgrade Call Detail Recording Running Automatic SNMP Simple network Running Automatic VoiceRecord messaging protocol Doorphone CTEDP Running Automatic SNMP Trap service SNMPTRAP Stopped Manual DECT Alarm monitor Running Automatic System status monitor SSM Running Automatic DECTAlarms DECT Maintenance console Running Automatic Telephony service T apiSrv Running Manual DECTMtce DECT OAM DECTOAM Running Automatic Tintsvr tIntsvr Running Automatic FTP Publishing service Stopped Manual UNISTIM Terminal proxy server Running Automatic MSFTPSVC UTPS HotDesking HotDesking Running Automatic VBMain VBMain Running Automatic Inventory service Running Automatic Voice CFS CfsServer Running Automatic InventorySvc loMusic BcmAmp Stopped Manual Voice CTE CTEngine Running Automatic BcmAmp loMusic Tone Server Tone Stopped Manual VoiceCTI VoiceCTI Running Manual Srvr IPSecIKE service Running Automatic Voice mail VoiceMail Running Automatic IPSecIKE Line monitor server LMS Running Automatic Voice management subsystem Running Automatic VoiceMa
11. Contact Alarms and Traps Maintenance eoystem Information Order amp Enable Optional Components Install Optional Components Wlaintenance Tools Archlog A fC hi log Y ie Wie Archlog Settings Browse Logs Folder ee Business Communications Manager HM 4 a Your Location BOM Product Maintenance amp Support Archlog Viewer Archlog Viewer Archloo Viewer will enable you to download and delete Archlog Packages Archlog Packages mep cey doc LOGS 2003 09 05 14 00 Olap Download Archlos Package Delete Archloe Package mep cey doc LOGS 2005 09 06 7 40 O0 2p Download Archlos Packasce Delete Archloo Package Archlog settings Archlog settings allows you to configure the archlog batch file process to perform the following e Send Archlog Package to FTP Server When the archlog package successfully compiles this feature allows you to send your archlog package to an FTP server e Archlog Package Cleanup When cleanup is enabled Archlog automatically deletes any archlog packages that are older than the specified number of days Cleanup is done each time Archlog is executed This feature only deletes local archlog packages and not the ones stored on FTP Servers e Log Checking When log checking is enabled Archlog archives only those logs that have been modified since the last time archlog was ran You can specify to check all logs or just bak log files Setting Archl
12. Default startup Manual Alarms IVR Nortel Networks IVR service structure Parent VoiceMSCDriver __ Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics _ _ _Voice Licensing services z t Media services manager VoiceCTI ___ Nortel Networks IVR Nortel Networks license service Nortel Networks The Nortel Networks licence service is used to enable you to enter keycodes and verifying license service licensing on the BCM If keycode entry does not function correctly verify the correct operational status of this service Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name Nortel Networks license service Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Nortel Networks license service structure Parent Policy service Policy service The Policy service provide Quality of Service QoS policy information base support COPS protocol support and policy rules implementation installation removal for policy enforcement Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name pep Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms Policy Services Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 294 Chapter3 Service Management System Policy service service structure Parent Remote procedure call service __ Policy service PPPoE service PPPoE service The PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet service enables connect
13. Press the Tab key to save your change Restart the Business Communications Manager system To add a Business Communications Manager system to a domain 1 On the navigation tree click the System key and click the Identification heading The Identification screen appears 2 Click the Change Domain Membership tab The Change Domain Membership screen appears Click the Add To box and click Domain Click the New System Domain box and enter the name of the domain to which you want to add the Business Communications Manager system Press the Tab key to save your change Restart the Business Communications Manager system To add a Business Communications Manager system to a Windows 2000 domain 1 On the navigation tree click the System key and click the Identification heading The Identification screen appears 2 Click the Change Domain Membership tab The Change Domain Membership screen appears Click the Add To box and click Win2000Domain Click the Domain User ID box and enter the User ID that the Business Communications Manager system uses to access this domain 5 Click the Password box and enter the password that the Business Communications Manager system uses to access this domain 6 Click the New Win 2000 Domain box and enter the name of the domain to which you want to add the Business Communications Manager system Press the Tab key to save your change Restart the Business Communications Manager system Busin
14. PuTTY installing 390 Q Q SIG Voice Networking requires keycode 27 R ReadOnlyUserGroup 383 rebuild disk mirroring 463 remote network password policies 390 require sign and encrypt 382 Reset failed logon attempts count after min 389 Resources 43 restart event triggers 242 restore data BRU 420 resync timer alarm database 70 RFC SNMP traps 100 RIP v2 MIBs 474 S sanity interval system status monitor 459 sanity reset system status monitor 459 sanity timeouts system status monitor 459 schedule day alarm backup 73 schedule time alarm backup 73 security add user profile 384 authentication compatibility 381 callback settings 385 change password 385 clear page file on shutdown 381 compatibility levels 381 domain secure channel 382 domain user group 388 failed logon attempts before lockout 389 force secure web access 382 lockout duration 389 lockout policy 388 minimum password length 390 minimum web encryption 382 NTLM authentication 391 operating system support 381 Index 481 password complexity 390 password policy 389 private security key 378 reset failed logon attempts count after min 389 SMB client signing 381 SMB server signing 381 SSH client 390 system timeout 380 uploading a certificate 378 user groups 387 user system parameters 379 service manager watchdog 457 Services 43 services activating Telnet 391 monitoring 457 setting up logging off of Business Communications Manager 44 sev
15. System Level Service Definitions on page 252 e Nortel Networks Configurable Services on page 278 e Watchdog Service on page 307 Service Manager Use the Service Manager to access assess or modify the state of services running on the Business Communications Managers in your network Use the Unified Manager to configure services individually on each Business Communications Manager in your network Services running on a single Business Communications Manager in a network are independent of other Business Communications Managers in the same network Services do not interact between Business Communications Managers Services control the fundamental functionality of the Business Communications Manager A service is a software process that controls interaction with the Business Communications Manager hardware devices computing environment telephony or your browser interface Modification of any service has far reaching effects on communications or event reporting capability Nortel Networks strongly recommends you consult with your support group prior to using the service manager interface There are two categories of services e System level services Software processes that are critical to essential operating system level features see System Level Service Definitions on page 252 e Nortel Networks configurable services Software processes that are critical to the operation of the Business Communications Manager so
16. UPS Telnet Netla Management Diagnostics s ummary Logged in Unified Manager ready for use 2 Internet Z Apply the NetIQ keycode Before you configure the NetIQ feature to enable management of the BCM by the NetIQ Vivinet Manager server obtain and apply the NetIQ agent software authorization keycode Go to System gt Licensing gt Keycode Files in Unified Manager and use the Keycode File Location Information screen For more information about using keycodes with the BCM refer to the Software Keycode Installation Guide Field descriptions This section provides detailed description of individual fields with their possible values Field name Description Name Displays the name of the NetIQ agent this is a read only field Description Displays a short description of the NetIQ agent this is a read only field NetIQ Agent Version Displays the version of the NetIQ agent you are using this is a read only field Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 374 Chapter 7 Performance Management Using NetlQ Field name Authorized Management Server s comma separated Bind Management Server Port NetIQ Agent Listening Port Status P0609330 2 0 Description Specifies the IP addresses of the NetIQ management servers with which the NetIQ agent running on the BCM can communicate Valid values are comma separated IP addresses or an asterisk IP addresses
17. Voice application sub components and configuration data 403 Telephony componens 5 46 046540645 0465050060 05580405446 E 404 Scheduled backup jobs information nannaa aaaea 408 DDI Mut LED ISSO seres cactanecRGecigens e eeeeereaneee aces 436 System Status Monitor LED descriptions n a aaan aa aaaea 458 LED Display screen settings 0 cee cee eee tee 459 LED Display screen settings 204 ce4 eves wand R846 Oo eee Ree OEE eR RRR OO 463 Standard MIBs files descriptions 0 0 00 ccc ee 470 Nortel MIBs files descriptions 0 00 ee ees 470 Microsoft MIBs files descriptions 17 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 18 P0609330 2 0 19 Preface The Business Communications Manager Management User Guide describes how to manage maintain and sustain Business Communications Manager network services Purpose The concepts operations and tasks described in the guide relate to the FCAPS fault configuration administration performance and security management strategy for the Business Communications Manager BCM and BCM network This guide provides task based information on how to detect and correct faults through the interfaces and reporting system Use the Nortel Networks Unified Manager UM and Network Configuration Manager NCM applications to implement monitor and administer the network level operations Use this guide to perform equivalent network level o
18. on page 439 System version System version allows you to check the version number of the System Processor SP software that resides on the Media Services Card MSC 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics key and click the MSC heading The version number of the software appears in the System version box 2 Write the version number on the appropriate Maintenance record Note You can use the version number to determine the software release and it may be required by support staff if a software fault occurs Problems with module service Check first for user problems then wiring connections and programming errors before replacing Business Communications Manager equipment Warning Notify service provider of T1 or PRI signaling disruption A N Notify your T1 or PRI service provider before disconnecting your T1 or PRI lines removing power to your system or performing any other action that disrupts your T1 or PRI signaling Failure to notify your T1 or PRI service provider may result in a loss of T1 or PRI service 1 Check that the module is properly inserted in the server or expansion cabinet 2 Access Resources and then Media Bay Modules to ensure that the module is not disabled For more information refer to the procedure Media Bay Module status on page 427 If the problem persists If the AC power is present and the LED indicator on the module is off contact your customer service representative If AC power
19. A __ Qos flt_init RDS self certifying RDS self certifying Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Remote data service RDS self certifying service relates to security functions within Internet applications and relies on protected storage This service is not critical to normal operation of BCM Nortel Networks recommends you do not change the default status and startup values System level services rdscert Stopped Disabled None RDS self certifying service structure Parent Remote procedure call service A _ _ Protected storage i RDS self certifying P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 265 Remote access autodial manager Remote access The Remote access autodial manager service manages dial in and dial out connections The autodial manager service initiates the dial up procures the resources amp parameters and completes the call Type System level services Service name RasAuto Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms None Remote access autodial manager service structure Parent Child TDI None Telephony service Remote procedure call service Workstation Remote access connection manager a i a Remote access autodial manager Remote access connection manager Remote access The Remote access connection manager service manages dial in and dial out connections The c
20. Business Communications Manager TIA 547A TR62411 LOS CFA Red CFA Red CFA OOF CFA Red CFA Red CFA AIS CFA Red CFA AIS CFA RAI CFA Yellow CFA Yellow CFA The criteria for declaring and clearing the alarms is selectable to meet those in TIA 547A or TR64211 Enabling the internal CSU Use this procedure to enable the internal CSU to gather performance statistics for your T1 lines or PRI with public interface 1 Choose Resources Media Bay Modules The window displays Bus 02 through to 08 Choose the appropriate bus For example Bus 02 Choose Modules on Bus The modules on this bus appear Choose the appropriate module For example Module 1 Click the T1 Parameters heading In the Internal CSU box click On The module is temporarily disabled while the internal CSU is enabled Checking the performance statistics A OO N Choose Diagnostics Trunk Modules Choose the appropriate bus that contains the module that you want to check Choose Module CSU statistics Performance statistics Click the Current interval heading to display the duration of the current 15 minute interval of the selected card the number of errored seconds ES the number of severely errored seconds SES and the number of unavailable time seconds UAS P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 453 5 Double click the 15 min intervals heading to display statistics for 15 minute intervals in the last 24 hour
21. Click the device you want to disable On the Configuration menu click Disable The system displays a warning that this action will disable the port 4 Click OK The system disables the device in one minute or immediately if the device is idle Press Cancel to leave this display without disabling the device Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 448 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Enabling a disabled device 1 Identify the device you wish to disable For information on how to perform this procedure refer to Identifying a device connected to the system on page 446 Click the device you want to enable On the Configuration menu click Enable The system displays a message indicating that the device is being enabled Tests Business Communications Manager allows you to run tests to verify the integrity of the installation wiring for the telephone sets Before you run any tests use the procedure DN to port conversion on page 450 to determine the port associated with a particular DN Warning Choose an appropriate time to run tests A good time to run tests is after office hours The following messages may appear on the Alarm Telephone during Loopback tests Message Explanation EVT 210 YYYZ Loopback test YYY on Trunk module Z has started EVT 211 YYYZ Loopback test YY Y on Trunk module Z has ended You can start and stop Loopback tests under the Diagnostics heading Run only
22. ICMP is a message control and error reporting protocol between a host server and a gateway to the Internet ICMP uses IP datagrams and are processed by the TCP IP software To access the ICMP Packets Graph and Table 1 Access the Resources performance monitor see Accessing the Resources Performance Monitor on page 350 Continue to the next step of this procedure when complete From the Performance drop down menu select one of the following from the top line menu item a ICMP Packets Graph b ICMP Packets Table ICMP Packet counter types The ICMP Packets graph and table selections display ICMP related network traffic statistics When you display the ICMP Packets graph you can select one of the following counter types Messages outbound errors The number of ICMP messages that this entity did not send due to problems discovered within ICMP such as lack of buffers This value should not include errors discovered outside the ICMP layer such as the inability of IP to route the resultant datagram In some implementations there may be no types of error that contribute to this counter s value Messages received errors The number of ICMP messages that the entity received but determined as having errors bad ICMP checksums bad length etc Messages received The rate that ICMP messages are received by the entity The rate includes those messages received in error Messages sent The rate that ICMP messages are attempted to be se
23. Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 119 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID EventLog The Event log service was started No action required Warning Information None The Event log service was stopped No action required Warning Information None Microsoft R Windows NT R 4 0 1381 Service Pack 5 Uniprocessor Free No action required Warning Information None FTMSS provides the core telephony services under the Unified Manager telephony navigation tree component FTMSS Event ID 1 Event ID 2 EventID 3 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None Service started No action required Warning Information None Service stopped No action required Warning Information None The Service control request handler could not be registered No action required Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 120 Chapter 2 Fault Management System FTMSS Event ID 4 EventID 5 Event ID 6 Event ID 100 Event ID 304 Event ID
24. No action required The alarm was generated by a power failure Warning Information None TEI request error for ISDN emulator Event parameters 1 Withdraw the last request for a TEI Critical Error MSC event 352 Sev P1 Cat D Clock control is in free run This could indicate a problem with the cable connection or with the signal from the network Check the cable connection or the signal from the network Critical Error MSC event 447 Sev P1 Cat D Analog Station Computer Module firmware download failure Event parameters 1 The ASCM will not be brought on line by the system Perform diagnostics on the ASCM Critical Error MSC event 369 Sev P6 Cat F An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide Voice software Event ID 81 Event ID 82 Event ID 83 Event ID 84 Event ID 85 Event ID 86 Event ID 87 Event ID 88 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap ty
25. None Unexpected state machine transition for SIP processing SIP Proxy Failure 2 3 Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Critical Error None Unexpected SIP data structure manipulations SIP Firewall Failure 2 3 Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Critical Error None Firewall functionalities failed for SIP call SIP Nat Failure 2 3 Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Critical Error None Nat functionalities failed for SIP call Non SIP Packet through SIP default port 5060 Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Warning Information None Send logs to support team Check if there are any non SIP packets going through the BCM via the port 5060 2 link is 3 Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 146 Chapter 2 Fault Management System mspQoSMP Event ID 5001 Event ID 5005 Event ID 5011 Event ID 9001 Event ID 9004 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Component ID
26. Security Management Tools on page 379 e Setting the Interface Timeout on page 380 e Setting system security compatibility levels on page 380 e Managing access passwords on page 382 e Using the SSH client to access the text based interface on page 390 e Manually activating Telnet on page 391 e Access Unified Manager through the Firewall on page 392 Backup and restore Overview The backup and restore utility BRU provides a means to preserve the integrity of your Business Communications Manager operating system software and configuration data The BRU application allows you to perform a backup restore or upgrade via a web connection The BRU is a single user application Before you perform any substantial maintenance on the Business Communications Manager save your data to a safe storage module location elsewhere in the network After hardware maintenance is complete restore the data to your Business Communications Manager For further information on how to operate the Backup and Restore utility refer to Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore on page 395 Backup and restore procedures are as follows e Accessing the backup and restore utility on page 411 e Exiting from the backup and restore utility on page 411 e Resetting the BRU screen on page 412 e Adding a new volume on page 412 e Modifying a volume on page 413 P0609330 2 0 Chapter 1 Management O
27. Service Event ID Message 12288 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Save Dump Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None SAM failed to write changes to the database This is most likely due to a memory or disk space shortage The SAM database will be restored to an earlier state Recent changes will be lost Check the disk space available and maximum pagefile size setting Contact Support Critical Error None Save dump is a debug utility that saves memory dump files on the BCM Return to table Return to table Service Message Save Dump Event ID 1001 User action Alarm severity Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None The computer has rebooted from a bugcheck The bugcheck was 0x0000000a 0x000002d8 0x00000002 0x00000001 Oxf38e9f7c1 Microsoft Windows NT v15 1381 A dump was saved in E MEMORY DMP Contact Nortel Network s support team Please forward the message for to the support team Please do not remove the dump file Warning Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 160 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Save Dump Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Trap type Information Logs None P0609330 2 0 Security Security Event ID 512 Event ID 515 Event ID 528 Event ID 529 Event I
28. Service name Default status Default startup Alarms P0609330 2 0 The TCP IP NetBIOS helper service enhances NetBT and the Net Logon service This service is an alternative to the DNS lookup The service performs a lookup of the LMHosts file and matches an alias NetBios name to an IP address This service is not critical to normal operation of BCM Nortel Networks recommends you do not change the default status and startup values System level services LmHosts Running Automatic None Chapter 3 Service Management System 273 TCP IP NetBIOS Helper service structure Parent Child NetworkProvider TCP IP NetBIOS helper TCP IP NetBIOS helper Net logon Computer Browser Tomcat Tomcat The Tomcat service provides Java servlet capabilities on the BCM Type System level services Service name Tomcat Default status Stopped Default startup Automatic Alarms None Tomcat service structure Parent UPS APC Powerchute plus UPS APC The UPS service provides for the support and management of the Uninterruptable Power Supply Powerchute Plus UPS The UPS is physically connected local to the machine Type System level services Service name UPS Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms UPS UPS APC Powerchute Plus service structure Parent Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 274 Chapter 3 Service Management System UPS Co
29. T E Modify Community ist Delete Community Gl BCh 47 65 138 69 Add Manager HCH E A amp System Modify Manager bie READ ONLY Resources Delete Manager Co Private READ WRITE Services amp Telephony Services Add Trap Community Doorphones IP Telephony Call Detail Recording LAN CTE Configuration amp Voice Mail a z a S Call Center BCHM Dialog Box IP Music OF Community List S DHCP ae amp ONS a Community List EH E sal SNMP Community Hame amp GoS Monitor a none IP Routing T Web Cache ee P amp Met Link Mgr Access Permission READ ONLY amp Alarm Service sa amp NAT amp VPN Policy Management Save Cancel DECT amp NTP Client Settings a Ready amp UPS 5 Warning Applet Window amp Telnet G Metig a Management E Modify Trap Community Delete Trap Community S18 Heady P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 79 7 Configure the Community List attributes according to the following table Table 9 SNMP Community List attributes N Community List C Community Name Access Permission Allows you to specify the entry name used as a key to uniquely identify an individual community entry on the SNMP agent Its value must follow certain conventions It must have the prefix C followed by a unique number that identifies the community name ent
30. The server experiences a loss in DNS cache if this service is down System level services NtLmSsp Running Manual None NT LM Security support provider service structure Parent Child None NSACD NSACD Type Service name Default status P0609330 2 0 NT LM security support provider Windows internet name service World wide web publishing service FTP Publishing service Microsoft DNS server _ Microsoft DHCP server The NSACD Norstar Automated Call Distribution service is used for the Multi Media call center on BCM If you have purchased Multi Media Call Center and its not functioning check to ensure this service is operational System level services NSACD Running Chapter 3 Service Management System 263 Default startup Automatic Alarms NSACD NSACD service structure Plug and play Plug and play The Plug and play service is used to detect and configure plug amp play PnP hardware devices such as a video card Type System level services Service name PlugPlay Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms e NSACD e Service Control Manager Plug and play service structure Parent None Protected storage Protected storage The Protected storage service provides secure storage for sensitive data and prevents access by unauthorized services processes or users Protected Storage is a set of software libraries that allows applications
31. This event should not be seen in BCM 3 0 In case of its occurrence in a BCM 3 0 machine please contact Nortel Networks support team Critical Error None The open procedure for service service name in DLL DLL name has taken longer than the established wait time to complete The wait time in milliseconds is shown in the date No action required However please report the message indicating the service name and the DLL name to support Minor Warning None Policy Services Policy Services EventID 5 Event ID 6 qos _fit_init qos_flt_init Return to table Quality of Service driver initialization Return to table Service Event ID 0 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 0 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 155 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Policy service Policy Service started No action required Warning Information None Policy Service stopped No action required Warning Information None Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Qos _flt_init The description for Event ID 0 in Source qos_flt_init coul
32. Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Chapter 2 Fault Management System 201 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary lf the voice watchdog service is NOT running you will need to restart the UTPS service Critical Error None All UTPS events written to the NT event log are fatal and will cause the UTPS to shutdown The reasons for these events are either a missing dependent component MPS or MSM or an OS related problem Unable to initialize a timer socket signalling channel to the core Unable to open a FUMP channel error lf the voice watchdog service is NOT running you will need to restart the UTPS service Critical Error None All UTPS events written to the NT event log are fatal and will cause the UTPS to shutdown The reasons for these events are either a missing dependent component MPS or MSM or an OS related problem Unable to initialize a timer socket signalling channel to the core Unable to open RUDP socket error lf the voice watchdog service is NOT running you will need to restart the UTPS service Critical Error None All UTPS events written to the NT event log are fatal and will cause the UTPS to s
33. User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary UPS on battery Large momentary spike This event can be caused by poor power quality i e power fluctuation Decrease the sensitivity of the UPS If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power Minor Warning None UPS on battery Simulated power failure Wait for this test to complete Minor Warning None UPS enabling SmartBoost If this event occurs frequently decrease the Low Transfer Voltage of your UPS If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power Warning Information None Low battery condition The UPS cannot continue to use its battery power to support its equipment load The remaining runtime equals or is less than the runtime defined by its Low Battery setting Consider upgrading to a UPS that provides more runtime You can use the APC UPS Selector page to identify the UPS that best meets your system s requirements htto www apc com go direct index cfm tag selectors Minor Warning None UPS runtime calibration cancelled No action required Warning Information None UPS runtime calibration cancelled by user No action required Warning Information None UPS runtime calibration aborted by power failure UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 200403 Event ID 200700 Event ID 201301 Event ID
34. Voice CTE lt VoIP SIP Gateway Watchdog Service The Watchdog service runs continuously to monitor the state of all services Activate service logging to generate logs that provide a history of changes to service status The service log records manual or automatic service starts or if it was stopped manually If a service stops running Watchdog automatically attempts to restart the service If the service fails to restart after 5 attempts the Watchdog generates an event trap type error indicating that the service has reached the restart attempt limit and must be started manually System service status reports are generated from the Unified Manager Maintenance page Reports can be created for subsets of the services and drivers These reports are grouped by the operational status of the service or driver Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 308 Chapter 3 Service Management System Using Watchdog with Service Manager Use the Watchdog setting allows you to activate service logging or to delay the start of services This setting affects all services on your system To activate the Watchdog service 1 Onthe Unified Manager main page select Configuration On the navigation tree select Diagnostics Select Watchdog under the Diagnostics navigation tree see Select Watchdog from the Unified Manager The information frame displays the Watchdog summary page The Watch
35. Warning Information None Unexpected services request generated internally or by WinNt Services Execution continues The service received an unsupported request No action required Error Critical None Can never occur on BCM during normal operation The service was stopped No action required Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide VoiceTimeSynch Event ID 1001 Event ID 1001 Event ID 1001 Event ID 1001 Event ID 1002 P0609330 2 0 VoiceTimeSynch Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs 236 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Voice time synch Starting up NTP service version 3 0 server No action required Warning Information None No Time Adjustment Seconds seconds gt max of Seconds No action required Warning Information None No Time Adjustment Seconds seconds gt min of Seconds No action required Warning Information None time adjustment of Seconds seconds gt max of Seconds No action required Warning
36. 2 Check Power Supply Fan1 3 Check Power Supply Fan2 Critical Error None 1 SSM detects there is a failure in one of the power supply modules 2 SSM detects there is a failure in power supply Fan1 3 SSM detects there is a failure in power supply Fan2 1 CPU Fan Stopped 2 Fan1 Value Below Tolerance 3 Fan2 Value Below Tolerance 1 Check CPU Fan 2 Check Fan 1 3 Check Fan 2 Critical Error None 1 CPU Fan stopped or failed 2 Fan 1 speed below tolerance level WHY 3 Fan 2 speed below tolerance level 1 DupliDisk Mirroring Kit not found 2 DupliDisk Mirroring failed 3 Mirror Software shut down 4 Mirror Master HDD failed reading Writing 5 Primary Master HDD Failed Reading Writing 6 Replacement HDD Smaller than Active Drive 7 Mirror HDD Smaller than Active Drive 8 Check Mirror Master HDD 9 Check Primary Master HDD 1 Check DupliDisk Mirroring KIT 2 Check DupliDisk Mirroring KIT 3 Check SSM status 4 Check Mirror Master HDD power Data cable 5 Check Mirror Master HDD power Data cable 6 7 Replacement HDD size should be equal or Larger that the Active HDD 8 Check Mirror Master HDD 9 Check Primary Master HDD Critical Error None 1 SSM failed to detect the RAID CARD Disk Mirroring 2 SSM detects there is a failure in Disk Mirroring HW or DLL 3 SSM Detects the Mirror software shuts it self down 4 SSM detects there is a failure in Primary Master HDD 5 SSM detects there is
37. 2004 47 16 69 220 5000 Enabled T tatata TA l2004 477 16 67 167 5000 Connected T aodo e002 192 32 229 750 5000 ogag 2004 47 16 69 254 5000 Active on call 0 IF Trunks ooagd 2004 47 16 69 2174 5000 Used licenses 16 of 16 Active on call T MCDN overlP Enabled Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 336 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor Real time Protocol over UDP RTP session tab RTP session details are provided for each active VoIP session Information presented includes IP endpoints and trunks stream information and codec information between Figure 49 Local IP endpoints two sets both connected to the local Business Communications Manager combinations of IP to IP TDM to IP and TDM to TDM estimate of bandwidth used by local IP endpoints The protocol in use is shown Can be used to trouble shoot one way speech traffic issues You can see that set 1 is talking to set 2 but set 2 is not talking to set 1 This tool provides a way to monitor the direct path between the two IP sets Jitter buffer setting is given e g high medium low JB and whether echo cancellation is enabled NLP allows echo canceller to detect far end and adjust echo Can have echo canceller turned on Local to Remote IP Endpoints IP to IP and TDM to IP and Remote IP endpoints IP to IP as well as allocated Media Gateways for providing a connection between a TDM device and an IP endp
38. 737 LL hh Nonpaged mem MB 8of99 23 ee Used MSC Resources Signaling channels 9of59 15 Media channels 4059 FE Voice bus channels Bof62 10 PEC resources Bose 19 Active Telephony Devices IF trunks m ot Us IF sete m of 1 O Voce parts 0 of 6 O42 Media gateways Oot 4 ee Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 340 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor BCM Monitor Statistical minimum and maximum Values BCM Monitor stores the minimum and maximum values for many of the statistics that appear on the BCM Monitor screens For BCM Monitor to store the minimum and maximum values the statistic must be a numeric value and must change over time Examples of statistics that have minimum and maximum values are CPU usage Active Lines and Enabled 120XX sets Examples of statistics that do not have minimum and maximum values are Dial up WAN not a numeric value and Serial Number does not change The values that BCM Monitor displays are the minimum and maximum values for the current BCM Monitor session The minimum and maximum values are reset when you exit from the BCM Monitor This section contains the following procedural information Viewing the minimum and maximum values on page 340 Viewing the date and time of the minimum and maximum values on page 340 Resetting the minimum and maximum values on page 340 Viewing the minimum and maximum values 1 Click the value
39. ADMIN or CONFIG e g admin log cleared user attempted to enter ADMIN with wrong password e Permanent service affecting events that an installer can rectify Typically these will also be alarms but that is not a prerequisite An example of the latter is the defaulting of a portion of administration without a cold start installer action re administer the data MSC core telephony logs Refer to Figure 16 when reviewing the following description e MSC logs item 3 are maintained on the Media Services card MSC which is the telephony side of the Business Communications Manager system e The MSC logs are actually a set of three logs the MSC System Test MSC System Administration and MSC Network Event log These logs capture all of the core telephony MSC system events including alarms For further information refer to Media service card core telephony logs on page 309 e Note that core telephony MSC events designated as MSC alarms are sent to the NT Event Log in addition to being recorded in the MSC core telephony logs item 4 Also MSC events of priority 5 P5 and higher are sent to the NT Event log item 4 MSC events are shown in the BCM alarms under component id Voice Software NT Event log database When the alarm service is enabled all BCM alarms are recorded into the NT Event Log item 5 of Figure 16 For further information about how to view NT Event Logs see Obtaining NT Event Lo
40. Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 129 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Minor Warning None Remote system lt remote IP Addr gt not responding Deleting SA on interface lt local IP addr gt Check settings and Connection Minor Warning None Idle timeout condition on IPSec SA between Local lt local IP addr gt Remote lt remote IP addr gt Delete SA No action required Warning Information None IPSec Client connection request on 1 from 2 Rejected No Default Route Set on BCM IPSec Client Termination is not supported Use Net Link Manager to set a Default Route Critical Error None ISAKMP Socket Open Failed on interface 1 Trying to re init Socket Interfaces No action required Warning Warning None ISAKMP Socket Open Failed on interface 1 Stop and Re start IPSecIKE service Critical Error None BCM has no IP Address on the IPSec Client private network IP Address 1 IP Mask 2 Set an interface to have a valid IP Address on the same network as assigned IP Address f
41. Call Detail Recording DECT Alarm monitor DECT OAM Media gateway server Media services manager Message trace tool Net logon Plug and play Remote access connection manager Task scheduler UNISTIM Terminal proxy server Voice CFS Voice CTE VoiceCT Chapter 2 Fault Management System 93 Table 12 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarm Associated eventSource trap Service Component ID alarm eventSource trap Associated Service FIMSS HotDesking Inventory Service IPRIP2 IPSecIKE IPXRouterManager IVR JET kodclass MGS Modem MPS MSPAlarmService mspQoS mspQoSMP NCM NetBT NetlQccm NetlQmc NetlQObjMgr NetLinkManager NetLogon NGRPCIl Nnu NSACD NwRdr OSPFMib Perfctrs None HotDesking Inventory service None IPSecIKE service Routing and remote access service Nortel Networks IVR None None Media gateway server None None None None None None None NetIQ AppManager client communication manager NetIQ AppManager client communication manager NetIQ AppManager client communication manager Net link manager Net logon None Voice NNU diagnostics NSACD None None None Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager SNMP SNMP Trap Agent Srv SSH Secure Shell Server Survivabl
42. DialMgr Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Multi dialup manager service structure Parent TDI r Workstation Remote procedure call service Telephony service oy ee a call Remote access connection manager Server NetBT A A Routing and remote access service a Multi dialup manager NetIQ AppManager client communication manager NetlQ The NetIQ AppManager client communication manager service is an optionally enabled system AppManager monitoring component client communication manager Type System level services Service name NetlQccm Default status Stopped Default startup Disabled Alarms e NetlQccm e NetlQmc e NetlQObjMgr NetIQ AppManager client communication manager service structure Parent None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 260 Chapter3 Service Management System NetiQ AppManager client resource manager NetlQ The NetlQ AppManager client resource manager service is an optionally enabled system AppManager monitoring component client resource manager Type System level services Service name NetlQmc Default status Stopped Default startup Disabled Alarms None NetIQ AppManager client resource manager service structure Parent None Network DDE Network DDE The Network DDE Dynamic Data Exchange service supports network transport of DDE c
43. Event ID 304 Event ID 305 Event ID 306 Event ID 307 Event ID 308 Event ID 309 Return to table Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Chapter 2 Fault Management System 105 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary None Backup finished with errors Errors were logged in DESTINATION NAME rep on the destination Review log files to determine FAILED component Take corrective action if necessary and retry backup Critical Error None BRU Restore Starting No action required Warning Information None Restore finished successfully No action required Critical Error None Restore finished with warnings Warnings were logged in BRURest log and n0 rep txt on the source No action required Minor Warning None Restore finished with errors Errors were logged in BRURest log and n0 rep txt on the source Review log files to determine FAILED component Take corrective action if necessary and retry restore Critical Error None An error has occurred when trying to access the UTPS pipe During BR
44. Major Failure Audit None User Logoff User Name lt name gt Domain lt domain gt Logon ID lt id gt Logon Type 3 No action required Warning Success Audit None Privileged Service Called Server NT Local Security Authority Authentication Service Service LsaRegisterLogonProcess Primary User Name SYSTEM Primary Domain NT AUTHORITY Primary Logon ID 0x0 0x3E7 Client User Name lt User gt Client Domain lt Domain gt Client Logon ID 0x0 0x1234 Privileges SeTcbPrivilege No action required This event does not indicate a security breach you can safely ignore it Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 162 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Security Event ID 577 Event ID 624 Event ID 626 Event ID 628 Event ID 630 Event ID 632 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Major Failure Audit None Privileged Service Called Server NT Local Security Authority Authentication Service Service LsaRegisterLogonProcess Primary User Name SYSTEM Primary Domain NT AUTHORITY
45. Management User Guide 82 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 7 Configure the Manager List attributes according to the following table Table 10 SNMP Manager List attributes C Manager List Allows you to specify the entry name used to identify an individual manager entry on the SNMP M agent Its value must follow certain conventions It must have the prefix M followed by a unique number that identifies the manager entry on the agent For example M2 is a valid value While adding specify non recurring values for the unique number While adding if you specify an existing manager entry name it modifies the existing manager entry Using non sequential numbers results in automatic reassignment of sequential numbers While modifying a manager entry you cannot change the name The manager entry name uniquely identifies an entry Manager IP Allows you to specify the IP Address of the SNMP Manager station corresponding to this entry If Address no manager entries are created the Business Communications Manager device accepts SNMP requests from all stations If there is a list of manager entries Business Communications Manager base unit accepts SNMP requests from the IP Addresses specified in the list 8 Click the Save button P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 83 Modifying an SNMP manager 1 A O O N OA Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation brow
46. Manager workstation browser 2 Select the Services key from the Unified Manager main page and expand the navigation tree A list of available services appears in the Services information frame 3 Select the Alarm Service heading from the navigation tree window The Alarm Service Summary dialog box appears 4 From the Status list box change the status of the alarm service to Enabled See Figure 17 on page 66 Figure 17 Alarm service selection window Liraup Yete Telp 4 65 136 69 Liomprchonsitt D Gal Jon tT 65 1 8 69 Ge Soter D Resuu sus Survic s E al phony Se vices D Cropsho es D i IF l zlephz Y De ll detl lrerrring jess Te a AE ant ciranon 2 te volte wal 2 Te tila Sa ert Ee A P i IP huyi D CACP gt Cs D IP Rout ng a CRM T g l tonite T 2 weh Cathe Te 1 L rE gr Te Despli Olen Sens Yar a Stz B PAT Ee i Fh E Polity Manaqe 1 nt H CST D Gh Pr C e Set is Tm l i ce el et Te a a Ze Panag ment mod 5 Press the Tab key to save the settings P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 67 Accessing the alarm banner to monitor alarm notification Use the alarm banner to continually monitor the Business Communications Manager system for faults or alarm conditions The alarm banner stays active on your desktop for quick access The banner displays color codes to represent the ala
47. Manual Alarms Tonesrvr loMusic ToneSrvr service structure Parent Voice MSC Driver _ _ Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics t Voice Licensing services l l i i _ 1 Media services manager __ _ _ IpMusic ToneSrvr P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 287 IPSecIKE service IPSeclIKE service The Internet protocol security Internet key exchange IPSecIKE service manages the IPSec Internet Key Exchange IKE for the BCM IPSec security function If IPSec clients or tunnels do not initiate or function correctly check the operational status of this service Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name IPSecIKE Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms IPSecIKE IPSecIKE Service service structure Parent Line monitor server Line Monitor The Line Monitor Server service provides line status information to BCM monitor Server Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name LMS Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Line Monitor Server service structure Parent VoiceMSCDriver A Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics Voice Licensing services n Media services manager Voice CTE A A Line Monitor Server Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 288 Chapter3 Service Management System
48. NSACD service there is an These events may occur when the services are booting up and attempting Event ID 0 Message ITGNS _ to register and run as an NT service The error code is an integer returned error lt gt Exit code lt gt by the Win32 GetLastError function and can be mapped back to a specific Windows error using the System Error Codes table The exit code may be one of 1 2 3 depending on how far service initialization processed before it failed 1 Invalid payload type 2 Domain of Interpretation not supported 3 Situation not supported VBMAin service Event ID 0 These events may occur when the services are booting up and attempting VBMain error d Exit code to register and run as an NT service The error code is an integer returned d by the Win32 GetLastError function and can be mapped back to a specific Windows error using the System Error Codes table The exit code may be one of 1 2 3 depending on how far service initialization processed before it failed 1 Invalid payload type 2 Domain of Interpretation not supported 3 Situation not supported Component ID alarm descriptions Use the descriptions in this section to obtain more information on Component ID alarms and the appropriate maintenance activities Note If you require further information on the Component ID differences between BCM software loads contact Nortel Support Use the links in the Component ID alarm descriptio
49. None Verification of System Licensing in progress No action required Warning Information None Verification of System Licensing completed No action required Warning cfsServer Component feature service EventID 115 Event ID 116 Event ID 117 Event ID 118 Event ID 119 Event ID 122 Event ID 123 Return to table Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Chapter 2 Fault Management System 111 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Information None Verification of system licensing failed due to error lt error Information gt Specific to error Information Critical Error None Keycode lt keycode value gt applied lt name of functionality enabled by keycode Component defined string gt activated No action required Warning Information None Unable to apply keycode lt keycode value gt The service associated with the keycode is not running properly If it is stopped then start it If it is running then stop it and restart it Critical Error None Processing of ke
50. P0609330 2 0 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Run another self test If the UPS fails the self test again contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None User initiated self test failed Invalid test Run another self test If the UPS fails the self test again contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None User initiated self test failed Invalid test Run another self test If the UPS fails the self test again contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None Self test at UPS failed Invalid test Run another self test If the UPS fails the self test again contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None UPS battery is discharged Wait for the UPS battery power to recharge Minor Warning None Communication lost while on battery Prepare for possible abrupt shutdo
51. RIP v2 MIBs for a list of the parameters Bootp MIBS Msipbtp mib This MIB defines the BootP MIBs under the Microsoft branch This MIB defines BOOTP parameters that are required by the network administrator See Bootp MIBs for a list of the parameters MS NT Performance MIBS PERFMIB mib This MIB defines the Performance counter for Windows NT 4 0 This MIB allows you to monitor some BCM performance statistics including Memory Processor Network Interface Physical Disk Logical Disk Paging Flle Process TCP IP and UDP See MS Windows NT Performance MIBs for a list of the parameters MIB File Compilation and Installation Each MIB browser has its own MIB compilation tool Complete the procedure and follow the order of the files in the following list The Small Site MIBs have definitions for the binding values of the BCM SNMP traps The Policy MIBs branch out from Synoptic and you must install synrol23 mib before you can compile and install policy MIBs Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 472 Management Information Base MIB System 1 For Small Site MIBs e SmallSite mib e SmallSiteEvents mib 2 For other MIBs e rfc1354 mib e rfc2261 mib e rfc2851 mib e Synroll123 mib e PibFramework mib e PibIp mib e Copsclientmib mib e Wrfospf mib e Msiprip2 mib e Msipbtp mib e PERFMIB mib The following are the possible problems that can be encountered during compilation and installation
52. The Scheduled Backups screen appears All of the backups scheduled for the Enterprise Edge appear on this screen 3 Select the Close button to close the Scheduled Backups screen Viewing a scheduled backup report Use this procedure to view scheduled backup reports using the Scheduled Backups screen 1 Access the backup and restore utility BRU from the Unified Manager interface see Accessing the backup and restore utility on page 411 The BRU screen appears with the BACKUP operation selected see Figure 56 on page 414 2 Select the Schedule tab menu The Scheduled Backups screen appears All of the backups scheduled for this BCM appear on this screen Select the Log link beside the scheduled backup Select the Open this file from its current location option to view the report on your computer 5 Select the Save this file to disk option to save the report on your computer Deleting a scheduled backup Use this procedure to delete a scheduled backup using the Scheduled Backups screen 1 Access the backup and restore utility BRU from the Unified Manager interface see Accessing the backup and restore utility on page 411 The BRU screen appears with the BACKUP operation selected see Figure 56 on page 414 Select the Schedule tab menu The Scheduled Backups screen appears Select the Delete button beside the scheduled backup you want to delete Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 420 Chap
53. These system features are discussed in the Programming Operations Guide Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 44 Chapter 1 Management Overview Logging off the Unified Manager When you have finished a session on the Unified Manager you need to log off correctly to protect the integrity of the information you entered 1 Choose BCM lt IP address gt at the top of the navigation tree The Logoff menu is enabled Click Logoff then select Logoff A message appears that asks you to confirm your request to log off Click Yes to continue A second message appears reminding you to close your browser window after the system has logged out Click Yes to continue A Logoff progress bar appears When it the logoff is complete the browser display will revert to the Login screen Click the Windows exit icon top right corner Click the Windows exit icon on the browser window displaying the Business Communications Manager main menu Note Exit both Unified Manager browser windows even if you want to re log on to the ae Configuration area Once you have exited both windows you can reestablish a connection with the Business Communications Manager and log on as usual Failure to log out of both browser windows could result in a failed attempt to re enter the Unified Manager Configuration section P0609330 2 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 45 Unified Manager Maintenance Page Overview The maintenance p
54. This directory should not normally be changed from its default The table below lists the telephony configuration data that is preserved Table 31 Telephony components Sub component Configuration location None Unified Manager gt Services gt Telephony services None Unified Manager gt Diagnostics gt MSC None Unified Manager gt Diagnostics gt Trunk modules None Unified Manager gt Diagnostics gt Service metrics gt Telephony services Restore Mode To restore one or all components to the BCM the user must have a valid local ftp or network resource location prepared to get the data from This source location must be shared and have the security set to full control for the user specified in the Volume table and it must contain the valid backed up data The BCM must be able to access this source location and also it must be able to map to this resource P0609330 2 0 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore 405 After making sure that the BCM has full access to the desired source location the user selects the components to be restored Note BRU will query all the backup report files on the backup resource if local or network and will highlight the components that have been successfully backed up Note The Voice mail is unavailable during the Restore Whether all components were successfully restored or not the BCM will have to be rebooted after the restore process is finished A reboot is required in order to use so
55. alarm eventSource trap summary VoiceButton Multimedia call centre Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service VBMain Event ID 0 Message VBMain error d Exit code d User action Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Manually restart service or reboot BCM Logged if service failed to start Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Comments Logged if service failed to start Error number is that returned by GetLastError P0609330 2 0 VNC Service VNC Service Return to table Virtual network computing Return to table Service Event ID 1 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs VNetManager Chapter 2 Fault Management System 203 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID VNC server The VNC service was started from the Product Maintenance amp Support website Virtual network computing Most likely this BCM has been accessed through VNC Other than this information no action is required Warning Information None VNetManager provides the management interface for the VoIP gateway VNetManager Event ID 301 Event ID 304 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms ev
56. discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol Packets received sec The rate that packets are received on the network interface P0609330 2 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 359 e Packets sent non unicast sec The rate that packets are requested to be transmitted to non unicast 1 e subnet broadcast or subnet multicast addresses by higher level protocols The rate includes the packets that were discarded or not sent e Packets sent unicast sec The rate that packets are requested to be transmitted to subnet unicast addresses by higher level protocols The rate includes the packets that were discarded or not sent e Packets sent sec The rate that packets are sent on the network interface e Packets sec The rate that packets are sent and received on the network interface Accessing the WAN performance monitor This section describes how to access and use the WAN performance monitor to analyze WAN traffic characteristics This section also refers to the following e Accessing the QoS Graph and Table on page 364 e Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table on page 365 e Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table on page 366 To access the WAN performance manager 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager main page select Configure On the navigation tree click and expand the Resources tree The
57. e Priority sessions not served Total number of priority sessions not served e Priority sessions requested Total number of priority sessions requested P0609330 2 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 365 e Priority sessions served Total number of priority sessions served e Total best effort octets Total best effort queues octets since system reboot e Total best effort packets Total best effort queues packets since system reboot e Total dropped octets Total octets dropped since system reboot e Total dropped packets Total packets dropped since system reboot e Total octets Total octets since system reboot e Total packets Total packets since system reboot e Total priority packets Total priority queue octets since system reboot Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table QoS refers to guaranteed throughput level QoS allows a server to measure improve and to some level guarantee the transmission rates error rates and other data transmission characteristics QoS is critical for the continuous and real time transmission of video and multimedia information which use high bandwidth Use the Quality of Service QoS monitor to observe the system performance for queued octets packets and packets dropped range 5 To access the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table 1 Access the Resources performance monitor see Accessing the Resources Performance Monitor on page 350 Continue to the next step of this procedure whe
58. page 63 MSC events that are visible to the alarm service can also generate SNMP traps Due to the interaction between the MSC system and the BCM alarm system an event in the NT event database which originates from the core telephony services MSC will have an NT event ID An event will also have an associated core telephony MSC services event ID and possibly also an MSC alarm id MSC event and alarm conditions e Software errors that do not affect system operation e Software errors that affect system operation feature failure dropped calls or system resets P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 63 e Events caused by hardware related problems but are not of sufficient severity as to be marked as an alarm condition Installers however may need to know of these events as they may indicate a hardware problem e g bad messages received on a signalling channel or a PSTN or private network related problem e g no battery feed no dial tone invalid disconnect Sequence e Events that are not of sufficient severity as to marked as an alarm condition but where the problem is related to system limits affected by system usage patterns administration or lack of resource Examples are running out of autodialler speed dialer bins LHD nodes DTMF dial tone receivers These events may not be apparent to users but a degraded level of service will likely result e Information events concerning a user action typically in
59. seconds operation with the Business Communications Manager s internal event logs This synchronization is in addition to the normal synchronization operations triggered by the arrivals of new events P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 71 Table 3 Alarm Database settings Continued ee Archive Location Allows you to enter the path to the directory where the archives of alarm information are kept The default path is d datafiles nortel networks unified manager archive Nortel Networks highly recommends that you do not change this path from it default value An archive of the alarm information is made when an Alarm Backup Batch Job is run or when the Alarm Service is started During an archive operation the alarm database is copied to the archive location and the alarm database is then emptied During an archive operation the Business Communications Manager s internal event logs are also copied to the archive location and the event logs are then emptied The file names of these internal event log archives are System Event Log SystemLogY YMMDDHHMM evs Application Event LogApplicationLogY YMMDDHHMM evs Security Event LogSecurityLogY YMMDDHHMM evs Where YY is the year the archive was created MM is the month the archive was created DD is the day the archive was created HH is hour the archive was created MM is the minute the archive was created 3 Press the TAB key to save your settings 4 Click the SNM
60. services and applications are captured in the NT Event Log item 5 e The BCM events are recorded in the BCM Alarm database item 7 and displayed as alarms in the Alarm Banner item 8 See also Figure 18 e The BCM events or alarms can also be made available to remote fault management systems as SNMP traps item 10 MSC events Core telephony services which run on the Media Services Card MSC item 1 of Figure 16 represent one of the major BCM components that act as a source of events Referred to as MSC events or core telephony events these events are assigned an MSC event id and an event priority from P1 to P9 where P9 is the most severe If an MSC event is serious enough to be considered an alarm the system also assigns the MSC event an MSC alarm id Refer to Figure 16 when reviewing the following description e All core telephony MSC events including telephony alarms are recorded in a set of core system telephony logs items 2 amp 3 e All core telephony MSC events designated as alarms are also written into the NT Event log item 4 In most cases the MSC alarm id assigned by the core telephony MSC service 1s re used as the NT Event ID e Some of the core telephony MSC events which are not alarms are also written into the NT Event log primarily those MSC events of priority P5 and higher item 4 MSC events of priority P4 and lower can only be seen in the MSC logs see MSC core telephony logs on
61. telephony 00S nxt cc de ow Paks ed do eee ROR ee RE HERE e Reed ees 63 NT Event log database sk eg hk ha APG REHEARSE NA ADDRES AR GE 63 PIO 665545 b 54 bs 695 45 45 eee es 44a eee ens bene bes eoaee 63 PR ce ee OS Bk MERA Ob D E E ea E ee ee ERO 64 Alarm banner and alarm browser 000 cece eee eee eee ens 64 PAA SSE WGNIGe gc6cc nek eh bacs ead be eb be ieee AE EE a E 64 BCM alarm severity eb A O45 Ae GAS GA RSS RED A KHALED OHAD ROE AD EGE 64 Access and Configure the Alarm System 0 0 0 eee es 65 Enabling the alarm service kkaed ete KR KARE e eC R Ce 66 Accessing the alarm banner to monitor alarm notification 0005 67 Accessing the alarm browser to analyze alarm detail 0 00000 e eae 68 Configuring alarm manager settings 0 0 0 cece eee eens 69 ah gel lt a ee ee ee ee A 74 BCM alarm and SNMP trap list 0 0 2 0 0 cc eee ene 74 Alarm banner NT event database and SNMP trap correlation 74 SL gle Sac ee 75 SNMP CUMS INSS 6 25 os ocgn soe ee Oen Reese dene bOS oo REG RES EE GCG EES GEES he About defining SNMP trap destinations 0 0 ees 76 Configuring an SNMP Community 0 00000 eee eee ees 76 Configuring SNMP summary attributes 2 0 0 0 eee 76 Adding a community to an SNMP community list 2 0 0 0 0 0 00 cee eee 78 Modifying an SNMP community NSU ceive os vie ee as ee ween ce eee ade powe st 80 Deleting
62. to start Start VoiceCTI service Critical Error None VoiceCTI Voice mail The dependency service or group failed to start The Voice Software Alarm Monitor service depends on the Media Services Manager service Start the Media Services Manager service Critical Error None Voice software alarm monitor Media services manager The dependency service or group failed to start Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 168 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Service Control Manager Event ID 7001 Event ID 7001 Event ID 7009 Event ID 7022 Event ID 7023 Event ID 7023 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary The VoIP Gateway service depends on the Media Path Server service which failed to start Start the Media Path Server service Critical Error None VoIP Gateway Media path server The dependency service or group failed to start The Remote Access Connection manager service depen
63. 0x003 Please collect the files CteDiag log and CteDiag bak ensure the Voice CTE service has restarted and report this problem to your support representative VoiceCTE Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message Chapter 2 Fault Management System 209 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Critical Error None Generic internal unexpected error This error is only reported as an event when it causes CTE initialization to fail Other CTE Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0009 Cannot create a window Terminate some applications and restart the Voice CTE service lt CTE006 gt Critical Error None CTE initialization failed due to Windows system problem Other CTE Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x00nn CTE could not download FUMP Information about the telephony switch Please collect the files CteDiag log and CteDiag bak ensure the Voice CTE service has restarted and report this problem to your support representative lt CTE005 gt Critical Error None CTE initialization failed because it could not
64. 240 E sarra a A E A A 240 Workstation aa auaa ed be ae dee bee a 241 Events that cause a system restart 0 0 eee nas 242 ThA REAR EEE Om ew eee Pees eae e a eee eee cede ote ten Soe etereee ees 243 Chapter 3 Service Management System 0000 ce es 245 SOA PG 6 344 664 5555 8s oon ee OEs bon EE eee Oboe oes eee ag ee heen ees 245 Accessing the service Manager 00 eee eee eee eee ee eee e eee 245 Accessing services and driver status reportS 0 0 eee ees 249 See de gc EE en ee ee en ee en er ee E eee 251 Service definition properties sede ede ROGER REE ORES EEK OE CHR OR OES 251 System Level Service Definitions 0 0 0c ee eens 252 ll ee es a eee eee ee eee et oe ee ee ee en ee ee 253 OO SOIR rA eNA E a 254 DON Event SYSTEM eee eed eee eee hee d See Roe RK RE E 254 TOE 64h 85 oe da ob hae edednee sone ees ee otes eoaneeeas 255 Zo Ea canta AE a E been yp sees che eo eee e teed tee dee eh oh eeae a eens gees 255 Firebiro Guardian Servic i442 o6on ead 4069 65 O44 EGO RODE EWE ETS EERE SR DOS 256 PU Ue prinera riere eee een ee ee stone pee an dese eeennees 256 License logging service 6 64524245 546t086460640 00 ba4 055045 640 05 5658 505 00 257 LE eE E E ee E A E E E A een bees EE E EEA EE 297 ESETET ATAN AEE E E A EEEE T EEE EE AE E E T Eas 258 PEA NEEE EEE TEENA EEEE EEE ORE EE EE 258 MSSQLServerADHelper 0 0 eee eee eens 258 PUMP MANAGE so 6 5 beet ho one bao ede Heb e b pede ek
65. 385 Dering a USE CIOS e wie cee ee RRR Re CREE REO eS 386 Adding or modifying a group profile 0 naaa eens 386 Deleting a Group profile osc ot dense db wey eee edt es oee sede yeed ad Cees gees 387 Adding a Domain User Group profile 0 0 ccc eens 388 Deleting a Domain User Group profile 0 0000 eee eee 388 Setting password lockout policy 0 cc ee eee 388 Setting password policy 6 oan deta bhe 555046040458 ede bee do ad eeeee sas 389 Using the SSH client to access the text based interface 00 cece eee 390 Manually activating Telnet 0 eee eee eee eens 391 Access Unified Manager through the Firewall 0 0 0 cece ee eee 392 Bien e eee ewe ee eede oe es eee heehee eek eee seemedsGeseepadauen 392 MN POR a6 an GA SoS hs CREE RGAE KRESS BASSE ROG BARGE DER ee 392 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore 000 cece ees 395 re ee pee ah os beh oe oe 2 CE gre oouge ghee orese cree eee 395 SoG goo 6 ee E ee E ee ee ee ee es ee ee 396 MUM AOMINSTAUON 24544424440 040s dh 64S AHR OSSHES HOSE EKER E SERED ER 396 26 URS 20 a a ee ee ae a en ee ae eer ae eee ee eee 396 Pe E h sony phen bb eee 4 ee eee hha eee E ATE EE ATE 397 Pe Oe cha heen eae Rae eee eee eae eek eee ae ees 397 Eeee le 6 had EE E S E E E PERE E E E E E hae eee 398 Scheduled backup bc aceie Og Soe Rhye Big ha PG ad OSES O hae PSEA RG Gre DRGHE RSS 398 RACO POSS 645 24 6350bhsuctbenebagedee ceosateoesnn bi
66. 4 Ethernet port connector 2 provides access to internal local area network 5 Ethernet port connector 1 provides access to external local area network Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 34 Chapter 1 Management Overview SNMP Network Management Concepts Your Business Communications Manager network uses several hardware devices and various software applications Network management software provides the ability to exercise control over the network devices Refer to the following descriptions e Network management communication protocols on page 34 e SNMP network structure on page 34 Network management communication protocols The SNMP HTTP Telnet and FTP protocols are fundamental to management of a network of Business Communications Managers e SNMP simple network management protocol SNMP is application layer software that allows you to communicate with and control devices in your network e HTTP hypertext transport protocol HTTP is a communications protocol that allows users to establish a connection with a Web server and transmit HTML pages to a client browser BCM is a web server HTTP also allows transmission of other files required by an HTTP application e Telnet Telnet is a terminal emulation communications protocol used on the Internet and TCP IP based networks Telnet allows a network administrator or user to use a local workstation to log onto a remote computer and run a
67. Add Users Edit DN Record Template DN Renumber Network Update Refer to the Programming Operations Guide for further details The Wizards are self contained task applications that you can use to speed up some configuration tasks The access icons for the Wizards are located on the Setup and Management Wizards page which is accessed through the Wizards button on the first page of the Unified Manager Refer to the Programming Operations Guide for further information P0609330 2 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 39 Wizards Setup and Management Wizards Figure 7 Wizards icon page accessed through the Wizards button wick Start ep Configure an uninitialized system Hel But TLE lp Add Users 2 Add new users Help Edit DN Record Template Edit a DH record template Help DN Renumber 7 Renumber DMs Help Network Update Update the network settings Help These are the wizards that are available from this page Quick Start Wizard initializes the system and sets up your basic system information This wizard is only run once when your system is first set up Add Users Wizard allows you to change the telephony settings for a set of DNs or fora single DN You can define the settings in this Wizard or you can use a pre defined template from a local site or from a remote site created with the Edit DN Record Template wizard Edit DN Record Template Wizard allows you to select Telephony User Templates and change and define the user s
68. Avg Disk Queue Length ad Disk Sec Per Write group objects logical Disk which includes the IdisklogicalDiskTable and the Free Space Free Megabytes and Current Disk Queue Length group objects pagingFile which includes the pagefilepagingFileTable and the Instance Name Usage and Usage Peak group objects process which includes the processprocessTable and the Processor Time User Time and Virtual Bytes group objects tCP which includes the Connections Established and Connections Active group objects iP which includes the Datagrams Per Sec Datagrams Received Per Sec and Datagrams Received Discarded group objects uDP which includes the Datagrams Per Sec and Datagrams Received Per Sec group objects P0609330 2 0 Management Information Base MIB System 475 For more information on MS Windows NT Performance MIB group names and their related group objects see MS Windows NT Performance MIBs on page 368 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 476 Management Information Base MIB System P0609330 2 0 Index A access allow or block Unified Manager access 387 default password 383 access permission SNMP 79 acronyms 23 AdminUserGroup 383 alarm CSU 433 453 short term 434 453 alarm banner 64 Alarm Browser 64 alarm manager settings 69 alarm service alarm banner 67 NT event logs 65 alarm severity Unified Manager 64 alarms alarm manager settings 69 SNMP guidel
69. BCM via the port 5060 Critical Error None This can happen when there is a SIP parser error or when a non SIP packet passes the driver via the default 5060 SIP port SIP Init Failure 2 3 Please check that mspqos sys is properly loaded If SIP is to be used as the VOIP protocol reboot system to make sure mspqos sys is loaded properly and that there are no memory allocation issues Critical Error None SIP structures used in driver are not properly initialized OSIP Failure 2 3 mspQoSMP Event ID 4050 Event ID 4051 Event ID 4052 Event ID 4053 Event ID 4054 Event ID 4055 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 145 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Critical Error None Error in decoding or encoding SIP packet using the OSIP parser SIP Call State Machine Failure 2 3 Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Critical Error
70. DN number of the user is given The DNs reserved for voicemail are shown BCM Monitor voice ports tab screen display BCM Monitor Msp coy doc Fil Statistics Help Voice CTI Ports Voice Port Details Resource limit Enabled ports Assigned ports Active on call Call Center Assigned ports Active on call WA Assigned ports Active on call Voce Mail Assigned ports Active on call P0609330 2 0 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor 335 IP Devices tab Information is provided about the call activity of IP sets wireless sets and IP trunks IP sets includes IP clients e g 12050 softphone 1200x IP sets and wireless sets This tab shows how many sets in each category are enabled connected and active For each active call the DN IP address and type of set is given Figure 48 BCM Monitor IP devices tab screen display BCM Monitor Bcmbl60 re BEE File Statistics Help BLM Infa MSC Voice Ports IP Devices RTF Sessions UIF Line Monitor Usage Indicators IF Clients IF Set Details Usedicenses TOA oN ie ea BT Sern inf Chew Sets 20000 2004 47 17 1753 239050409 gegreg 1155 44025000 GATT ULA 3 f 20020 2004 4716 66 71 5000 Enabled 10 0060 2002 471715323050413 Abbe 3 r 17153 24028004 G11 ULAM 3 fi Connected 10 goga 2004 47 16 69 275 5000 feeds eh 2002 47 76 69 279 5000 Active on call 2 Wireless Sets fatututet
71. DNS Server will run as a caching only server No action required Warning Information None The DNS Server has no primary or secondary zones The DNS Server will run as a caching only server but will not be authoritative for any zones No action required Warning Information None DrWatson Chapter 2 Fault Management System 117 DrWatson provides a debug utility which saves error files DrWatson Return to table Application Dump Events Return to table Service Event ID 4097 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None The application lt application name gt generated an application error The error occurred on lt data gt lt time gt The exception generated was lt exception code gt at address lt address gt symbol Contact your Nortel Networks support team Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 118 Chapter 2 Fault Management System emsManager emsManager Event ID 1000 Event ID 1001 Event ID 3000 Event ID 3001 Event ID 3002 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm seve
72. Event ID 7001 Event ID 7001 Return to table Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Chapter 2 Fault Management System 167 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary The service has returned a service specific error code The UNISTIM Terminal Proxy Server service depends on the Media Gateway Server service which failed to start Start the Media Gateway Server Critical Error None UNISTIM Terminal proxy server Media gateway server The dependency service or group failed to start The Voice CFS service depends on the Media Services Manager service which failed to start Start the Media Services Manager service Critical Error None Voice CFS Media services manager The dependency service or group failed to start The Voice CTE service depends on the Media Services Manager service which failed to start Start the Media Services Manager service Critical Error None Voice CTE Media services manager The dependency service or group failed to start The Voice Mail service depends on the VoiceCTI service which failed
73. Figure 23 on page 77 Select the Community List tab The Community List screen appears see Figure 23 on page 77 Highlight the community you want to modify On the Configuration menu click Modify Community The Community List dialog box appears see Figure 24 on page 78 Modify the Community attributes as required Click the Save button Deleting an SNMP community 1 oa Ff O N Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager main page select Configuration Click the Services key Click the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears see Figure 23 on page 77 Click the Community List tab The Community List screen appears see Figure 23 on page 77 Highlight the community you want to delete On the Configuration menu select Delete Community A message appears that asks you to confirm the deletion Click the Yes button The community is deleted from the list Configuring an SNMP Manager List Use the procedures in this section to add modify or delete SNMP manager information in the Manager List Adding a manager to the SNMP manager list on page 81 Modifying an SNMP manager on page 83 Deleting an SNMP manager on page 83 P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 81 Adding a manager to the SNMP manager list 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstat
74. ID 1000 Event ID 1001 Event ID 1002 Event ID 1003 Event ID 1004 Event ID 1005 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Chapter 2 Fault Management System 175 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID System status monitor 1 reports activity No action required Warning Information None A process has reported to the SSM that either it or its monitored services are indicating activity 1 reports all of its services are functioning correctly No action required Warning Information None A process has reported to the System Status Monitor that either it or its monitored services are functioning properly The System Service Monitor has been stopped No action required Warning Information None A process has reported to the System Status Monitor that either it or its monitored services are stopped normally The System Status Monitor has been started No action required Warning Information None A process has reported to the Sy
75. ID 3002 Event ID 3003 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Chapter 2 Fault Management System 135 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary MediaTransport OlID lt oid gt Codec and or frames per packet mismatch lt details gt Submit a CR and attach ZIP ed log files archlog Minor Warning None There was a problem establishing a call MediaTransport OID lt oid gt Transport mismatch lt details gt Submit a CR and attach ZIP ed log files archlog Minor Warning None There was a problem establishing a call MsmProxy lt interface gt returned error lt error gt Submit a CR and attach ZIP ed log files archlog Minor Warning None There was a problem establishing a call lt entity gt lt interface gt returned error lt error gt Submit a CR and attach ZIP ed log files archlog Minor Warning None There was a problem establishing a call lt entity gt Caught lt exception gt Submit a CR and attach ZIP ed log files archlog Critical Error None
76. Information None No response from NTP server check IP number or network connection Check IP number or network connection Critical Error None VoiceWatchdog VoiceWatchdog Return to table Return to table Service Event ID 1000 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 1001 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 1002 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 1003 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 1004 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 237 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Voice watchdog KSU Down Telephony services will be stopped temporarily The alarm KSU_UP will be received when the telephony services are being restarted Warning Information None Voice Watchdog received the KSU Down from the VoiceMSCService All services depending on VoiceMSCService will stopped KSU Reset Telephony services being restarted and will be up within 10 15 minutes Warning Information None Voice Watchdog received the KSU UP from the VoiceMSCService VoiceMSCDriver and all its dependencies will be stopped Restarted Wait for 15 minutes to get telephone sets back KSU UP Telephony services being restarted and will be up within 10 1
77. MSC event 106 MSC event 108 MSC event 109 MSC event 110 MSC event 111 MSC event 112 MSC event 114 MSC event 115 MSC event 116 MSC event 118 MSC event 119 MSC event 120 MSC event 124 MSC event 125 MSC event 130 MSC event 133 MSC event 134 MSC event 137 MSC event 151 MSC event 224 MSC event 245 MSC event 246 MSC event 247 MSC event 248 MSC event 260 MSC event 261 MSC event 262 MSC event 263 MSC event 264 System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log P0609330 2 0 MSC event 265 MSC event 266 MSC event 267 MSC event 268 MSC event 269 MSC event 270 MSC event 271 MSC event 285 MSC event 286 MSC event 287 MSC event 288 MSC event 289 MSC event 290 MSC event 291 MSC event 292 MSC event 293 MSC event 294 MSC event 295 MSC
78. Management Overview This section provides an introduction to the Business Communications Manager network level management concepts and techniques contained throughout this guide The management overview information is divided into three categories e Concepts and models e Unified Manager usage e Management User Guide overview The sections that describe management concepts and models are as follows e Network Administration Objectives on page 29 e Network Topology and Management Interfaces on page 31 e SNMP Network Management Concepts on page 34 e Network Management and Maintenance Applications on page 36 e Unified Manager Application Model on page 37 The sections that describe the Unified Manager are as follows e Using the Unified Manager Configure Application on page 42 e Unified Manager Maintenance Page Overview on page 45 The sections that describe the Management User Guide are as follows e Management Guide Overview on page 53 e BCM Monitor overview on page 54 e Performance management overview on page 55 e Security management overview on page 56 e Backup and restore Overview on page 56 e Troubleshooting and diagnostics activities overview on page 57 Network Administration Objectives Network operations center NOC responsibilities encompass the operation of the entire network domain Network administration is a complex task that requ
79. Management System Accessing the alarm browser to analyze alarm detail With the alarm browser you can access and detect an alarm occurring on the system With the alarm browser you can display detailed information on each alarm to assist you to perform corrective action if needed See the section Alarm Analysis and Clearing Procedures on page 89 for a detailed explanation on how to navigate through the alarm clearing process and the descriptions in this guide To access the alarm browser and alarm detail screen 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the navigation tree click the System heading The Performance Fault and Tools menus are enabled On the Fault menu click Alarm Banner The Alarm Banner appears Select any color coded alarm button from the alarm banner to display a report of active alarms Select ALL white button to browse through the complete list of system alarms regardless of the severity level The alarm browser screen appears Select the row corresponding to the alarm for which you want detailed information On the alarm page click the Actions menu and select Display Details The Alarm Details screen appears The Alarm Details screen is a read only display P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 69 Figure 19 Alarm browser and detail screen Alarm Browser Warning a 1 E 0 x Display Detai
80. Multimedia call center MMCC backup on page 402 for details of the data backed up Registry Data Restore The Registry Data Restore will restore the saved registry database This registry data overrides any other registry information from other components The files will be restored from the file Backup SysReg folder existing on the source resource Note If the Registry Restore has been chosen BRU must be restarted after the reboot Also the registry should be chosen only when restoring all information to a replacement BCM or replacement hard drive in the same BCM as BCM specific Windows NT security information is also transferred using the registry Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 408 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore Unified Mgr Data Restore The UNIFIED MGR Restore will restore all the files related to Unified Manager Application The files will be restored from C_UnifiedMegrData bru and D_UnifiedMegrData bru in the Backup folder on the source resource See Unified Manager data backup on page 402 for details of data which is contained in these files in the Backup folder Note If the file D_UnifiedMegrData bru is not created during the Backup process the error Could not find the file will occur during the Unified Mgr Restore This error will be displayed as a WARNING and should not affect the restored data Voice Application Data Restore The Voice Application Data Restore will restore all the
81. No action required Warning Information None IP Music initialization failure Service shutting down Please disable the ToneSrvr by configuring your IP Music source as Audio Jack Contact Customer Support for further assistance Critical Error None IP Music Error IP Gateway unable to open the FUMP channel Service shutting down Please disable the ToneSrvr by configuring your IP Music source as Audio Jack Contact Customer Support for further assistance Critical Error None UPS UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 1000 Event ID 1001 Event ID 1002 Event ID 1004 Event ID 1005 Event ID 1006 Event ID 1016 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 185 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID UPS APC Powerchute plus PowerChute PLUS Version 5 2 1 stopped No action required Warning Information None PowerChute PLUS Version 5 2 1 started No act
82. Primary Logon ID lt id gt Client User Name ee_admin Client Domain lt domain gt Client Logon ID lt id gt Privileges SeTcbPrivilege No action required Warning Success Audit None User Account Created Target Account Name lt name gt Target Domain lt domain gt Target Account ID lt id gt Caller User Name lt name gt Caller Domain lt domain gt Caller Logon ID lt id gt Privileges No action required Note that a user account is created Warning Success Audit None User Account Enabled Target Account Name lt name gt Target Domain lt domain gt Target Account ID lt id gt Caller User Name lt name gt Caller Domain lt domain gt Caller Logon ID lt id gt No action required Note that a user account is enabled Warning Success Audit None User Account password set Target Account Name lt name gt Target Domain lt domain gt Target Account ID lt id gt Caller User Name lt name gt Caller Domain lt domain gt Caller Logon ID lt id gt No action required a password set Warning Success Audit None User Account Deleted Target Account Name lt name gt Target Domain lt domain gt Target Account ID lt id gt Caller User Name lt name gt Caller Domain lt domain gt Caller Logon ID lt id gt Privileges No action required a user account is deleted Warning Success Audit None Global Group Member Added Member lt member id gt Target Account Name
83. Program Files Nortel Networks Voice Platform logs mdetect log F Program Files Nortel Networks Voice Platform logs modbackup log F Program Files Nortel Networks Voice Platform logs modemInst log F Program Files Nortel Networks Voice Platform logs ras_config log F Program Files Nortel Networks Voice CTI untime Servutil log Voice Mail logs D st Stlog out D st Stdbg out D st sysdir wlt D st vmsffax log D st f982wui log Archlog scheduler The Archlog scheduler selection displays a form that allows you to enter the time on which to run an archlog batch file job The scheduling information that you enter instructs the system when to compile and save archlog files to the BCM hard drive An archlog batch job demands CPU processing time Schedule the archlog to run during hours of low call traffic Scheduling an archlog batch job Use this procedure to instruct the BCM system on the time and frequency to record and store log information into archlog file This procedure also prompts you to select the applications on which to record and store the log information Note An archlog batch job affects CPU processing efficiency This can result in IP telephone outages slower voice mail performance or an overall reduction in system performance Schedule the archlog to run during hours of low call traffic unless otherwise instructed by Nortel Networks support teams Note Ensure to schedule an Archlog batch job so that it does not c
84. Replace Mirror Master HDD 11 Replace Primary Master HDD 12 Replace Parimay amp Mirror Master HDDs For 1 to 9 No Action Required For 10 11 and 12 replace HDD in next maintenance window Warning Information None RAID Hardware Recovery Information 1 Bytes Total sec Recovered 2 getting Network Information Recovered 3 Bytes Sent sec Recovered 4 Bytes Received sec Recovered 5 Packets Received Error sec Recovered 6 Packets Received Discarded sec Recovered 7 Packets Outbound_Error sec Recovered 8 Packets found Discarded sec Recovered No action required Warning Information None LAN1 LAN2 and WAN Information Non PAged Memory Recovered No action required Warning Information None Non Page Memory Recovery Information Telephony Services 1 No action required Warning Information None Telephony Services Status Information When this indicate Up Unified Manager can be accessed Temperature Recovered No Action Required Temperature recovered to less than 40 degrees C Warning Information None Temperature Recovery Information Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 178 Chapter 2 Fault Management System System Status Monitor Event ID 2000 Event ID 2001 Event ID 2002 Event ID 2003 Event ID 2004 Event ID 2005 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User ac
85. Router Event ID 20013 Event ID 20015 Event ID 20031 Event ID 20048 Event ID 20049 Event ID 20064 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 157 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Routing and remote access service The communication device attached to port COM2 is not functioning Contact Nortel Network s support team Critical Error None The authentication is successful No action required Warning Information None Remote Access Connection Manager failed to start because it could not locate port information from media DLLs Restart the computer if the problem persists Contact Nortel Network s support team Critical Error None Backup configuration data using BRU re ghost the hard disk with the image of the same release and then restore the backup data A successful dialin session is ending No action required Warning Information None A user with invalid username password combination or
86. See Destination Drive on page 398 for details The shared resource must have the permissions set such that the user name has full access to the folder The BCM must be allowed to see this destination folder and must be able to map to this shared resource After making sure that the BCM has full access to the desired shared resource the user should select the components to be backed up A backup can run in interactive mode or it can be scheduled to run on a specific date time and frequency Note Voice mail will be unavailable during the Voice Applications backup or restore Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 398 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore Destination Drive Local Drive To backup the BCM to a Local Drive E the user must be aware that the space available might not be enough and the backup will not be completed The default space available for backup to the E drive should not exceed 1 gigabyte Remote Drive To backup the BCM to a Remote Drive the user must have a destination shared network resource prepared to store the data The shared resource must have its permissions set such that the specific user has full control The BCM must be must be able to map to this shared resource FTP Server To backup the BCM to a FTP Server the user must have a destination folder prepared to store the data The folder must have its permissions set such that the specific user has full control The BCM must be mu
87. Sent echo The rate of ICMP Echo messages sent e Sent parameter problem The number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages sent e Sent redirect The rate of ICMP Redirect messages sent e Sent source quench The number of ICMP Source Quench messages sent e Sent time exceeded The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent e Sent timestamp reply The rate of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages sent e Sent timestamp The rate of ICMP Timestamp request messages sent P0609330 2 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 355 Accessing the UDP Packets graph and table User Datagram Protocol UDP is a transport layer protocol designed to improve performance of message transfer between a host server and a gateway to the Internet UDP uses IP for data transfer and as a result relies on a best effort delivery strategy UDP establishes a host to host communication channel to deliver packets between processes running on two different Business Communications Manager systems The MSC for example uses the UDP protocol to enable the T 38 fax feature To access the UDP Packets Graph and Table 1 Access the Resources performance monitor see Accessing the Resources Performance Monitor on page 350 Continue to the next step of this procedure when complete 2 From the Performance drop down menu select one of the following from the top line menu item a UDP Packets Graph b UDP Packets Table UDP Packet counter types The UDP Packets graph and table
88. Support GS NTS Telephone 1 800 4NORTEL 1 800 466 7835 Ifyou already have a PIN Code you can enter Express Routing Code ERC 196 Ifyou do not yet have a PIN Code or for general questions and first line support you can enter ERC 338 Alarms and traps The alarms and traps screen provides a summary list of all BCM component ID alarms To display alarms and traps information select Alarms and Traps under the maintenance page support category see Figure 11 Select one of the component ID alarm links to navigate to a full description of the alarm and associated service if any For further information on alarms and traps refer to Chapter 2 Fault Management System Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 48 Chapter 1 Management Overview Figure 11 Alarms and traps screen BE Alarm summary information Lise the information displayed in Alarm summary to determine the cause of an alarm and the appropriate maintenance activity Table 13 Alarm summary Alarm name Associated Service Alarm name Associated serice Service Alarm Sye Alarm service Router POU CE EOE woe Za access service fate None Sah SAM Secure access module access module None Autochk Mone Save Dump Mone AcmaAmp Mone Security EventLog Browser Computer Browser service Control Manager Call Detail Recording BRU Backup amp restore utility Mone Service Control Manager DECT Ala
89. System 143 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Check that all LAN and WAN interfaces are valid Contact Customer Support Minor Warning None Error in Wan Premium Percentage Value must be between 0 and 100 Use default value for now Reset the WAN Premium Percentage in OAM Enter a valid Premium Percent value Must be between 0 and 100 Minor Warning None NAT 3 values are invalid Fix Port Range entries They are invalid Critical Error None The Inside or Outside port values are invalid Could not read registry value 3 2 Possible registry corruption Check to see if Machine System Current ControlSet mspQoSMP Parameters FWFilters Status is set to either Disabled or Enabled Minor Warning None Could not set the Firewall status Setting status to Disabled Terminating logging thread Logging will not be enabled on any interface Problem with Firewall Filters logging function Contact Customer Support Critical Error None Catastrophic failure of Firewall Filters logging Can t read an NDIS OID value Possible network interface card failure Critical Error None Cannot read the MAC address from one of the network interfaces Possible infinite loop 2 Possible link list corruption in driver Reboot system and contact Customer Support Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 144 Chapter 2 Fault Management System mspQoSMP Event ID 4044
90. This section describes how to use the performance monitor to observe packet based activity on the Business Communications Manager This section describes the following e Accessing the IP Packets graph and table on page 351 e Accessing the ICMP Packets graph and table on page 353 e Accessing the UDP Packets graph and table on page 355 e Accessing the TCP Packets graph and table on page 356 To access the resources performance monitor 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager main page select Configure On the navigation tree select Resources The Unified Manager displays the system resources page On the system resources page select Performance from the top line menu Select one of the drop down menu selections to monitor network traffic P0609330 2 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 351 Accessing the IP Packets graph and table A packet is the unit of data that is routed between an origin and a destination on the Internet or any other packet switched network When any file such as an e mail message HTML file GIF file URL request and so forth 1s sent from one place to another on the Internet the Transmission Control Protocol TCP layer of TCP IP divides the file into pieces of an efficient size for routing Each of these packets is separately numbered and includes the Internet address of the destinatio
91. Unified Manager displays the system resources page Click and expand the WAN resource tree Click on one of the WAN resources e g WAN1 The Unified Manager displays the WAN resource page On the LAN resource page select Performance from the top line menu Select one of the WAN performance monitor selections from the drop down menu Accessing the WAN graph and table The statistics compiled by the system indicate packet traffic over the WAN A packet is the unit of data that is routed between an origin and a destination over the WAN Each packet is separately numbered and includes the WAN IP address of the destination When the packets have all arrived they are reassembled into the original file Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 360 Chapter 6 Performance Management To access the WAN Graph and Table 1 Access the Resources performance monitor see Accessing the Resources Performance Monitor on page 350 Continue to the next step of this procedure when complete Click on and expand the WAN resource on the navigation tree From the Performance drop down menu select one of the following from the top line menu item a WAN Graph b WAN Table c QoS Graph see Accessing the QoS Graph and Table d QoS Table see Accessing the QoS Graph and Table e QoS Queue 1 5 Graph see Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table f QoS Queue 1 5 Table see Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and T
92. User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None The description for Event ID 311 in Source NCM could not be found It contains the following insertion string s NCM config import started Command option k No action required Warning Information None The description for Event ID 311 in Source NCM could not be found It contains the following insertion string s NCM config command completed No action required Warning Information None The description for Event ID 311 in Source NCM could not be found It contains the following insertion string s NCM file import started Command option I No action required Warning Information None The description for Event ID 311 in Source NCM could not be found It contains the following insertion string s NCM file command completed No action required Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 148 Chapter 2 Fault Management System NetBT provides NetBios over TCP NetBIOS is the native networking protocol in Windows based NetBT networks NetBT Return to table Return to table Service Event ID 4319 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs NetiQccm Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None A d
93. Wide Area Network Weighted Fair Queuing Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 26 Preface How to get help Your local distributor provides technical support for your Business Communications Manager system or has access to that information through a Technical Service Center TSC USA and Canada Authorized Distributors Technical Support Telephone 1 800 4NORTEL 1 800 466 7835 If you already have a PIN Code you can enter Express Routing Code ERC 196 If you do not yet have a PIN Code or for general questions and first line support you can enter ERC 338 Website http www nortelnetworks com support Presales Support CSAN Telephone 1 800 4NORTEL 1 800 466 7835 Use Express Routing Code ERC 1063 EMEA Europe Middle East Africa Technical Support Telephone 00800 800 89009 or 33 4 9296 1341 Fax 33 49296 1598 email emeahelp nortelnetworks com CALA Caribbean amp Latin America Technical Support Telephone 1 954 858 7777 email csrmgmt nortelnetworks com P0609330 2 0 Preface 27 APAC Asia Pacific Technical Support Telephone 61 388664627 Fax 61 388664644 email asia_support nortelnetworks com Related publications These documents provide further information about the Business Communications Manager related media bay modules extension equipment and system applications and software Bu siness Communications Manager
94. _ f gt Report a problem gt gt Report a problem input screen wizard ____ Basic application selection screen gt Advanced application selection screen m Archlog scheduler m Archlog schedule screen page 1 gt Archlog viewer gt gt Archlog viewer screen gt Archlog settings gt Archlog configuration screen m Browse logs folder m Archlog browse logs folder screen Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 46 Chapter 1 Management Overview Maintenance page access Access the maintenance page by selecting the Maintenance button on the Unified Manager main page see Figure 6 on page 38 The following table lists the tools and applications available under the Unified Manager maintenance page Support Maintenance Archlog e System information e Report a problem wizard e Alarms and traps e Order amp enable optional components e Archlog scheduler re Install optional components e Archlog viewer re e Maintenance tools e Archlog settings Figure 9 shows the maintenance page selections Figure 9 Unified Manager Maintenance page feos Support Contact Alarms and Traps Business Communications Manager Your Location GCM Product Maintenance amp Support Welcome to the BCM Product Maintenance amp Support Website Maintenance System Information Order amp Enable Optional Components Install Optional Components ehia
95. _cLOsE ne e The LOGICAL NAME field displays the name of the volume e The LOCATION field displays the path to either a remote drive Unix FTP server or WindowsNT FTP server as shown 1n the table below Remote Format for static IP address Format for computer using DHCP server Drive lt IP_address gt shared_ folder must lt computer_name gt shared_folder UNIX FTP Format for static IP address Domain name Server lt IP_address gt path_folder lt domain_name gt shared_ folder WindowsNT Format for static IP address Domain name FTP Server lt IP_address gt lt root_drive gt path_folder lt domain_name gt lt root_drive gt shared_ folder e The USER NAME field allows you to access the path for the Remote drive or FTP server 4 Click on the SELECT Figure 57 button The Backup and restore main page screen display on page 414 appears The selected volume appears in the backup location field 5 Select the components you want to back up from the Select BCM Component s list Figure 56 By default all of the components except DECT OAM are selected e To deselect all highlighted components click anywhere on the list e To select more than one component press and hold the CTRL key and select from the list as required 6 Select the Start Backup button from the BRU Report filename entry screen display to run the backup job Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 416 Chapter 9 Sy
96. a Problem Wizard Report a Problem Wizard Step 2 Appheation hag selection Basic Application Selection Basic application selection allows you te select which applications you are experiencing problems with This selection method is recommended for most users Advanced Log File Selection Advanced log file selection allows you to specify exactly which log files you want to archive This selection method is recommended for advanced users oniy Back Cancel 5 If you select Basic application click on the boxes that correspond to the application that require support see Figure 39 Note Unless support requests you to select specific application log files the standard gt practice is to select ALL log files This insures all relevant files are captured e To return to the previous screen see Figure 38 click Back e To cancel the operation and continue to Archlog Scheduler click Cancel e To complete the Report a problem wizard form click Finish Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 318 Chapter 4 Log Management System Figure 39 Basic application selection screen NEO Rl orks Business Communications Manager EEEO Support Contact Your Location BCM Product Maintenance amp Support Report a Problem Wizard Alarms and Traps Maintenance System Information Report a Problem Wizard Order amp Enable Optional Components Install Optional Co
97. a user without dialin permission tries to dial in to the system No action required Minor Warning None The authentication for a dial in user is successful and the BCM dials back to the user on a specific number No action required Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 158 Router Event ID 20089 Event ID 20101 Event ID 20103 Event ID 20105 Event ID 20105 Event ID 20111 Event ID 20139 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary The remote client is busy or the callback number is wrong when a user with callback enabled tries to dial in to the system Check whether the callback number is right Critical Error None Using the default value for Registry parameter Enabled because the value given is not in the legal range for the parameter No action required Minor Warning None Unable to load C winnt system32 ipxrtmgr dll Contact support Critic
98. alarm eventSource trap summary If WAN link is down check the cable and make sure the configuration on both ends matches 2 Could not allocate the resources necessary for operation System is low on memory Reboot system Critical Error None 2 Has encountered an internal error and has failed QoS driver has failed to load Reboot system If this error persists contact Customer Support Critical Error None Catastrophic driver failure 2 A required parameter is missing from the Registry Possible problem with LAN or WAN drivers Critical Error None Could not get Information from one of the network interface drivers 2 could not allocate a resource of type 3 due to system resource problems System is low on memory Reboot system Minor Warning None 2 failed to register itself with the NDIS wrapper QoS driver has failed to load Reboot system If this error persists contact Customer Support Critical Error None Catastrophic driver failure Chapter 2 Fault Management System 147 NCM NCM provides the Network Configuration Manager component NCM Network Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Configuration Manager Event ID 301 Event ID 302 Event ID 311 Event ID 312 Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message
99. alarm eventSource trap summary No immediate Action Required but If the condition persists contact Nortel Support Critical Error None Upon SSM initialization the time could not be set on the L E D S board A default value will be used The number of time outs could not be set on the L E D S Board No immediate Action Required but If the condition persists contact Nortel Support Critical Error None Upon SSM initialization the time could not be set on the L E D S board A default value will be used BCM Reset could not be set on the L E D S Board No immediate Action Required but If the condition persists contact Nortel Support Critical Error None Upon SSM initialization the time could not be set on the L E D S board A default value will be used The SSM thread that responds to sanity checks from the L E D S board could not be created No immediate Action Required but If the condition persists contact Nortel Support Critical Error None Windows was not able to create a thread required for the SSM to perform sanity checking while initializing the SSM Sanity checking will be disabled Sanity Information could not be retrieved from the registry Using defaults There is a problem with the Windows registry The SSM service should be re started If the condition persists contact Nortel Support Critical Error None Upon SSM initialization the sanity Information could not be retrieved from
100. all network devices to the SNMP Network Manager server Figure 5 Managed objects and agents Fault in Device 1 SNMP be a Messages SNMP ee 7 Agent 4 Messages a B pN P Device 2 S lt a i Network ANT oll J Agent J SNMP SNMP Network Manager Workstation Server SNMP SNMP Messages Aget Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 36 Chapter 1 Management Overview Network Management and Maintenance Applications The tools and applications bundled with the BCM provide statistics and notifications of the system status and operation Various network management applications are available and compatible for operation with the BCM or network elements There are three categories of network management tools and applications available e BCM specific tools and applications e optional tools and applications e third party tools and applications BCM specific tools and applications e Unified Manager see also Unified Manager Application Model A web based configuration and maintenance application bundled with the Business Communications Manager software Unified Manager is the single point of access for managing all programming for individual BCM systems Access to the Unified Manager is password protected and is secure for both enterprise customers and small to medium sized businesses Administrators use Unified Manager to quickly set
101. an SNMP community 0 000 80 P0609330 2 0 Configuring an SNMP Manager List 26 20 46 06vewsseees vee ee ee oeaees eeae ewes 80 Adding a manager to the SNMP manager list 2 0 0 eee 81 MOOI YING an SNNIF MANAGE 622046044646 60 0 KERR REDE RADDA DA EERE ERODE ERE 83 Deleting an SNMP MANGOES oh cau ob ae CSS Oe REDE eR OE 83 Configuring an SNMP Trap Community List 0 0 0 0 0 cc eee 84 Adding a trap community to the SNMP community list 00005 84 Modifying an SNMP trap community 0 0000 ccc ee ee eee ee 87 Deleting an SNMP trap community tc i02c0 deci cidiciweeavdeeadeeawdweue dad 88 Alarm Analysis and Clearing Procedures 0 0 cc ee eens 89 SNMP Event Messages lt sssc0dee05ieaede devs Saeed eden deed eed deans des 90 Using the component ID and event ID summary tables 00005 90 Component ID alarm Summary information 0 0 0 ccc eee eee 92 Component event ID sac voc 64 b6 bebo e HARES 6 OSH ARH REEDS EROS ORES ER 95 Component ID SNMP Trap Error Interpretation 0 000 eee ee eee 100 Component ID alarm descriptions ss cock ak ek ewe eee RR RE ee es 101 cit dae A eee ee ee ee ee er ee ee ee ee ee ee ee es ee ee 102 PUNE eo4esegeaseue bs eerewes rhe sores sbeee ced ces eu aeee eres ce ehe nes 102 hc EAE eee ee ee eee ee ee ee eee eee eee eee eee a eee ee a eee 102 212 a a ae ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee eae ee ee ee ae 104 Zi
102. button Saving a static snapshot 1 Configure the static snapshot settings to ensure that information you want is stored in the static snapshot On the File menu click Save Static Snapshot The information is stored in a file located in the folder you specified on the Static snapshot settings screen Configuring the dynamic snapshot settings 1 On the File menu click Snapshot Settings The Snapshot Settings screen appears Click the Dynamic snapshot settings tab In the Output filename box enter the filename for the dynamic snapshot You can also add additional information to the filename by selecting one or more of the options on the drop down list beside the Output filename box The additional information available 1s Auto increment Counter This option adds a series number to the filename This number starts at 0001 and is incremented every time you take a dynamic snapshot of this Business Communications Manager system BCM name This option adds the System Name of the Business Communications Manager system to the filename Time This options adds the time that the dynamic snapshot was started Date This options adds the date that the dynamic snapshot was started When you select one of these options a marker is added to the filename at the spot where the cursor 1s located The actual information is not generated until you start the dynamic snapshot In the Output folder box enter the path of the folder
103. card so that voice mail will function Minor Warning None A call to SetServiceStatus failed If Voice Mail has started normally then no action is required However Voice Mail may not have started You may have to restart the system If problem persists contact your service representative These are 259 even though they are errors SetServiceStatus Critical Error None This event Is NOT passed via the mbLogMessage API Current number of mbxes is greater than keycoded limit lf the number of mailboxes initialized is greater than the number of mailboxes enabled by keycode when a user attempts to login via unified messaging or the telset this event will be generated To resolve apply a mailbox expansion keycode to ensure the number of keycoded mailboxes is sufficient to enable all initialized mailboxes Warning Information Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 230 Chapter 2 Fault Management System VoiceCT Return to table Logs Comments Event ID 259 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 259 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs P0609330 2 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary None This typically occurs immediately after a restore to a new system where keycodes have not yet been applied AA CCR calls cannot be parked since park prefix is set to None To resolve please configure the park prefix from Unified Manager Wa
104. depends on the network configuration and telephony resources built in the system Physically the Business Communications Manager network can be distributed geographically across different sites The network administrator must be able to access each BCM in the network P0609330 2 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 33 Network administration personnel have the ability to configure observe and control the operation and performance of the Business Communications Manager through one of the available access portals The following interfaces provide management access to the Business Communications Manager see Figure 4 WAN IP interface WAN internet access IP access through the Unified Manager interface The WAN interfaces use T1 with CSU V 35 X 21 PRI BRI MBMs Dial on demand Establish a connectivity path provided from the corporate LAN network to the end user s WAN network or ISP over another WAN device e g router elsewhere on the enterprise premises V 90 Dial up modem interface North America option only The dial up connection interface is available for occasional use Due to modest dialup speeds and potentially large file sizes dial up has limited use For regular backup restore and configuration tasks use a higher bandwidth connection for management access to the Business Communications Manager Local RS232 serial interface COM port Local terminal emulation interface The Business Communications Manager platform base chas
105. dial back the user at a designated telephone number before allowing the person to have access to the system The information in this section is found under the Management User Manager heading Viewing the User Manager tabs The various tabs under User Manager allow you to define user and group profiles and the parameters that define security levels for user accounts 1 Select Management User Manager The User Profile screen appears showing the current user profile information Business Communications Manager comes with the following default administrator user profiles ee_admin cannot be deleted Default password P1schgMe Access privilege Read Write dial up access supervisor can be deleted Default password P1sChgMe Access privilege Read Write dial up access Security Note Change the default passwords on the ee_admin and supervisor account after you initialize your system The ee_admin account cannot be deleted but the group membership can be modified for both accounts Remote support In order for the Nortel Networks support organization to assist you dial in access has been granted to both default administrator accounts If dial in access is removed then remote access by support organizations may be impacted It 1s recommended that the administrator accounts and dial in access rights be restricted to select personnel Callback capability increases the dial in security ISDN note When you enter an ISDN d
106. disable enable module port 428 documentation accessing 40 Domain 442 Domain secure channel 382 domain user group adding a profile 388 profile 383 domain user name domain user group 388 download BCM monitor 329 DPNSS networking 27 drives monitoring status 462 DTM LEDs 425 DupliWin DII version disk mirroring 463 E emergency telephone troubleshooting 464 enabling a module 446 encryption minimum web encryption 382 security levels 381 event log archiving 327 event messages system restarts 242 eventerror enabled SNMP traps 72 eventerror alarm severity 75 eventinfo enabled SNMP traps 72 eventinfo alarm severity 75 eventwaming enabled SNMP traps 72 eventwaring alarm severity 75 F F W version system status monitor 459 Failed logon attempts before lockout 389 Force secure web access 382 G group adding user group 386 domain user group 388 group profile adding 386 H hardware LED monitoring 457 monitoring system hardware 457 Hunt Groups usage metrics 455 12050 soft phone overview 28 IETF RFC SNMP traps 100 Install Clients 390 install clients 40 interface timeout 380 intranet telephony 28 invisible menus user group profile 387 IP telephone 12050 soft phone 28 overview 28 VoIP Gateway application 28 ISDN dial up user 383 Index 479 K kept timer alarm database 70 key private security key 378 keycode DPNSS networking 27 MCDN 27 NetIQ 373 Q SI
107. displays the system page 1 Click Performance from the top line menu shown on the system page 2 Click on one of the following menu items e System CPU usage graph see To access the CPU usage graph on page 347 e System CPU usage table see To access the CPU usage table on page 347 e Memory usage graph see To access the memory usage graph on page 348 e Memory usage table see To access the memory usage table on page 349 P0609330 2 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 347 Accessing the CPU usage graph and table The CPU usage graph displays real time statistical information on processing activity levels The system polls samples CPU processing activity and presents the information in a graph format The graph displays the percentage of CPU processing resources consumed over a period of time The x axis indicates the polling intervals The y axis indicates the percentage of CPU computing resources used at a point in time The graph shows measurements over several intervals The graph also displays the minimum average and peak CPU usage percentage for each second To access the CPU usage graph 1 Access the performance monitor see System Performance Monitor on page 346 Continue to the next step in this procedure when complete 2 From the Performance drop down menu click on System CPU Usage Graph from the top line menu item The system displays the CPU usage graph 3 To pause the sampling cli
108. domain 443 Changing the CallPilot region 2 ee ee eens 444 P0609330 2 0 13 Changing the Business Communications Manager 3 6 time and date 444 Maintenance programming for telephony resources 0 0 0 cee eee 444 Veh i ee ee ee 445 Media Bay Module SIMS nc chara whn 8 O68 re ee Ke od BOERS ROKER EEO EROS 445 Displaying the Media Bay Module status 0 0 00 eee eee 445 Boca Oe ok suet E E E cee E EE EE ote 446 Enabling a disabled module 0 cc cece eee eens 446 Identifying a device connected to the system 0 eee ees 446 Disabling a device ahs ae a a he a hk ee bh ee a a 447 Enabling a disabled device anaana eee eee ee eee ees 448 TPG fi ee hee ee Ge eke eA Re eee ee EOS Oe ee ee Oe eee 448 CNE OOPDACK esl exc c tus eh eer Pos EREE eee hob se EREEREER ERES 449 Payload loopback test oii 4a 65544 by 4 ha RGA KAPHA AOE ARG ERASE A RES 449 Card loopback test te cicde car betadsdunbatecsapnehacosaaundeds 4 449 PON OODDACK NGS wv creda ce keno rw et RES REO eR eRe ws 449 SeA aren e E E T E AT E E 449 L1G Ol COMENSON ss ck enc oun se oeke oeud ese EEEa REE EE EE oaes 450 GID us 565 oF ae GP hs G4 Ga HF es 450 Oe Pee 43 baee 8h poten beuateee odes ea parent eueneads 451 Statistics collected by the Business Communications Manager 3 6 system 451 Enabling the internal CSU b25 d44 66 45554e oo hasnde ede eae dope one s Gs 452 Checking the performance statistic
109. eBCM files are created and released within a MicroSoft Windows environment so that when these files are copied or transferred to a UNIX environment the last carriage return can be deleted In this case you can get an END 1s not found error message during the compilation Open the MIB file with a UNIX text editor and add a carriage return at the end of the word END elf you have already installed the SY NOPTICS ROOT MIB for other MIBs you must add the policy OBJECT IDENTIFIER synoptics 4 in the synroxxx mib Recompile and reload the MIB for policy MIBs Small Site Event MIBs The trap format is specified in the BCM Small Site Event MIB BCM traps can be captured and viewed through any standard SNMP fault monitoring framework or trap watcher See SNMP Traps on page 74 for information on how to enable SNMP traps The following are the BCM specific SNMP trap fields for Small Site Event MIBs e Enterprise OID identifies the product iso org dod internet private enterprises nortel smallsite common events 1 3 6 1 4 1 562 37 3 1 e Agent address IP address of one of the BCM interfaces e Generic trap type 6 for Enterprise specific traps e Specific trap type P0609330 2 0 Management Information Base MIB System 473 1 eventInfo trap type 2 eventWarning trap type 3 eventError trap type e Time stamp system up time The following are the BCM specific SNMP variable bindings e Binding 1 contains
110. ee ee ee Pe eee ee T TET 141 el a ote e ogee edetea heehee neha bee eden G 141 EE hanes eee TETEE A E aed i cosas see ee eed eee ee E E E E E 147 Pee a2 cope eek ee deses bes ieee 95s sha 49 Ge hes Shae E eee E eer a tees 148 cee eo ee ee ee ee A ee ee ee ee ee 148 POU a e agg i c5baG5 4 b aq0 bon ada eens aed oe eek eee pe eee sane bou es 149 Pe oe oka ek hae eee one hee ee eae oe oes ea 149 hE SiC atic E kee A AE E E eee be ees 150 obs ie ee ee ere ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee eee ee 151 PLE eeren a AAE ARAR 151 Ea EE E E E E E eg ah E EE E E EAE 152 Eo D e E E E Ae ye E E E E E E ees 153 PROP E EE ee renere 153 Ae aa ae a E E E ee ee E ee E ET ee ee E EEE EE 153 ai EEE NENN O ee ee ee See ee eee eee ee ee eee E ee EE OE 154 O eraren eea ee ee ee eee soe re ee es eee 154 aee Ree 24a Peewee Re OAS See DEAS EE bE GRRE SESE EKER RS 155 OO TN WU ea cts ee ete ee hee ae ae hee ahha Gane aoe eee oe 155 ME Gye ba wees ay yay sense pay age teens yee Oe ree s ones oe eas cee ee enue 4 156 Pe 6 ako pe bd bee Oe ee Ok Oe E Pee ew EE Pek ee ee ee ees 197 Ol a ee E ee eee ee E ee ee ee ee eee oe ee 159 Sav DUM oboe eta ob hte ainia E cas eer E baenee cera euseeeosaauebae sx 159 CH ga ode ooo pa a eo be o6G 6 eee eee eee a eas 161 DON ware ee pomesan ee wtneousyen secant acs eek aeee oe eseneee cee eeeeeue 164 Service Control Manager 0 cece eee tenes 165 UR 2 osu o hin 4 8 465 eos oP Ga ee ke 8G ee oe 170 SNMP Trap Agent 666 5 ea G5 deo de
111. event 296 MSC event 297 MSC event 298 MSC event 400 MSC event 426 MSC event 427 MSC event 428 MSC event 429 MSC event 430 MSC event 432 MSC event 600 MSC event 601 MSC event 602 MSC event 614 System test log MSC event 630 System test log 803 808 810 823 System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log System test log m m m M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M System Admin log Chapter 2 Fault Management System 243 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 244 Chapter 2 Fault Management System P0609330 2 0 245 Chapter 3 Service Management System This chapter describes service manager capabilities available in the Unified Manager interface This chapter also describes the properties of the services in the service manager and associated alarm notifications This section provides information on the following e Service Manager on page 245 e Service Definitions on page 251 e
112. event can be caused by poor power quality i e power fluctuation Decrease the sensitivity of the UPS If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power Minor Warning None Self test at UPS passed No action required Warning Information None System shutdown Complete For an administrative shutdown or a shutdown because of input power failure wait for the UPS to reboot and to start the supported equipment If you specified a shutdown without a reboot sequence you must restart the UPS Warning Information None Minimum redundancy lost The UPS has too great a load or too few operational power modules to support the configured redundancy Check that all modules are functioning properly and that the redundancy configuration is correct If the condition persists contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None System level fan failed Check the fan for obstructions If you cannot resolve the problem immediately contact APC Support for assistance Critical Error None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 188 UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 2037 Event ID 100401 Event ID 100402 Event ID 100500 Event ID 100501 Event ID 100502 Event ID 100503 Event ID 100601 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Messa
113. eventSource Trap by event ID VoIP SIP Gateway The service was started No action required Warning Information None The service was stopped No action required Warning Information None Unexpected services request generated internally or by WinNt Services Execution continues The service received an unsupported request No action required Error Critical None The service was stopped No action required Warning Information None Invalid configuration file parameter Check gateway type parameter in remotegateway cfg table file Minor Warning None Cannot initialize H323 stack Report error to Nortel Networks support Critical Error None Cannot read info from license server Report error to Nortel Networks support Critical Error None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide VoiceRecord Event ID 123 Event ID 124 Event ID 130 Event ID 131 Event ID 200 Event ID 201 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs 234 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary K
114. eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None MPS service started No action required Warning Information None MPS service is successfully started MPS service stopped No action required Warning Information None MPS service is stopped WARNING Unable to register as a Service Restart system contact customer support Minor Warning None NNU could not start MPS as a service this is not an MPS issue WARNING Unable to stop service Contact customer support Minor Warning None NNU could not stop MPS as a service this is not an MPS issue WARNING FUMP message could not be sent Contact customer support Minor Warning None Could not send fump message through EMS FUMP channel this is not an MPS issue WARNING Codec incompatible call dropped Change or make available the correct Codec to match the Codec supported by the software at the far end of the call Minor Warning MPS Media path server Event ID 2005 Event ID 3001 Event ID 3002 Event ID 3003 Event ID 3004 Event ID 3005 Return to table Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alar
115. fault analysis through the Unified Manager interface Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 60 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Alarm Management System The Business Communications Manager tracks and generates approximately 700 different alarms For example alarms can provide notification that a network interface is not behaving as expected or that certain anomalies in system operation have been detected When the Alarm Management system is enabled all BCM alarms are recorded into the NT Event Log Use the Alarm Banner of the Unified Manager to view alarms for each Business Communications Manager A subset of the alarm information pertaining to BCM core telephony may also appear at the Alarm telephone and in the MSC logs Managing alarms within Unified Manager is described on pages Alarm Analysis and Clearing Procedures on page 89 Note Assign the Alarm telephone in Feature settings under System programming Alarms have a higher severity than events Attend to alarm codes before event messages Alarm code information that is specific to Companion components is included in the Windows NT Event Log Any information sent to the Windows NT event log can generate an SNMP trap All BCM alarms can also be sent to a remote management system through an SNMP trap For information on how to perform remote fault management of BCM SNMP traps refer to Configuring an SNMP Community on page 76 An alarm may not appear until
116. folder The Alarm Backup Batch Job uses the Kept Timer value from the Alarm Database screen to determine when to archive an alarm record Schedule Day Allows you to set the day when the system must perform the backup Schedule Time Allows you to set the time the backup must start Tips Before you change the day or time or both you must first stop the batch job make your changes and then start the batch job again 9 Press the TAB key to save your settings Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 74 Chapter 2 Fault Management System SNMP Traps A trap is a signal that tells a program that an event occurred in the system When a program receives a signal a specific set of activities take place The SNMP system enables SNMPvI1 traps to be generated based on all or a subset of NT Events generated on the Business Communications Manager Any information sent to the BCM Windows NT event log and shown in the Alarm Banner and Alarm Browser can generate an SNMP trap SNMP traps received from Business Communications Manager contain descriptions of the alarms that occur in the system Additionally SNMP generic traps such as coldStart linkDown linkup authenticationFailure are also generated from the Business Communications Manager depending on the user s configuration For the BCM to generate SNMP traps you must configure how the system handles SNMP trap notifications When SNMP 1s enabled events arriving in th
117. for at least 2 minutes before reporting alarm 50 51 A Trunk Computer Module has been disconnected Event parameters 1 Module Card Power down the system and check all connections to the module Check that the module is properly seated If the problem persists replace the module Critical Error MSC event 252 Sev P9 Cat C This only applies to trunk MBMs that share a DS30 bus So CTM and BRI MBMs can generate this To reproduce this bring 2 CTMs or BRI MBMs on a single DS30 and disconnect 1 of the MBMs ON a running system the BCM requires a module to be lost for at least 2 minutes before reporting alarm 50 51 52 Radio 1 has been removed from service due to an error An accompanying Event message will indicate an explicit reason for the radio failure Perform diagnostics on the basestation Critical Error MSC event 300 Sev P6 Cat C Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 216 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Voice software Event ID 54 Event ID 55 Event ID 59 Event ID 61 Event ID 62 Event ID 63 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severi
118. have parallel relationships whereas a service component branches to two or more different services The system generates an alarm or event notification if a service is stopped through administrator action or through a fault see Alarm Analysis and Clearing Procedures on page 89 Service definition properties Each service definition describes the properties and any corresponding event alarm and log notifications Each definition provides a display name and service name The display name appears in the Unified Manager system manager interface and is shown as the title in the service descriptions The service name is used at the code level of the software The display and service names also appear in the events and logs A hierarchy map appearing below the service descriptions displays all parent child dependencies The hierarchy map shows the service names Each definition contains cross references to other dependant services events logs and alarm information Select a cross reference as required to view the descriptions Use the service definitions to analyze diagnose and correct if necessary the alarm SNMP Trap and log notifications The service definitions provide the following e summary e service type system level or Nortel Networks configurable service e display and system code names e default status setting e default startup setting e MSC or NT event cross reference Business Communications Manager Management
119. identify the specific management servers to which the NetIQ agent allows communication An asterisk means the NetIQ agent allows communication with all NetIQ management servers A blank field means the agent does not allow communication with any NetIQ management servers and is not permitted on the BCM if the NetIQ feature is enabled Is the RPC port number on the NetIQ management server that the NetIQ agent running on the BCM uses to communicate with the server The valid port range is 1 to 65535 The default port is 9999 If you change the port number make sure that you change the corresponding NetIQ management server port number to the same value Is the RPD port number on the BCM that the NetIQ agent uses to communicate with the NetIQ management server The valid port range is 1 to 65535 The default port is 9998 If you change the port number make sure that you change the corresponding NetIQ management server port number to the same value Specifies whether the NetIQ agent is enabled or not The valid values for this field are Enabled and Disabled Chapter 7 Performance Management Using NetlIQ 375 Enable the NetlQ feature Complete the following steps to enable the NetIQ agent 1 Enter the NetIQ keycode for a BCM by using the Services gt Licensing screen 2 Inthe Authorized Management Server s field enter a list separated by commas of IP addresses of the Vivinet Manager servers to which you want to restrict access by the B
120. issues such as dialing plan or routing issues as detailed called information is provided without requiring the use of protocol analyzers Through this tab one can also track to how long each session was which digits were dialed and other call attributes UIP can be logged to track the most recent 20 UIP messages Those UIP messages which contain at least one Information Element can be expanded to show the information element which can in turn be expanded to show the data portion of the Information Element Figure 50 BCM Monitor UIP tab screen display BCM Monitor Msp_cgy_doc i x iol x File Statistics Help UIF Modules MCDM Ower IF E Trunk 14 lt CC lt CRef Origin CRef ECO SETUP BCMBL 20000 9782880000 618006844 Bearer capability 13 00 81 90 00 00 42 00 00 00 0000 00 O00 I Channel identification loop 7 2 OF 00 90083 0001 00 81 00 Module A G NA Display BCMBL 20000 Modue2 T T 03 00 B1 00 OC 00 42 43 4D 42 4C 20 20 32 30 30 30 30 Haea le lal E Calling party number 16 4 N ational 9782880000 OF 00 21 80 0A 00 09 OF 08 02 08 08 O04 DA 04 DA Logging EI Called party number Unknown Unknown 613006344357 Log UIP data E 03 00 80 00 OC 00 06 01 08 04 04 06 08 04 04 03 05 OF E Trunk 14 gt CC gt CRef Origin CRef 2000 PROGRESS mgou emng H Trunk 14 gt CC gt CRef Origin CRef 200D CONNECT UIP monitoring timeout H Trunk 14 lt CC lt CRef Origin CRef 1BC0 DISCONNECT
121. limit has been reached Need to remove other QoS filters Critical Error None The maximum number of QoS filters has been reached Too many ports specified for 2 Max 256 Reduce the number of QoS Ports specified Critical Error None Could not read port values for 2 Fix Port Range entries They are invalid Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 142 Chapter 2 Fault Management System mspQoSMP Event ID 4023 Event ID 4024 Event ID 4026 Event ID 4028 Event ID 4030 Event ID 4031 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Minor Warning None Entries in Port Range field are invalid Could not create symbolic link 3 of 2 QoS driver has failed to load Reboot system If this error persists contact Customer Support Critical Error None Catastrophic driver failure Could not create 2 QoS driver has failed to load Reboot system If this error persists contact Customer Support Critical Error None Ca
122. list 1 oa fF OQO N Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager main page select Configuration Click the Services key Click the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears see Figure 23 on page 77 Click the Community List tab The Community List screen appears see Figure 25 on page 81 On the Configuration menu select Add Trap Community The Trap Community List dialog box appears see Figure 26 on page 85 P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 85 Figure 26 Trap Community list screen Group t Configuration eport Tools View Help Add Community Comprehensive Modify Community mmmunity List Manager List Trap Community List ate Jel Delete Community ity List E acm Add Manager ist TH Community Name Manager lP Address System Modify Manager Resources Delete Manager Senices Add Trap Community Modify Trap Community Delete Trap Commu z OB ECM Dialog Box Telephony Services Doorphones IP Telephony Call Detail Recording LAN CTE Configuration HE Trap Community List Voice Mail oa Multimedia Call Center Ba Trap List T lt IVR a IF Music Bae DHCP a Community Hame hoe gt DNS d IP Routing em Manager IP Address fooa oo0 000 000 SOC EN a o 5 Interface Router ssigned
123. number OOO00000 gt BCM Software Installed Devices NIC NETGEAR FASO Fast Ethernet PCI Adapter IF 10 10 1701 Mask 255 255 255 0 MAC 00 40 CC 55 42 1C NIC SOL Communications Inc WAN ic 500 Adapter IF 10 10 1721 Mask 255 55 255 0 MAC O0 E0 48 05 44 F4 NIC SOL Communications lac WaNic 500 Adapter IF 10 10 13 1 Mask 255 255 2550 MAC O0 E0 48 05 44 FB NIC MSF Frame Relay Lan E mulation IF 10 10 15 1 Y Ersiorn 3 6 1 41 Boot time 3A 2 04 3 29 PM Mask 255 255 255 0 MAC 00 04 DC C6 97 58 IF Configuration bodem LT wiin Modem HD 5ST3204134 3 32 Published IF address 1 0 710 101 Nest hop 10 10 19 1 P0609330 2 0 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor 333 MSC Media Services Card Tab The MSC tab displays the following information e hardware information about the MSC including type and revision and MSC firmware load and market profile e MSC configuration information such as DS30 configuration including split mode 6 2 or 5 3 split and density mode partial double density full double density e indication of whether the dial up WAN interface is in use e how many signaling channels D channels and media channels 64 kbps B channels are available e processor expansion cards PEC in use on the MSC and the total number of logical DSP resource units provided by all installed processor expansion cards The available tasks and tasks in service are also shown per PEC for example th
124. oe eds EE ee 4 os 269 PION amp obs 8k ee aps Ps a a hs bees 270 ES ec ee ee ee ee ee 270 RCI OU gre big gor oe Ee Re ee eee E Eee eee eee ER 270 Survivable remote gateway 0 cc eee eee eee es 271 System event notification 46 lt 65 coves ave nh ueuese che wiedsage ds gene aaees oes 271 Pee CCl 42 ceases ey bee OE tea E sree 6 E oe ose eee e aes 272 TOPMP NGEBIS IODE 2 hiedacedeesdhensahecidbasachetedenseeecuaaacas 272 WO Als eae 2 ogg a gee h e oa Oe RE OE ESR hon He eee BEES ew eee E sees 2 3 ire APC Powerch te plUS 24 0 65 6 6 4 040064 d seedri deire ii eR ee Eo oes 273 UPS Onooe TOTOO rse rersrer riri ee ERA 274 U 6 Ce ea ee ENRERE TFIIF CAREERS EREEREER 274 Voice Licensing services anaana nanana DEA ROSE AGE REDS ERPS 274 Windows installer ees boa ted bese eee be esse ebb aa eee teey ewan e tenes 275 Windows internet name Service 0 eee eee eee 276 VENS WIGS a616 ee ie Roache ok beens ceo LTR Rew eee ea Re Re ews 276 ES i ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 277 World wide web publishing Service 0 0c cee eee ees 277 Nortel Networks Configurable ServiceS 0 0 00 00 ee ee eee 278 als Og 21 6 oe ee E EA ce ne ee ee eee E a ee 280 PRS ee a ae he ee gas eke cbt G a bashes ae asdeasceeeedas 280 Cal Da IN gee kh veces eens oie eee ee heed EEEE obese sHehuews 281 Beles is ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee eee re 281 DEGT Arn MOO ee ee ee ee eee 282 DECT Maintenance console 0 ccc
125. of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the Apache Group for use in the Apache HTTP server project http www apache org The names Apache Server and Apache Group must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission For written permission please contact apache apache org Products derived from this software may not be called Apache nor may Apache appear in their names without prior written permission of the Apache Group Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the Apache Group for use in the Apache HTTP server project http www apache org THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE APACHE GROUP AS IS AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE APACHE GROUP OR ITS P0609330 2 0 CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PRO
126. on page 445 e Disabling a module on page 446 e Enabling a disabled module on page 446 e Identifying a device connected to the system on page 446 e Disabling a device on page 447 e Enabling a disabled device on page 448 Displaying the Media Bay Module status Use this procedure to display module type the number of sets connected to the module the number of busy sets and the module s state 1 On the navigation tree click the Resources key and click the Media Bay Modules key The window displays Bus 02 through to 08 2 Click heading of the Bus you want to view For example Bus 02 The Configuration menu is enabled and the status information of the module associated with that bus appears Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 446 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Disabling a module You must disable a module before you replace it In addition you may be able to clear a hung line by disabling and enabling the affected module Warning Use Page feature on your system prior to disabling Use the Page feature to inform users that you are about to disable a module Indicate that they may experience delays in the performance of their devices On the navigation tree click the Resources key and click the Media Bay Modules key Click the heading of the Bus you want to disable The State box indicates that the module is enabled The Configuration menu option is enab
127. on the BCM Monitor screen for which you want to view the minimum or maximum value The current Cur minimum Min and maximum Max values appear on the Status bar at the bottom of the screen The three values remain on the Status bar until you click on another value These values also continue to change as the value for the selected statistic changes This is useful if you want to monitor a single statistic on one tab while you are viewing the information on another tab Viewing the date and time of the minimum and maximum values When the BCM Monitor stores the minimum and maximum value it also stores the date and time that the minimum or maximum occurred To view the date and time 1 2 Select the value for which you want to view the minimum or maximum value Select Show Min Max Times from the Statistics menu A dialog box appears with the date and time when the minimum and maximum values occurred Select the OK button to close the dialog box Resetting the minimum and maximum values When you reset the minimum and maximum values the current minimum and maximum values are deleted and BCM Monitor starts recording new minimum and maximum values P0609330 2 0 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor 341 To reset the minimum and maximum values for a single statistic 1 Click the value you want to reset 2 On the Statistics menu click Reset Current Min Max 3 To reset the minimum and maximum values for all statistics from the Statistics
128. only e Once ona specified day enter a number value e g 12 instructs the system to perform an archlog on the 12th day the current month Valid values are 1 31 e Every month on one or more days separate multiple values by a comma Valid values are 1 31 Maximum number of characters is 14 including commas e Weekly click on a box to select the day of the week e Enter the time of day to perform an archlog 24 hour clock format HH MM e Enter a short description of the archlog Enter unique system information e g daily archlog of System B 3 Click on the Next button to display page 2 of the archlog scheduler Note If you enter invalid values from step of this procedure the system displays page 2 but prompts you to return to page 1 and enter correct values When valid values are entered continue with step 2 of this procedure P0609330 2 0 Chapter 4 Log Management System 323 4 Page 2 Select from a list of applications similar to Figure 39 Click on the boxes that correspond to the application on which you require log files Click on the Schedule New Archlog Now to instruct the system to save the archlog scheduling information The system displays a summary of the archlog schedule information as specified from steps 1 and 2 of this procedure Click Details to review the archlog schedule and application information Alternatively click Delete Scheduled Archlog to delete the archlog schedule info
129. port for data communication P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 465 4 Allow sufficient start up time 5 Assign the prime line 6 Assign a ringing line if required for example auto answer modems FAX Checking the wiring Check the following connections ATA 2 to the terminal The resistance must be 200 ohms or less for data applications and 1 300 ohms or less for voice applications Business Communications Manager hardware to ATA 2 The wiring must be equivalent to 800 m of 0 5 mm wire 2 600 ft of 24 AWG or less Do not use bridge taps and loading coils between the Business Communications Manager hardware and Enterprise Edge ATA 2 External line to the Business Communications Manager system Ensure the external line is correctly connected to the BCM1000 and make sure there is dial tone Checking for dial tone at the ATA 2 Check to ensure there is dial tone from the set and from the ATA 2 module 1 2 If there is no dial tone replace a single line telephone for the data communication device If there is no dial tone at the ATA 2 unit a Disconnect the line side of ATA 2 Connect an Business Communications Manager telephone to the ATA 2 port b Check that the connection from ATA 2 to the Business Communications Manager hardware is functioning correctly the telephone has dial tone Checking for trunk line dial tone to the ATA 2 Use the following steps to check for trun
130. sent sec The rate that packets are sent on the network interface Packets sec The rate that packets are sent and received on the network interface Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 362 Chapter6 Performance Management Accessing the Dial Up performance monitor This section describes how to access and use the Dial Up performance monitor to analyze dialup traffic characteristics The statistics compiled by the system indicate packet traffic over the dial up connection A packet is the unit of data that is routed between an origin and a destination over the dial up connection Each packet is separately numbered and includes the IP address of the dial up destination When the packets have all arrived they are reassembled into the original file This section also refers to the following e Accessing the QoS Graph and Table on page 364 e Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table on page 365 e Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table on page 366 To access the dialup performance manager 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager main page select Configure On the navigation tree click and expand the Resources tree The Unified Manager displays the system resources page Click and expand the Dial Up resource tree On the Dialup resource page select Performance from the top line menu Select o
131. services SRG Running Automatic None Survivable remote gateway service structure Parent None SRG UUNISTIM Terminal proxy server HotDesking System event notification System event notification Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The System event notification SENS service tracks system events such as Windows logon network and power This service provides notification of such events to COM Event System subscribers SENS is an AutoStarted service This service is critical to alarm and event notification on the BCM Nortel Networks recommends you do not change the default status and startup values System level services SENS Stopped Manual None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 272 Chapter 3 Service Management System System event notification service structure Parent Remote procedure call service COM Event System System event notification Task scheduler Task scheduler Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Task scheduler service allows an application to be executed at a pre specified time and date System level services Schedule Running Automatic Service Control Manager Task scheduler service structure Parent Remote procedure call service Task scheduler TCP IP NetBIOS helper TCP IP NetBIOS helper Type
132. severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Run a re evaluation with a suitable configuration that will provide an adequate RSSI signature Critical Error MSC event 664 Sev P9 Cat F The download of firmware to DTCM 1 has failed Check the logs for occurrences of Event 338 Record the message registered in the log and contact your local support group Power down the system and check the DTCM hardware and the link to the system Critical Error MSC event 339 Sev P6 Cat F A BRI has been selected as the primary clock source rather than a DTCM The slot containing the DTCM must be configured as the primary clock source Critical Error MSC event 351 Sev P6 Cat F Device firmware download started This event may occur more than once per device type No action required Warning Information MSC event 355 Sev P7 Cat E Device firmware download failure Reported by the data transfer server Event parameters 1 The device has not been brought on line by the system Check that the device is properly installed and reset the device Try replacing device If the problem persists contact you local support group Critical Error MSC event 356 Sev P6 Cat F Device firmware download failure Reported by the data transfer slave
133. tem 14 tem 15 tem 16 tem 17 Item 18 tem 19 Iter 20 System admin lag Metwork event log 7 Select Yes to continue If new items have been added since the log items were displayed these new items are not erased P0609330 2 0 Chapter 4 Log Management System 315 Archlogs Access the archlog management system from the maintenance page Archlog selections are as follows Report a problem wizard on page 315 Archlog scheduler on page 321 Archlog viewer on page 323 Archlog settings on page 324 Browse logs folder on page 326 Report a problem wizard The Report a problem wizard selection displays a form that allows you to provide a written description of the problem you are experiencing The form is recorded and stored in the archlog package Using the Report a problem wizard Use the procedure in this section to complete a support request form 1 Display the Report a problem input screen Select Report A Problem Wizard under the Archlog category The Report a problem input screen appears see Figure 37 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 316 Chapter 4 Log Management System Figure 37 Report a problem input screen ORTEL NORTEL ks Support Contact Alarms and Traps Business Communications Manager Your Location BCM Product Maintenance amp Support Report a Problem Vizard Maintenance eoystem Information Order am
134. the corresponding Event ID alarm eventID trap e Binding 2 contains the Component ID alarm eventSource trap e Binding 3 contains the event Date and Time e Binding 4 contains the Problem Description alarm eventDescr trap OSPF MIBs An open shortest path first OSPF MIB is published in RFC1248 The MIBs defined in the BCM are from Microsoft under the Wellfleet branch The OSPF MIB is a subset of MIBs in RFC1248 The MIB consists of nine parameters a general variables group and eight tables Group description wtOspfGeneralGroup General global variables wtfOspfAreaTable Area descriptions wtOspfLsdbTable Link state database wtfOspfAreaRangeTable Address range specifications wtOspflIfTable OSPF interface variables wtOspf VirtIfTable Virtual links wtOspfNbrTable Non virtual OSPF neighbors wtOspf VirtNbrTable Virtual OSPF neighbors wtfOspfDynNbrTable OSPF dynamic neighbor table Section D 2 of the OSPF V2 specification RFC 1247 lists a set of required statistics that implementation must maintain These statistics are included in the OSPF MIB The 13 counters and gauges of the MIB enable the evaluation of the performance of the OSPF protocol in an operational environment Most of the remainder of the MIB variables parameterize the many features that OSPF provides the network administrator Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 474 Management Information Base MIB System RIP v2 MIBs This MIB defines t
135. the device is detected and operationally normal A flashing green LED indicates that software detects the hardware but there is no device driver No color indicates the device is defective or missing LED 4 Monitors the MSC LED 5 Monitors the WAN if installed LED 6 Monitors the modem if installed LED 7 Monitors the NIC 1 LAN1 LED 8 Monitors the NIC 2 LAN2 Chassis CPU temperature LED 9 Green indicates a normal operational temperature range for the chassis Red indicates either a sensor is not operational or the chassis temperature is out of range Fan activity LED 10 Green indicates that all fans are operational Red indicates that one or more fan 1s not operating correctly 1 Six non blinking LEDs in the center indicates monitoring software is not active P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 461 e Reset button The reset button when depressed restarts the system The reset button is recessed to prevent an accidental reboot Note The system status LEDs correspond to the devices not to the PCI slots gt Figure 63 Business communication manager base function tray system status display LEDs WAN LAN 1 Red or Green Power Disk Status MSC men LAN2 Temp Fan Reset S a ee Tee QOQ O QOQ QOQ Q Q NONIM iz 0066612 A as as amp amp e Business Communications Manager
136. the registry Default values will be used The SSM received a bad service request System Status Monitor Event ID 3008 Event ID 3009 Event ID 3010 Event ID 3011 Event ID 3012 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message Chapter 2 Fault Management System 181 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary The SSM service should be re started If the condition persists contact Nortel Support Critical Error None The SSM received a bad service request from Service Control Manager SCM The Service Request handler is not installed the SSM will not be started The SSM service should be re started If the condition persists contact Nortel Support Critical Error None Upon SSM initialization the Service Request handler was not correctly loaded A problem occurred initializing the SSM Sanity checking is being turned off The SSM service should be re started If the condition persists contact Nortel Support Critical Error None Windows was not able to create Events required to perform sanity checking Sanity checking will be disabled the board is being sw
137. the telnet session environment interfaces with a PC manager Use this service to initiate a telnet session for startup or maintenance purposes Type System level services Service name CMDRMT Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms Standard NT alarm event Serial port manager service structure Parent P0609330 2 0 Server Server Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms Chapter 3 Service Management System 269 The Server service acts as the key to all server side NetBIOS applications and provides support for print file and named pipe sharing through the SMB services The service is a subsystem for NT sharing directories and printers Network level inbound communication logon services are affected Backup services are affected System level services LanmanServer Running Automatic None Server service structure Child TDI Server Server A Computer Browser L Routing and remote access service Netlink manager l Multi dialup manager Remote access server Services Monitor Services Monitor Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Services monitors service monitors the services status and logs information System level services ServicesMon Running Automatic None Services Monitor service structure Parent Business
138. to fetch and retrieve security and other information from a personal storage location hiding the implementation and details of the storage itself The Protected storage service encrypts and stores the following information e SSL certificates e application passwords Outlook Outlook Express e information stored by Profile Assistant e information maintained by MS Wallet e digitally signed S MIME keys This service is not critical to normal operation of BCM Nortel Networks recommends you do not change the default status and startup values Type System level services Service name ProtectedStorage Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 264 Chapter3 Service Management System Protected storage service structure Parent Child Remote procedure call service Protected storage _ Protected storage RDS self certifying Qos _fit_init Qos _flt_init Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The QoS _flt_init Quality of service driver initialization service initiates the QoS filters within the Unified manager on BCM If your QoS filters aren t functioning correctly check the operational status of this service System level services Qos _fit_init Stopped Automatic gos _fit_init Quality of service fault initialization service structure Parent Remote procedure call service
139. to normal operation of BCM Nortel Networks recommends you do not change the default status and startup values Type System level services Service name W3SVC Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 278 Chapter3 Service Management System World wide web publishing service service structure Parent Child Remote procedure call service NT LM Security support provider None World wide web publishing service __ Nortel Networks Configurable Services Nortel Networks configurable services are software processes that are critical to the operation of the Business Communications Manager software Modify the services only when troubleshooting or performing maintenance on the Business Communications Manager Modify a service only under the direction or guidance of Nortel Networks support Improper service modification adversely affects normal operation of the Business Communications Manager Warning Ensure you understand the implications of any modifications before you change service settings on your system Call Nortel Networks Support before you modify any service Refer to Nortel Networks configurable services for a summary of the Nortel Networks configurable services Select a Display name from the table to display the full service description Refer to System level services for a summary of the System level services P0609330 2 0
140. to start User action Contact Support Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Service None Comments BCM FP1 Upgrades will fail to install no longer supported replace BCM hard drive Event ID 7000 Message The Voice Net QoS Monitor service failed to start due to the following error 1053 User action Contact Support Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Service Voice Net QoS monitor Comments BCM FP1 Upgrades will fail to install no longer supported replace BCM hard drive Event ID 7001 Message The Call Detail Recording service depends on the Media Services Manager service which failed to start User action Start the Media Services Manager service Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 166 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Service Control Return to table Manager Service Comments Event ID 7001 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Event ID 7001 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Event ID 7001 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Event ID 7001 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Event ID 7001 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service P0609330 2 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap su
141. two minutes after it is triggered If the system is powered off when the alarm is triggered the alarm does not appear until two minutes after the system is powered on For further information about BCM alarms see Alarm Analysis and Clearing Procedures on page 89 For an explanation of BCM SNMP traps see SNMP Traps on page 74 For information about the MSC logs refer to Media service card core telephony logs on page 309 P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 61 Alarm Reporting System Figure 16 on page 61 illustrates the internal processes by which the Business Communications Manager manages system events Figure 16 Business Communications Manager events and alarms Operating system drivers amp applications V Ki 7 NT SNMP arm Manager i Jer SNMP Trap pad MSC Management gt 1 SNMP G A Traps User defined Telephony alarm filters Services ae La ia lo Alarm Banner 1O KO Eveniboy Alarm filters Alarm Database database m O Log Alarm Browser Database Core telephony services running on the Media Services Card MSC generate event outputs see Event sources The system forwards all BCM core telephony MSC events including alarms to the MSC telephony event logs BCM telephony MSC event logs include the MSC System Test Log MSC Syst
142. you to enter the user name The User Name is case sensitive characters gt and must not exceed 20 characters in length Note You cannot modify a user name You must delete the complete User Profile row from the User Profile window and add a profile with the new name ISDN note When you enter an ISDN dial up user interface the user name shows up on this list If you plan to use the secure callback properties for an ISDN user you need to specify a static IP address for that interface Refer to Configuring an ISDN interface in the Programming Operations Guide Password lt between 8 and 14 Allows you to assign a password for the user The password is characters long gt case sensitive and can be a maximum of 14 characters long Note e Password length is determined by the Minimum Password Length setting in the Password policy table Passwords must contain elements from three of the four following character sets This requirement can change if you change the default password policy complexity setting Setting password policy on page 389 upper case alphabet lower case alphabet westernized Arabic numerals nonalphanumeric characters A user who fails to enter the correct password can be locked out of the system after a defined number of retries account lockout threshold For information about setting the lockout threshold refer to Setting password lockout policy on page 388 Confirmed Requires you t
143. 0 Hunt Groups 01 Hospitality Services O2 DPNSS Networking 03 MCDN Networking 04 Q Sig Networking The permanent software key may be purchased to allow continued use of this feature Purchase permanent licenses Warning Information MSC event 465 Sev P8 Cat F The Call Server Operating System software has returned an error code A restart will occur Record the traceback and event parameters and report the error Record the traceback and event parameters and report the error Critical Error None Etiquette insufficient CFP credits Purchase additional Portable licenses Critical Error Voice software Event ID 201 Event ID 202 Event ID 203 Event ID 207 Event ID 208 Event ID 224 Event ID 226 Return to table Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 221 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary MSC event 665 Sev P8 Cat F Etiquette CFP credits decreased No action required Warning Information MSC event 666 Sev P8 Cat E Etiquette UTAM keys required Purc
144. 09330 2 0 Figures Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 Figure 17 Figure 18 Figure 19 Figure 20 Figure 21 Figure 22 Figure 23 Figure 24 Figure 25 Figure 26 Figure 27 Figure 28 Figure 29 Figure 30 Figure 31 Figure 32 Figure 33 Figure 34 Figure 35 Figure 36 Figure 37 Figure 38 Figure 39 Figure 40 Acrobat Reader display setup selections 0 000 cece eee 22 Business Communications Manager network model 05 30 Business Communications Manager enterprise network model 32 Business Communications Manager physical interfaces 33 Managed objects and agents 0 ce ee eee 35 Unified Manager main page 144644 ccc eek eed eOde AKER ERTE RHEE BERS S 38 Wizards icon page accessed through the Wizards button 39 Unified Manager maintenance page paths 00 ees 45 Unified Manager Maintenance page 0 eee ee eee 46 Technical support contact Screen 1 0 eee 47 Bic lice ele cacei ee ee ee eee 48 System information SCreen 1 0 ee ee eee 49 Keycode retrieval screen 1 anaana aaa eee eee eens 50 Install optional components screen 2 0c eee 51 Maintenance page maintenance tools screen 00 0c eee eee ees 52 Business Communications Manager events and alarms
145. 1 small site event 472 SNMP 469 system 469 third party fault management system 469 Minimum password length 390 Minimum web encryption 382 mirror master status disk mirroring 463 mirroring hard disk monitoring 462 modem callback number 385 module enabling 446 showing inventory 427 445 monitoring services 457 MS Windows NT performance MIBS 368 MS Windows NT performance MIBs 474 N Name 442 navigation tree 42 NetIQ 371 applying a keycode 373 P0609330 2 0 enabling 375 feature overview 372 summary tab 373 field descriptions 373 using 372 network event log 311 networking DPNSS 27 MCDN requires keycode 27 NT event logs alarm service 65 NTLM settings 381 O Operation mode mirrored disks 463 OSPF MIBs 473 P password callback number 385 change 383 complexity 390 default 383 failed logon attempts before lockout 389 lockout duration 389 lockout policy 388 minimum length 390 policy 389 remote network note 390 reset failed logon attempts count after min 389 system policies 383 Unified Manager policies 384 user profile 384 payload loopback test 429 449 performance management NetIQ 371 SNMP MIB II 367 performance statistics 55 346 port disable enable 428 primary master status disk mirroring 463 private security key 378 profile add user 384 adding group 386 adding user domain 388 delete user 386 domain user group 383 programming maintenance 434 454 publications related 27
146. 1 or PRI service provider begins their test and stop the line loopback test from your system after the T1 or PRI service provider ends their test Payload loopback test The payload loopback test loops the received information bits 192 per frame back to the network You can also remotely invoke and stop the payload loopback test through the facility data link FDL in extended super frame ESF format The payload loopback test must be run in coordination with the T1 service provider Some test patterns can cause the DTM to reset To avoid this start the payload loopback test from your system before the T1 service provider begins their test and stop the payload loopback test from your system after the T1 service provider ends their test Card loopback test The card edge loopback test loops the outgoing signal on the DTM back to its internal received signal path The system disconnects signal paths to the external network Continuity loopback test The continuity loopback test shorts the tip and ring pair of the receive signal path with the transmit signal path This test allows you to check the metallic continuity of the external wiring Start a loopback test Warning Give notice that you are running a loopback test A N Calls on all T1 or PRI lines on the DTM are automatically dropped when a loopback test is invoked Use the Page feature to notify people using the system that a test is about to begin and that calls will be disconnect
147. 138 69 z z a Bibi ted es Modify Community ist Manager List Trap Community List Delete Community al BCM 47 6513869 Add Manager System Modify Manager Resources Delete Manager Senices F Telephony Services Doorphones Modify Trap Community G IP Telephony Delete Trap Community Call Detail Recording i LAN CTE Configuration E Voice Mail Multimedia Call Center IVR IP Music DHCP DNS IP Routing SNMP 2o08 Monitor Web Cache Net Link Mgr Alarm Service NAT VPN Policy Management amp DECT WTP Client Settings UPS 2 Telnet amp Netia E Management Si Ready 8 Modify the trap community attributes 9 Click the Save button Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 88 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Deleting an SNMP trap community 1 P0609330 2 0 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager main page select Configuration Click the Services key Click the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears see Figure 23 on page 77 Click the Trap Community List tab The Community List screen appears see Figure 24 on page 78 Highlight the list you want to delete On the Configuration menu select Delete Community A message appears that asks you to confirm
148. 196 5214 11D3 8A85 000000000000 The user is 2 3 SID 4 Contact Support Critical Error None DCOM got error Logon failure unknown user name or bad password and was unable to logon lt computer name gt ee_admin in order to run the server 13838C614 888C 11D2 8F01 0080C79B65A2 Contact Support Critical Error None There is a possibility that user can change password for ee_admin either from VNC or UM So to figure out what user did we can get the recording logs from BCM DCOM got error The specified service is disabled and cannot be started attempting to start the service lt Service Name gt with arguments Service in order to run the server Verify if the service lt Service Name gt is disabled and enable the service lt Service Name gt if needed Critical Error None The server 1338C620 888C 11D2 8F01 0080C79B65A2 did not register with DCOM within the required timeout The following actions should only be conducted by a Nortel Networks personnel 1 reboot 2 if problem persists through VNC run miserver shutdown and mspTrace mutils dOxffffffff 3 try again collect the trace files in Unified Manager log and forward them to developers Critical Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 114 Chapter 2 Fault Management System DCOM Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Trap type Error Logs None DECTAlarms DECTAlarms Return to table C
149. 201302 Event ID 203100 Event ID 203200 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Chapter 2 Fault Management System 193 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Retry the calibration when power is restored Warning Information None UPS unable to perform runtime calibration Capacity lt 100 The UPS battery capacity is less than 100 probably because of recent battery operation of the UPS Wait for the batteries to recharge and then retry the runtime calibration Minor Warning None UPS enabling SmartTrim If this event occurs frequently increase the High Transfer Voltage of your UPS If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power Warning Information None UPS on bypass user set via software or panel The front panel or a software command was used to put the UPS into bypass mode typically for maintenance Since the UPS cannot support its load if a power failure occurs return the UPS to online operation as soon as possible Warning Information None UPS system is in maintenance bypass set by switch The s
150. 3 DECT Maintenance console DECT The DECT maintenance console service enables the maintenance console on the DECT media Maintenance bay modules If the management from unified manager or the wizards don t function correctly console verify the correct operational status of this service Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name DECTMtce Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms DECTMtce DECT Maintenance console service structure Parent VoiceMSCDriver A _ _ Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics Voice Licensing services A A Se _ 7 ___Media services manager DECT OAM DECT Maintenance console DECT OAM DECT OAM The DECT administration maintenance and operations OAM management interface service is used to enable the administration of the DECT media bay module from the Unified Manager If the management function from Unified Manager or the wizards does not function correctly verify the correct operational status of this service Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name DECTOAM Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms Service Control Manager Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 284 Chapter3 Service Management System DECT OAM service structure VoiceMSCDriver _ Voice MSC Voice Licensing services Media services
151. 305 Event ID 320 Event ID 321 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Critical Error None Received a bad service request No action required Critical Error None Couldn t open the Service Control Manager No action required Critical Error None Couldn t open the 1 service No action required Critical Error None dynamic No action required Critical Error None dynamic No action required Critical Error None dynamic No action required Critical Error None Map file s is required but could not be found No action required Critical Error None Could not open map file s No file handles Chapter 2 Fault Management System 121 FTMSS Event ID 322 Event ID 323 Event ID 324 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity
152. 412 for further information e The LOGICAL NAME field displays the name of the volume e The LOCATION field displays the path to either a remote drive Unix FTP server or WindowsNT FTP server as shown in the table below Remote Format for static IP address Format for computer using DHCP server Drive lt IP_address gt shared_ folder must lt computer_name gt shared_ folder UNIX FTP Format for static IP address Domain name Server lt IP_address gt path_folder lt domain_name gt shared_ folder WindowsNT Format for static IP address Domain name FTP Server lt IP_address gt lt root_drive gt path_ folder lt domain_name gt lt root_drive gt shared_ folder e The USER NAME field allows you to access the path for the Remote drive or FTP server 5 Click on the SELECT button BRU Volume administration screen display The Backup and restore main page screen display on page 414 1s displayed The selected volume appears in the backup location field 6 Select the components you want to back up from the Select BCM Component s list see Backup and restore main page screen display By default all of the components except DECT OAM are selected e To deselect all highlighted components click anywhere on the list Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 418 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore 10 11 12 13 e To select more than one component press and hold the CTRL key and select from t
153. 5 minutes Warning Information None Voice Watchdog received the KSU UP from the VoiceMSCService VoiceMSCDriver and all its dependencies will be Restarted Wait for 15 minutes to get telephone sets back Date Time Received KSU DN Length change notice No action required Voice Watchdog received the KSU DN Length change from the VoiceMSCService VoiceMSCDriver and all its dependencies will be stopped Restart Wait for 15 minutes to get telephone sets back Warning Information None Restarting All Monitored Services No action required Voice Watchdog restarting the root service and all it s dependencies Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 238 Chapter 2 Fault Management System VoiceWatchdog Event ID 1005 Event ID 1006 Event ID 1007 Event ID 2000 Event ID 3000 Event ID 3001 Event ID 3002 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Service Name was manually restarted and Watchdog is monitoring its
154. 50 1162 1165 System Status Monitor VoiceWatchdog Perflib System Status Monitor System Status Monitor DhcpServer System Status Monitor Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 98 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Table 13 Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Event ID Alarm eventID Trap Component ID Alarm eventSource Trap 3000 emsManager HotDesking System Status Monitor UTPS VoiceWatchdog 3001 3002 emsManager MGS MPS System Status Monitor VoiceWatchdog 4032 4034 4041 4043 4055 P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 99 Table 13 Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Event ID Alarm eventID Trap Component ID Alarm eventSource Trap 7000 7001 7009 7023 7024 7026 20013 20015 20031 20048 20049 Router 20064 20089 20101 20103 20105 20111 IPXRouterManager 100300 100401 100403 100500 UPS 100503 100601 100700 100900 101300 101400 101500 101601 101700 103100 103200 103500 103600 103700 103800 110000 110100 200000 200008 200200 200301 200400 200403 200700 201301 201302 203100 203200 203300 203400 203500 203600 203800 203900 300000 300100 300200 300202 300204 300206 300300 300400 301000 301301 301302 301303 301304 301400 301500 301600 310001 310002 310101 310102 310700 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 100 Chapt
155. 520546 0 8 60460444084 4445444 40400 R O54 RS SoH 75 SNMP Summary GUINNESS 4 ci Kec esatieetd aes eeebddedabeaahe dons eens 77 SNMP Community List attributes anaana 00 eee 79 SNMP Manager List attributes 2 2 2 0 00 eee 82 Se Tap LIS es 6 on ceca gereneee ash eee ok ees oree ee ened oes 85 Component ID alarm eventSource trap Summary 20005 92 Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID 95 Events that cause a system restart 0 cece eee 242 System level services 1 ee eee eee 252 Nortel Networks configurable services 00 00 cee ee eee 279 Report a problem wizard application selections 00005 318 Report a problem wizard advanced application selections 320 MS Windows NT Performance MIBs 0 0 0 0 cece ee ees 368 VOme OMIMO rsrsr Erer oe aR RESO SERED EEE REE Oe 396 Apache saved configuration data s a a 0 eee eee nes 400 Archlog saved configuration data 0 ees 400 BRU saved configuration data 0 ees 400 DECT saved configuration data 1665s bitte tbin cede wt eenacesentauas te 401 IVR saved configuration data 0 cc eee 401 Licensing saved configuration data 00 cece ees 401 MMCC saved configuration data anaa aaa aaaeeeaa 402 Registry saved configuration data 0 ccc eee 402 Unified manager sub components and configuration data 402
156. Accessing the Resources Performance Monitor on page 350 Continue to the next step of this procedure when complete Click on and expand the LAN resource on the navigation tree From the Performance drop down menu select one of the following from the top line menu item a LAN Graph b LAN Table Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 358 Chapter 6 Performance Management c QoS Graph see Accessing the QoS Graph and Table d QoS Table see Accessing the QoS Graph and Table e QoS Queue 1 5 Graph see Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table f QoS Queue 1 5 Table see Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table g QoS Queue 6 9 Graph see Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table h QoS Queue 6 9 Table see Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table LAN counter types The LAN graph and table selections display LAN related network traffic statistics When you display the LAN graph you can select one of the following counter types Byte received sec The rate that bytes are received on the interface including framing characters Byte sent sec The rate that bytes are sent on the interface including framing characters Byte total sec The rate that bytes are sent and received on the interface including framing characters Current bandwidth An estimate of the interface s current bandwidth in bits per second bps For interfaces that do not vary in bandwidth or for those where no accu
157. Avg Disk Write Queue Length Avg Disk sec Per Transfer Avg Disk sec Per Read Avg Disk sec Per Write Disk Transfers Per sec Disk Reads Per sec Disk Writes Per sec Disk Bytes Per sec Disk Read Bytes Per sec Disk Write Bytes Per sec pagefilepaging FileTable Instance Name Usage Usage Peak Chapter 6 Performance Management 369 Table 19 MS Windows NT Performance MIBs MIB group name Group objects process processprocessTable Instance Name Processor Time User Time Privileged Time Virtual Bytes Peak Virtual Bytes Page Faults Per sec Working Set Peak Working Set Page File Bytes Peak Page File Bytes Private Bytes Thread Count Priority Base Elapsed Time ID Process Pool Paged Bytes Pool Nonpaged Bytes Handle Count Segments Per sec Connections Established Connections Active Connections Passive Connection Failures Connections Reset Segments Received Per sec Segments Sent Per sec Segments Retransmitted Per sec Datagrams Per sec Datagrams Received Per sec Datagrams Received Header Errors Datagrams Received Address Errors Datagrams Forwarded Per sec Datagrams Received Unknown Protocol Datagrams Received Discarded Datagrams Received Delivered Per sec Datagrams Sent Per sec Datagrams Outbound Discarded Datagrams Outbound No Route Fragments Received Per sec Fragments Re assembled Per sec Fragment Re assembly Failures Fragmented Datagrams Per sec Fragmentation Failures Fragments C
158. Bape T EE TEE aoa pee ees 47 PRON ghee ewe kee be dea ee oe Obes bee eee ee eae he eee ees 47 Vice trinten PARSEE EEEE TEER EARRA 48 So N ee aea rA a aa aa 48 Order and enable optional components anaana aa aa aaa 49 metal ophonal componens 6 i 8 b 04 0 6506 O84 05044 6e0e E a EEE bes 50 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide Maintenance toolS 0c ee eee ee eee eee 51 Management Guide Overview 0 ee eee eee nes Sa Fault management overview 254 2i644 4446526 4O RHEE CREE ERG OLED EDA RROD 53 Service management OVErvieW a aaaea aae 53 Log management overview 664404464 65482654 4 865400445 0444 00234 00658405085 54 BONI KONO OVENI 4b eee eo eee ed bode a Ea a a e i 54 Performance management OvervieW 0 0 cee eee eee ee eens 55 Security management OVervieW 1 ee eee eens 56 Backup and restore OVervieW 0 0 eee eee ene 56 Troubleshooting and diagnostics activities overview 00 ce ee ees 57 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 000 c eee es 59 BCM Fault Management Tools ced di dad ce kd bode e ee ee eeekeebereee eked beaos 59 Alarm Management System 0 ee eee ee eens 60 Morn ECON Set 6 452 cb da eean Cede ee RAE REED EKO REREE OER RERES 61 ee acre E nehee cage eters eeteetnladpasenmetaeeteacuetag ces 62 Fr l 6 den eee ee oe be eee oh ee eee ee ween ne 62 MSC event and alarm conditions 6 6k6556e44ee RG de OOS ERAS D ECR E EKER RO RS 62 MSC cor
159. Bytes System Code Resident Bytes System Driver Total Bytes System Driver Resident Bytes System Cache Resident Bytes Committed Bytes In Use cpuprocessTable Instance Name Processor Time User Time Privileged Time Interrupts Per Sec DPC Time Interrupt Time DPCs Queued Per Sec DPC Rate DPC Bypasses Per Sec APC Bypasses Per Sec network InterfaceTable Instance Name Bytes Total Per Sec Packets Per Sec Packets Received Per Sec Packets Sent Per Sec Current Bandwidth Bytes Received Per Sec Packets Received Unicast Per Sec Packets Received Non Unicast Per Sec Packets Received Discarded Packets Received Errors Packets Received Unknown Bytes Sent Per Sec Packets Sent Unicast Per Sec Packets Sent Non Unicast Per Sec Packets Outbound Discarded Packets Outbound Errors Output Queue Length pdiskphysicalDiskTable Instance Name Current Disk Queue Length Disk Time Avg Disk Queue Length Disk Read Time Avg Disk Read Queue Length Disk Write Time Avg Disk Write Queue Length Avg Disk sec Per Transfer Avg Disk sec Per Read Avg Disk sec Per Write Disk Transfers Per sec Disk Reads Per Sec Disk Writes Per Sec Disk Bytes Per Sec Disk Read Bytes Per Sec Disk Write Bytes Per Sec IdisklogicalDiskTable Instance Name Free Space Free Megabytes Current Disk Queue Length Disk Time Avg Disk Queue Length Disk Read Time Avg Disk Read Queue Length Disk Write Time
160. CM For example enter 10 41 6 17 10 41 7 18 Note Whether you enter one IP address or a list you are restricting the BCM to respond only to the specified Vivinet Manager servers To allow the BCM to respond to any Vivinet Manager server enter an asterisk For the BCM to be managed by a Vivinet Manager server this field must have a value in it and cannot be left blank 3 Select Enabled in the Status field to enable the NetIQ agent Note If required you can configure the ports used in the agent and server communication by setting the bind management server port and NetIQ agent listening port fields Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 376 Chapter 7 Performance Management Using NetlQ P0609330 2 0 377 Chapter 8 Security Management This chapter provides information on how to manage security for the Business Communications Manager network This chapter includes the following primary topics e Understanding BCM SSL certificate properties on page 377 e Security Management Tools on page 379 e Setting the Interface Timeout on page 380 e Setting system security compatibility levels on page 380 e Managing access passwords on page 382 e Using the SSH client to access the text based interface on page 390 e Manually activating Telnet on page 391 e Access Unified Manager through the Firewall on page 392 Understanding BCM SSL certificate properties W
161. Communications Manager Management User Guide 270 Chapter3 Service Management System Spooler Spooler Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Spooler service is the NT printing subsystem and allows the local system to spool jobs to a network printer The service accepts client print requests stores and sends print tasks one ata time to the specified print devices Nortel Networks recommends this service be set to automatic System level services Spooler Stopped Manual None Spooler service structure None SQLServerAgent SQLServerAgent Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The SQLServerAgent service is a database used for CallCentre components System level services SQLServerAgent Stopped Manual None SQLServerAgent service structure Parent None SSH Secure Shell 2 SSH Secure Shell 2 Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms P0609330 2 0 The SSH Secure Shell 2 service provides an SSH Shell into BCM System level services SSHSecureShell2Server Running Automatic None Chapter 3 Service Management System 271 SSH Secure Shell 2 service structure Parent Child None None Survivable remote gateway Survivable remote gateway Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The survivable remote gateway service provides the SRG mode System level
162. Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary MSC event 334 Sev P5 Cat C This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of remote alarm indication in time slot 16 The module is ina no new calls state DTCM 1 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 335 Sev P5 Cat C A reset has occurred in the Basic Rate Interface or Digital Trunk Interface module This event should only occur when the system first boots Obtain the traceback for the module that reset Minor Warning MSC event 367 Sev P5 Cat B A warm start has been done No action required No action required Warning Information MSC event 400 Sev P9 Cat E A search of the terminal address table failed to find a TN that matched the TN of the device that is initializing and requesting its LAD The device will fail to initialize This is a software error that can occur on initialization of any TCM peripheral Report the problem and the software version Report the problem and the software version Minor Warning MSC event 401 Sev P4 Cat B Attempt to attach a device type to a port that is not supported in the software The device will not initialize nor be operational Verify that all types of attached peripherals
163. D 100700 Event ID 100900 Event ID 101300 Event ID 101400 Event ID 101500 Event ID 101601 Event ID 101700 Return to table Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Chapter 2 Fault Management System 189 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Information None UPS returned from low battery condition No action required Warning Information None UPS batteries no longer need replacing No action required Warning Information None UPS overload condition solved No action required Warning Information None UPS runtime calibration initiated A runtime calibration deeply discharges UPS batteries Avoid performing critical operations until battery recharges sufficiently to support the load in case a condition occurs that requires battery operation Warning Information None UPS runtime calibration completed No action required Warning Information None User initiated shutdown started Save files and shut down programs or cancel the shutdown Warning Information None UPS returned
164. D 538 Event ID 577 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Chapter 2 Fault Management System 161 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID EventLog Windows NT is starting up No action required Warning Success Audit None A trusted logon process has registered with the Local Security Authority This logon process will be trusted to submit logon requests Logon Process Name inetinfo exe No action required Warning Success Audit None Successful Logon User Name lt user name gt Domain lt domain gt Logon ID lt id gt Logon Type lt type gt Logon Process User32 Authentication Package lt package version gt Workstation Name lt name gt No action required Warning Success Audit None Logon Failure Reason Unknown user name or bad password User Name lt user name gt Domain lt domain gt Logon Type lt type gt Logon Process User32 Authentication Package lt package version gt Workstation Name lt name gt No action required However this event may indicate an un authorized access attempt
165. D alarm eventSource trap summary Call Server restore failed Call Server will be restarted Customer should contact installer to tracabecks Customer should contact installer to tracabecks Critical Error MSC event 229 Sev P8 Cat B An invalid event was received on a TCM channel Check that all devices on the system are supported and that the wiring to the devices is correct Check that all devices on the system are suported and that the wiring to the devices is correct Critical Error MSCid event 247 Sev P8 Cat B MSCid 247 Sev P8 Cat B No battery feed When the system is booted a check is made to determine if lines are physically attached to the line ports This is done by performing a line presence test If this test fails then it indicates that a line is not attached Line taken out of service If no line is attached to the port attach a line Port 1 If a line is attached then determine if the line is operational If no line is attached to the port attach a line If a line is attached then determine if the line is operational Minor Warning MSC event 260 Sev P8 Cat C No dialtone When a line is seized a test is made to determine if dial tone is present If this test fails this event is raised Port 1 Check the physical trunk line to see if it operating correctly Check the physical trunk line to see if it operating correctly Minor Warning MSC event 262 Sev P7 Cat C Invalid disconnect sequ
166. DASAPMPORTUSAGE out Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 320 Chapter 4 Log Management System The table Report a problem wizard advanced application selections provides information on the report a problem wizard advanced application selections application files logs and filepaths Table 18 Report a problem wizard advanced application selections Application Log File Filepath Application exception handler log E Nortel Networks Logs drwtsn32 log BRU Logs F Program Files Nortel Networks BRU Working Call Center Logs E Nortel Networks Logs CallPilot CallCenter D St Acdagent out D St Acdcall out D St acdcdn out D St PMPORTUSAGE out D St Vbsm out Interactive Voice Response files E NortelNetworks logs IVR NCM Logs E NortelNetworks logs log Drive C D E F amp Content Listings MSC Core Upload log F Program Files Nortel Networks Voice Solution upload log MSC Service and CTI logs F Program Files Nortel Networks Voice CTI untime log Media Services Manager logs E Nortel Networks Log NNU EmsManager log e _E Nortel Networks Log NNU EmsManager bak DHCP C Winnt System32 Dhcp DhcpSrvLog C E Nortel Networks Logs NNU log EANortel Networks Logs NNU bak Platform wwwroot inventory xml P0609330 2 0 Chapter 4 Log Management System 321 Table 18 Report a problem wizard advanced application selections Application Log File Filepath V 90 Modem F
167. Event ID 130 Event ID 131 Event ID 200 Event ID 201 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs 206 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Quality of Service monitor connection not established Report error to Nortel Networks support Minor Error None Call setup rejected because of insufficient QoS bandwidth Confirm engineering traffic guidelines for network configuration Minor Warning None Dropped connected call from DN X to DN Y Incompatible codecs or insufficient media gateway resources Change or make available the correct Codec to match the Codec supported by the software at the far end of the call Minor Warning None Generic system error A wide assortment of problems See event text for details Report error to Nortel Networks support Major Error None Generic system error A wide assortment of problems See event text for details Report error to Nortel Networks support Major Warning None Voice CTE VoiceCTE Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Return to table Return to table Service Messag
168. Event ID 4045 Event ID 4046 Event ID 4047 Event ID 4048 Event ID 4049 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Critical Error None Detected possible linked list corruption Attempts to repair list Linked List has unexpected number of entries 2 Reboot system Minor Warning None Count of entries in linked list is out of sync with the actual number 2 H225 setup message exceeds message fragment buffer 3 Need to reduce the number of codec choices This will reduce the size of the setup message Minor Warning None H 225 setup message is larger than internal storage buffer Call may not go through properly i e one way speech 2 Processing more than one fragmented H 225 setup message No action required Warning Informational None Detects when two setup messages are being processed at the exact same time SIP parser error 2 Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Check if there are any non SIP packets going through the
169. Event parameters 1 The device has not been brought on line by the system Check that the device is properly installed and reset the device If the problem persists replace the device Critical Error MSC event 358 Sev P6 Cat F Protocol or country profile download failure Event parameters 1 Check that the device is properly installed and reset the device Voice software Event ID 39 Event ID 40 Event ID 41 Event ID 42 Event ID 43 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Chapter 2 Fault Management System 213 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Critical Error MSC event 361 Sev P6 Cat F The Market Profile is invalid The installer must select the appropriate profile The installer must select the appropriate profile Critical Error MSC event 350 Sev P9 Cat F The long term alarm threshold has been surpassed in DICM 1 for the Unavailable Seconds Error The most likely cause is an irregularity with the PSTN connections The cable connecting the DTCM to the network termination point or external CSU has been disconnected or there is a problem with the signal from the network Check the logs and look for Eve
170. FITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE This software consists of voluntary contributions made by many individuals on behalf of the Apache Group and was originally based on public domain software written at the National Center for Supercomputing Applications University of Illinois Urbana Champaign For more information on the Apache Group and the Apache HTTP server project please see http www apache oreg Business Communications Manager Management User Guide P0609330 2 0 gi e a eee ee ee ee ee eS ee ee 19 Pe oboe case enctees pep E E A cea ee E yeu reegeeedaeaeaeeasdauees 19 P ar a a ee ee ee ee eae 19 ale Gs es ar ee se eee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee 19 Symbols used in this QUO ox noes adndow cbaire ttr tiirat tr nas EARN EEEN RERA 20 COR TO ee eee eee eee eee ee are ee eer ee eee ee ee ee ee eee ea aE 21 Text conventions 23 45 c5cecsueweee wu see ad Hew Sk Red Mee eeeos eeees eeu nnenens 22 PATON GUS Used m INS GUJE nc ee ea EH ORO he ad Oe Ee ee eR 23 PU IG Se I 6b 66 oe hE ERO ETRE EROS OER CORR ee thas Ree Rees 26 gic eebells les a a ee ee a eee ee eee eee ee ee ee ee ee 27 Chapter 1 Management Overview 0 cc cee eee es 29 Network Administration Objectives 0 0 ee eens 29 Netwo
171. Forwarded field as No If you specify a value of Yes the BCM will constantly redial to the trap client Note Windows 95 98 is not supported on a receiving system for the SNMP trap dialout feature Warning Events Allows you to enable or disable sending SNMP traps when a Warning event arrives in the alarm Forwarded database Error Events Allows you to enable or disable sending SNMP traps when an Error event arrives in the alarm Forwarded database Source Allows you to add in a comma separated format a list of event sources from which SNMP traps Exclusion List must not be generated The source exclusion list prevents you from receiving SNMP traps which have no meaning to you P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 73 6 Press the TAB key to save your settings 7 Click the Alarm Backup Batch Job tab Figure 22 Alarm backup batch job screen View Help Comprehensive Alarm Database SNMP Trap Alarm Backup Batch Job r Alarm Backup Batch Job GP BCM amp System Batch Job Stop Resources Services schedule Day Sunday Management amp User Manager Schedule Time o0 00 00 Alarm Manager Diagnostics 8 Use the information from the following table to configure the Alarm Backup Batch Job Table 5 Alarm Backup Batch Job settings na T a Batch Job Allows you to start or stop a scheduled batch backup to an archive
172. G Voice Messaging 27 VoIP Gateway 28 L LEDs digital trunk module 425 System Status Monitor 457 LM settings 381 locating wizards 38 lockout user 383 Lockout duration 389 lockout policy 388 failed logon attempts before lockout 389 lockout duration 389 reset failed logon attempts count after min 389 log system test 310 logging off of Business Communications Manager 44 logon security levels 382 loopback test starting 430 449 maintenance BCM monitor 55 bipolar violations 433 453 carrier failure alarms 433 453 CSU stats 431 451 disabling module cartridges 446 enabling the module 427 446 identify device connected to system 439 446 network event log 311 programming system administration log 310 short term alarms 434 453 system version 424 445 system administration log 310 web tools 378 Management 43 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 480 Index management add user profile 384 management information base MIB 469 manager IP address SNMP 82 85 manager list SNMP 82 maximum number record alarm database 70 MCDN networking 27 Q SIG voice networking 27 media bay modules disable a bus 427 disable enable a port 428 disabling a module 428 member of user profile 384 memory usage 346 MIB II 367 MIBs Bootp 474 file descriptions 470 MIB II 367 MS Windows NT performance 474 MS Windows NT performance MIBs 368 OSPF 473 RIP v2 474 sfile compilation and installtion 47
173. ID 50 Event ID 51 Event ID 52 Event ID 53 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 215 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Critical Error MSC event 322 Sev P8 Cat F A Digital Station Computer Module on bus 1 has been disconnected or powered down Power down the system and check all connections to the module If the problem persists replace the module Critical Error MSC event 250 Sev P9 Cat C MSCid 250 Sev P9 Cat C On system boot up the BCM waits 3 minutes before reporting alarm 50 51 to give the modules time to boot up On a running system the BCM requires a module to be lost for at least 2 minutes before reporting alarm 50 51 A Digital Trunk Computer Module or Called ID Computer Module on bus 1 has been disconnected or powered down Power down the system and check all connections to the module If the problem persists replace the module Critical Error MSC event 251 Sev P9 Cat C MSCid 251 Sev P9 Cat C On system boot up the BCM waits 3 minutes before reporting alarm 50 51 to give the modules time to boot up On a running system the BCM requires a module to be lost
174. Integrated MOH player unable to initialize network connection Service shutting down Disable the BcmAmp player by configuring your IP Music source as either Audio Jack or Network Audio Contact Customer Support for further assistance Critical Error None IP Music Error Integrated MOH player initialization error Unable to proceed Service shutting down If stopping and starting the IP Music service via the Unified Manager fails to rectify the problem disable the IP Music service and contact Customer Support for further assistance Critical Error None IP Music Error Integrated MOH player initialization failure Service shutting down If stopping and starting the IP Music service via the Unified Manager fails to rectify the problem please disable the IP Music service and contact Customer Support for further assistance Critical Error None IP Music Error Integrated MOH player unable to allocate resources Service shutting down If stopping and starting the IP Music service via the Unified Manager fails to rectify the problem please disable the IP Music service and contact Customer Support for further assistance Critical Error None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 104 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Browser Browser Event ID 8021 Event ID 8033 BRU Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Mes
175. LmHosts Tomcat Tomcat Running Automatic UPS APC Powerchute plus Stopped Manual UPS UPS Console Toggle Stopped Automatic UPSConsoleToggle Voice Licensing services Running Automatic LSManager VNC server winvnc Running Manual Network monitor agent Stopped Manual nmagent NSACD NSACD Running Automatic NT LM Security support Running Manual provider NtLmSsp Windows installer MSIServer Stopped Manual Plug and play PlugPlay Running Automatic Windows internet name service Stopped Manual Wins Windows management Running Automatic WinMgmt Workstation LanmanWorkstation Running Automatic Protected storage Running Automatic ProtectedStorage Qos_flt_init Qos_flt_init Stopped Automatic RDS self certifying rdscert Stopped Disabled World wide web publishing service Stopped Manual W3SVC Remote access autodial Stopped Manual manager RasAuto Alerter Alerter The Alerter service distributes administrative notices to users Alerter messages initiated by the network administrator are pop up notifications or pre determined network information Use the Alert box under Server properties to enter alert text Nortel Networks recommends that you disable the Alerter service on your Business Communications Manager due to its NetBIOS dependency and infrequent usage The Alerter service requires the Messenger and Workstation services to be started and relies on NetBIOS over TCP IP for network comm
176. Maintenance eoystem Information Order amp Enable Optional Components Install Optional Components Maintenance Tools Archlog Report 4 Problem Wizard Archlog Scheduler Archlog viewer Fw ceo tl taps ehh oa feel Eo etna nena A fcr nog oethags Business Communications Manager Your Location GCM Product Maintenance amp Support Archlog Settings Archlog Configuration Archios was last executed an 2003 09 06 07 40 57 send Archlog Package to FTP Server This feature allows you to send your archlog package to an FTE Server upon successi completion You will need to provide the Address without the fev directory remote path user name and pass word for this feature to work For anonymous log in please type anonymous for the password Enable FTP No Address ee Remote Path User Name Password Archlog Package Cleanu When cleanup is enabled Archlog automatically deletes any Archlog Packages that are older than the specified number of days This is dene each time Archlos is executed This feature will only clean up local archlog packages and not the ones stored on FTP Servers Enable Cleanup No Number of Days Log Checking When log checking is enabled Archee will only archive logs that have been modifed since the last time archlog was ran You can specify to check all logs or just bak log files Enable Log Checking No Check which files A log files Upd
177. Media gateway server Media gateway The Media gateway server MGS service provides a means to bridge calls between the IP and server time division multiplexing TDM domains independently of the type of IP endpoint whether UniStim or H 323 terminal H 323 trunk or Voice Mail Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name MGS Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms e MGS e Service Control Manager Media gateway server service structure Parent Child Voice MSC Driver Media gateway server Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics UNISTIM Terminal proxy server A A A Voice Licensing services HotDesking L p _ 1 Media services manager l l _Media path server Media gateway server Media path server Media path server The Media path server is an NT service which manages the allocation of media paths over the IP network Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name MPS Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms e MPS e Service Control Manager P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 289 Media path server service structure Parent Child Voice MSC Driver Media path server Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics UNISTIM Terminal proxy server Voice Licensing services Media gateway server VoIP Gateway _ _
178. Media services manager _ _ VoIP SIP Gateway Media path server __ Media services manager Media services The Media services manager is responsible for management of resources signaling channels manager media channels DSP tasks application identifiers as follows e allocation of resources to applications e configuration of media transport driver modules e transport of signaling data and application related tasks Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name EmsManager Default status Running Default startup Manual Alarms e emsManager e Service Control Manager Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 290 Chapter3 Service Management System Media services manager service structure Parent Child Voice MSC Driver _ _ Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics A t Voice Licensing services o l Media services manager Message trace tool Message trace Media services manager A Voice WAN DECT OAM DECT Maintenance console l DECT Alarm monitor Voice software alarm monitor Message trace tool Call Detail Recording Media path server A Media gateway server 1 UNISTIM Terminal proxy server A HotDesking Voice CTE __ VolP SIP Gateway _ Doorphone Line monitor server __ _ _ VoIP Gateway Voice ma
179. Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Start this service manually If unable to resolve the problem call for Support Voice Watchdog encountered the maximum limit of services restarting times and the service needs to be restarted manually Critical Error None Service Name Start Service failed The dependent service or group failed to start Start the root service of failed service manually If unable to resolve the problem call for Support Critical Error None The service failed to start according to the failure in the root parent service The root service needs to be started manually Service Name Failed to start Start this service manually If unable to resolve the problem call for Support Critical Error None Service Service Name stopped unexpectedly Watchdog will restart this service No action required Critical Error None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 240 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Wins Wins Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service Windows internet name service Event ID 4097 Message WINS has initialized properly and is now fully operational User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Event ID 4098 Message WINS was terminated by the se
180. N For further information refer to the following e Accessing the QoS Graph and Table on page 364 e Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table on page 365 e Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table on page 366 Accessing the QoS Graph and Table QoS refers to guaranteed throughput level QoS allows a server to measure improve and to some level guarantee the transmission rates error rates and other data transmission characteristics QoS is critical for the continuous and real time transmission of video and multimedia information which use high bandwidth The QoS monitor gathers information on the volume of data associated with maintaining QoS Use the Quality of Service QoS monitor to observe the QoS system performance To access the QoS Graph and Table 1 Access the Resources performance monitor see Accessing the Resources Performance Monitor on page 350 Continue to the next step of this procedure when complete Click on and expand the LAN resource on the navigation tree From the Performance drop down menu select one of the following from the top line menu item a m O09 Qa O F amp F QoS Graph QoS Table QoS Queue 1 5 Graph QoS Queue 1 5 Table QoS Queue 6 9 Graph QoS Queue 6 9 Table QoS counter types The QoS graph and table selections display quality of service related network traffic statistics When you display the QoS graph you can select one of the following counter types
181. NILA Archlog Scheduler All Running Services Archlog Viewer All Disabled Services Archlog Settings All Drivers Status Browse Logs Folder Automatic Drivers Status Non started Automatic Drivers All Running Drivers All Disabled Drivers All Drivers and Services Status P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 251 Service Definitions The descriptions or definitions in this section provide essential information for you to understand the purpose and system dependencies for each service Each definition describes the service properties and any corresponding event or alarm notifications Use the definitions to analyze and diagnose system alarms or events and to perform appropriate corrective action The system definitions apply to both System Level services and the Nortel Networks Configurable services Refer to System level services for a summary of the System level services Refer to Nortel Networks configurable services for a summary of the Nortel Networks configurable Services Warning Ensure you understand the implications of any modifications before you change service settings on your system Call Nortel Networks Support before you modify any service Many services have a hierarchical structure and bear parent child dependencies upon each other If a parent service stops associated child services are discontinued If a child service stops or fails the parent service continues without interruption Some services
182. None Server Workstation _ _ TCP IP NetBIOS helper _ _ Computer Browser EventLog EventLog The EventLog service supports recording of three events categories System Security and Application The events recorded can be viewed under the system tool Event Viewer eventvwr exe The service is responsible for logging activity on the server including security activity Errors events security alarms are recorded using this service Alarm SNMPTrap service applications are affected if the service is down Type System level services Service name EventLog Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 256 Chapter3 Service Management System Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms e eventLog e Security EventLog service structure Parent Child EventLog SNMP Trap service _ SNMP Firebird Guardian Service Firebird Guardian The Firebird Guardian service provides an On board database engine Service Type System level services Service name InterBaseGuardian Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Firebird guardian service service structure Parent Firebird Server Firebird Server The Firebird Server service provides an on board database engine Type System level services Service name InterBaseServer Default status Running Default startup Manual Alarms None Firebird Server service structure
183. P or START RESTORE button This Start Backup Restore action 1s dependant on the mode selected The table below shows what to expect Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 410 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore Backup to a remote drive 1 user name and password for the remote drive 2 report file name 3 dect password if dect oam has been selected Backup to a local drive 1 report file name 2 dect password if dect oam has been selected Backup to a ftp server 1 user name and password for the ftp server 2 report file name 3 dect password if dect oam has been selected Restore from a remote drive 1 user name and password for the remote drive 2 dect password if dect oam has been selected Restore from a local drive 1 dect password if dectoam has been selected Restore from a ftp server 1 user name and password for the ftp server 2 dect password if dectoam has been selected Note After the execution is finished some files that were created during the execution will be deleted If the execution has successful the log file and the cmd file corresponding to process will be deleted Otherwise if the backup or restore end with errors or warning only the cmd file will be deleted P0609330 2 0 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore 411 Accessing the backup and restore utility Use this procedure to access the BRU from the Unified Manager 1 Launch your web browser Note You must
184. P Trap tab Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 72 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Figure 21 SNMP Trap screen View Help Comprehensive Alarm Database SNHP Trap Alarm Backup Batch Job SNMP Trap F Gd BCM amp System Traps Enabled Yes z Resources Services Information Events Forwarded noa F P ea Usermanager mo User Manager Warning Events Forwarded Na a oe e a D Diagnostics Source Exclusion List comma separated SNMP Trap Agent 5 Use the information from the following table to configure the SNMP Trap Table 4 SNMP Trap settings Attribute Description Traps Enabled Allows you to enable or disable the sending of SNMP traps when a new event arrives in the alarm database Information Allows you to enable or disable sending SNMP traps when an Information event arrives in the Events alarm database If you have auto SNMP trap dial out set up and the value for Traps Enabled is Forwarded Yes setting Information Events Forwarded to Yes causes the BCM to repeatedly redial the trap client Always set Information Events Forwarded to No when SNMP trap dial out is set up If the name of a demand dial interface is selected as Interface when you add modify a trap community entry and the Traps Enabled field value is Yes Nortel Networks recommends you specify the value of the Information Events
185. PC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None UPS on bypass severe DC imbalance overload An internal hardware failure exists Contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None UPS on bypass output voltage outside limits The UPS has switched automatically to bypass mode because its output voltage was too high Contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None UPS on bypass top module fan needs repair A hardware failure has caused the UPS to switch to bypass operation Since the UPS cannot support its load if a power failure occurs correct the failure as soon as possible Contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Critical Error None Base module fan needs repair Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 198 Chapter 2 Fault Management System UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 301500 Event ID 301600 Event ID 310001 Event ID 310002 Event ID 310101 Event ID 310102 Event ID 310700 P0609330 2 0 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Messa
186. PRE AN ane ee ope ea eee ee ee ee ee Oe ed eRe eee oe eee ews 367 MS Windows NT Performance MIBs 0 000 cece eee eens 368 Chapter 7 Performance Management Using NetlQ 0 00 cee eee ee 371 NetlQ feature overview 0 ee eee ee eee eee eens 372 Use the NetlQ Feature nnan nananana 372 Apply the NetIQ keycode 0 ee nee eee eens 373 Pier ee Aha ea ine ee eee ORM EE a Oe eR ee eS 373 Enable the MOUC Teatre crcr cedwem oe ee RAe RAS ai ika kaea a 375 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 10 Chapter 8 Security Management 662404 x0ese boven seeder ieee dea eee we enw se oa me 377 Understanding BCM SSL certificate properties 0 0 0 0 ee 377 Uploading a certificate and a private security key 0 0 cece ee eee 378 Troubleshooting Restoring the default certificate 0 0 00 e eee 379 Suppressing the security alert message 2 0 ce ee 379 Using the non secure http 6800 port anann aana aaa aaa 379 Security Management Tools 0 eee eee eee ees 379 Setting the Interface TimeOut 2 ee eee eee eens 380 Setting system security compatibility levels 0 0 0 0 0 eee 380 ania ACCESS DACSWOIS 64 46 400 6 EERE ERE ERD ERESAEEREAE RARER DERE ER EO 382 Viewing the User Manager tabs 0 0 cece eee eee 383 Adding or modifying a user profile 1 0 eens 384 Setting up callback for a user bbe ehbawiehaes deem eeees bitiweeensd
187. Parent P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 257 License logging service License logging service Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Licence Logging service tracks use of client access licenses by different applications such as IIS terminal services and file or print services The licensed services typically reside ona server or domain controller If disabled user access is no longer tracked Licensing for applications continues to work properly This service is not critical to normal operation of BCM Nortel Networks recommends you do not change the default status and startup values System level services LicenseService Stopped Manual None LicenseService service structure Parent Child None None Messenger Messenger The Messenger service Is similar to the Alerter service in both design and function The service processes the delivery of pop up messages sent by the Alerter service or an administrator Messages appear on the target machine The user must select OK to accept the message This service is also required to receive any messages sent by the Messenger service from another machine Little or no effect on the system if the service is down The Messenger service relies on NetBIOS over TCP IP for network communication Type System level services Service name Default status Default startup Alarms Messenger Running Automatic None Messeng
188. Part No P0609330 2 0 March 25 2004 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide NETWORK Copyright 2003 Nortel Networks All rights reserved December 2003 The information in this document is subject to change without notice The statements configurations technical data and recommendations in this document are believed to be accurate and reliable but are presented without express or implied warranty Users must take full responsibility for their applications of any products specified in this document The information in this document is proprietary to Nortel Networks NA Inc Trademarks NORTEL NETWORKS and Business Communications Manager are trademarks of Nortel Networks NA Inc Microsoft MS MS DOS Windows and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Symbol Spectrum24 and NetVision are registered trademarks of Symbol Technologies Inc All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners Software licensing The Apache Group Copyright c 1995 1999 The Apache Group All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list
189. Programming Operations Guide All optional Business Communications Manager applications have installation and user guides specific to that application Refer to the Programming Operations Guide and Telephone Features Programming Guide These guides describe core system operational configuration and how to program the Business Communications Manager equipment These guides provide programming for core telephony features and user features such as Voice telephony configuration for digital IP ISDN and radio based telephones and equipment over analog digital ISDN and voice over IP VoIP trunks How to use and program user telephony features at the telephone Companion Application Server software that controls the interface between the Business Communications Manager system and the Companion wireless system available for selected regions Networking DPNSS upgrade requires keycode provides private voice networking for the UK Market Networking MCDN and ETSI Q SIG Voice Networking requires keycode allows you to network your Business Communications Manager system or a number of Business Communications Manager systems to a Meridian system This allows the network to use a common numbering plan as well as common voice messaging and auto attendant systems connected to the Meridian Data setup applications and protocols to configure the Business Communications Manager system to be part of a LAN or WAN network Refer to the next section for
190. Protocol Calling Line Identification Common Open Policy Service Class of Service Carrier Sense Multiple Access Collision Detection Channel Service Unit Digital Access Signaling System Number 2 Digital enhanced cordless telecommunications or Digital European cordless telephone Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Differentiated Services Dual In line Memory Module Data Link Connection Indentifier Data Link Control Management Interface Directory Number Domain Name Service DNS Digital Private Network Signalling System Delayed Ring Transfer Dual Tone Multifrequency Business Communications Manager Management User Guide Preface EDO FDD FQDN HDLC HF HS HTTP I C ICCL IETF IP IPSec IPX IRQ ISDN ISO ISP ITU T IVR LAN LCD MAC MAU MCDN MIB MLPPP NAT NBMA NCRI NIC NOC OIT OPX OSPF PAP PBX P0609330 2 0 Extended Data Out Full Double Density Fully Qualified Domain Name High level Data Link Control Handsfree Hospitality services Hypertext Transfer Protocol Intercom feature button ISDN Call Connection Limitation Internet Engineering Task Force Internet Protocol Internet Protocol Security Internetwork Packet Exchange Interrupt Request Integrated Services Digital Network International Organization for Standardization Internet Service Provider International Telecommunication Union Telecommunication Standardization Sector formerly CCITT Interactive Voice Response Local Area N
191. Proxy NnuCallback returned error lt error gt Investigate and correct the cause and restart the system Critical Error None NNU failed to start the MGS as a service This is not an MGS issue Modem provides the modem driver resource Modem Event ID 52 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None The specified resource type can not be found in the image file Contact customer support Critical Error None This item only shows up as an alarm Business Communications Manager Management User Guide MPS 138 Chapter 2 Fault Management System MPS is the media path server which controls media between IP sets trunks MPS Media path server Event ID 1001 Event ID 1002 Event ID 2001 Event ID 2002 Event ID 2003 Event ID 2004 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Component ID alarm
192. SU has been disconnected or there is a problem with the signal from the network Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 214 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Voice software Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 44 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 45 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 46 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 47 Message User action P0609330 2 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Check the logs and look for Events ranging from 315 336 If this alarm occurs more than once over a two week period contact your local support group Critical Error MSC event 318 The long term alarm threshold has been surpassed in DTCM 1 for the detection of Remote Alarm Indication The most likely cause is an irregularity with the PSTN connections The cable connecting the DTCM to the network termination point or external CSU has been disconnected or there is a problem with the signal from the network Check the logs and look for Events ranging from 315 336 If this alarm occurs more than once over a two week period contact your local support group Critical Error MSC event 319 Sev P8 Cat F The long term alarm threshold has been surpassed in DTCM 1 for the detection of Loss of Signal on time slot 16 The most likely cause is an irreg
193. SetOpt error Check if Zip32 dll is installed properly under the CDRTransfer directory Critical Error None Can t open reg key err 1 Check if CDRTransfer registry entries are damaged Critical Error None Can t get current dir err 1 Check if you have permission to get current directory Critical Error None Can t change to working dir err 1 Check if you have permission to go to CDRTransfer working directory Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 108 Chapter 2 Fault Management System CDRTransfer Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID P0609330 2 0 3088 3088 3088 3088 3088 3090 3090 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Critical Error None Clip CDR data file error err 1 Check if CDRClip exe is installed properly under the CDR directory Critical Error None Find CDR data file error err 1 Check if there are CDR
194. Software bug Mgs Shutting down due to gateway creation failure Look to previous log entries for error details Critical Error None A Gateway could not be created Mgs Shutting down due to gateway initialization failure Look to previous log entries for error details Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 136 Chapter 2 Fault Management System MGS Media gateway server Event ID 3004 Event ID 3005 Event ID 3006 Event ID 3007 Event ID 3008 Event ID 3090 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Critical Error None A request to the Media Path Server MPS or Media Services Manager MSM failed This is not an MGS issue Mgs Shutting down due to fatal error Look to previous log entries for error details Critical Error None A fatal error was reported by an MGS component Mgs Shutting down due to MSM communication failure Investigate and correct the cause and restart the system Critical Error None The Media Servic
195. Step 8 this is the time when all subsequent backups will run Select the Execute button The User Name and Password prompt appears If you are backing up the file to a Local volume the User Name and Password screen does not appear Continue to the next step in this procedure e Enter the user name in the Username box to access the remote volume Use a domain name qualifier if required e Enter the password in the Password box to access the remote volume e Select the Submit button Enter a name for the report for this backup job in the Report File Name field This report contains the results of the backup process and is stored in the same folder as the backup Select the Submit button P0609330 2 0 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore 419 14 If you chose to backup the DECT OAM component the DECT OAM Password screen appears If you are not performing a backup on the DECT OAM component continue to the next step in this procedure e Enter the DECT OAM installer password in the Password field and select Submit The default DECT OAM Installer password is insta Viewing scheduled backups Use this procedure to view scheduled volumes using the Scheduled Backups screen 1 Access the backup and restore utility BRU from the Unified Manager interface see Accessing the backup and restore utility on page 411 The BRU screen appears with the BACKUP operation selected see Figure 56 on page 414 2 Select the Schedule tab menu
196. T NTF Client Settings WPS Telnet amp Netla Management O Mme eee Item 5 Configure the SNMP summary attributes according to the following table Table 8 SNMP Summary attributes Attribute Description Description Shows the description of the SNMP agent Version Shows the version of the SNMP agent Status Allows you to enable or disable the SNMP agent Authentication Allows you to disable authentication failure traps Failure Traps When enabled the SNMP agent sends authentication failure traps if there is an authentication failure Authentication failures happens if an SNMP manager application provides an incorrect community string or performs an operation that is not permitted for a community Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 78 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Adding a community to an SNMP community list 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager main page select Configuration Click the Services key Click the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears see Figure 23 on page 77 5 Click the Community List tab The Community List screen appears 6 On the Configuration menu click Add Community The Community List dialog box appears Figure 24 Community list screen Group E dit Performance Fault Report Tools Loool View Help 47 65 133 65
197. T m m hi m 1 e Status Monit Show Hard Drive Mirror ain Menu ct W Eh w ct ct ty m g 6 Type M and press Enter to return to the main menu 7 Type X and press Enter to exit out of the PuTTY application Disk mirroring function If your system has a redundant hard disk RAID system installed you may need to monitor the performance of either drive Use the Disk Mirroring screens to view the current status of the drives as well as to reset modes if required 1 Click the Diagnostics key 2 Click Disk Mirroring The Disk Mirroring Settings screen appears P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 463 Figure 65 Disk Mirroring Settings screen Settings Status r Settings Version f Operation Mode M A T Ultra UDMA Mode N A Beep Timing M A w 3 On this screen you can change three of the settings Version is a read only field Table 36 LED Display screen settings mime iaes Betton Operation Mode Primary Master Mirror Master Mirror Mode N A Ultra UDMA Mode Disable 0 16 1 24 2 33 3 48 4 66 Auto N A Beep Timing Disable Continuous 5 seconds Choose how long the beep will sound To test the 10 seconds 15 seconds 20 seconds sound choose one of the settings under the Tools 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes menu Warning Ensure you understand the implications of the changes before you change these settings on your system Only the system adm
198. The LED flashes at a rate equal to the number of zeros in the data received from the Receive data network and transmitted to the DTE The speed of the flashes is an indication of the speed of the data sent over the network RTS The LED lights when the DTE requests permission from the DDI Mux to send data Request to Send CTS The LED lights when the DDI Mux is signaling the DTE that it has permission to Clear to Send send data DCD The LED lights when the Business Communications Manager is receiving a carrier Data Carrier Detect signal DSR The LED lights when the DDI Mux is ready to communicate Data Set Ready TM The LED lights when the DDI Mux is signaling to the DTE that it detects a test Test Mode condition O Power On indicates that the DTM is receiving 5 volts P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 437 Table 33 DDI Mux LED description O Status On indicates there is data communication between the DDI Mux and the MSC card In Service Flashing indicates that the T1 trunks are out of service because a loopback test is running or the DDI Mux is initializing Loopback On indicates a continuity loopback test is running on the T1 link Receive Alarm On indicates a problem with the received digital transmission on the T1 link This half duplex link does not work Receive Error On indicates a small error as a result of degraded digital transmission on the T1 link Possible causes are a
199. This information is reported back to a centralized Vivinet Manager Server for display and reporting The NetIQ BCM solution requires NetIQ Vivinet Manager software which is sold installed and supported by NetIQ and a no charge BCM NetIQ Agent Keycode to enable the feature on the BCMs under NetIQ management Note Enabling the NetIQ feature causes QoS Monitor Logging to be enabled If you are using H 323 VoIP trunking and QoS Monitor is enabled in support of that service then having QoS Monitor Logging automatically enabled by the NetIQ feature ensures that MOS scores are automatically logged for use by the NetIQ Knowledge Scripts For more information about NetIQ Vivinet Manager support for BCM visit the following URL http www netiq com products vm modules nortel asp For details on how to use Vivinet Manager to support BCM performance monitoring refer to Working Smarter with Vivivnet Manager for Nortel Networks Business Communications Manager available from NetIQ Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 372 Chapter 7 Performance Management Using NetlQ NetiQ feature overview For a centralized NetIQ Vivinet Manager server to monitor the BCM a NetIQ keycode must be applied on the BCM and the feature must be enabled on the BCM This causes the NetIQ agent software on the BCM to start running The BCM can then be discovered by the NetIQ Vivinet Manager server which directs the NetIQ agent on the BCM to execute
200. Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Inventory service Inventory Service may have generated an incomplete or incorrect report Exception caught while loading DLLs missing s dll Contact customer support Critical Error None Inventory Service may have generated an incomplete or incorrect report s GetInventoryDocument returned error Contact customer support Critical Error None Inventory Service may have generated an incomplete or incorrect report Failed to open Software resource s Contact customer support Critical Error None IPRIP2 provides the routing information protocol RIP v2 component for BCM router RIP is a simple routing protocol that is part of the TCP IP protocol suite It determines a route based on the smallest hop count between source and destination RIP is a distance vector protocol that routinely broadcasts routing information to its neighboring routers IPRIP2 Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 124 Chapter 2 Fault Management System IPRIP2 Return to table Event ID Message 30052 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs P0609330 2 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary IPRIPv2 could not join the multi
201. Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Chapter 2 Fault Management System 225 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of loss of frame The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 1 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 330 Sev P5 Cat C This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of controlled slip overflow The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 1 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 331 Sev P5 Cat C This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of remote alarm indication The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 1 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 332 Sev P5 Cat C This event is ge
202. Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary No action required Critical Error None Map file s is corrupted and must be re installed No action required Critical Error None Map file s is not compatible with this version of s No action required Critical Error None Could not open map file s No action required Critical Error None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 122 Chapter 2 Fault Management System HotDesking HotDesking Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID P0609330 2 0 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID HotDesking HotDesking Unable to create registry entry No action required Critical Error None The service will shut down a
203. Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Chapter 2 Fault Management System 219 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for approp
204. U activity IP sets may reset No action necessary Critical Error None BRU has increased set watchdog from 30 sec to 15 minutes No action required Warning Information Business Communications Manager Management User Guide BRU Backup amp restore utility Event ID 310 Event ID 311 Event ID 312 Event ID 313 Event ID 314 Event ID 315 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs 106 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary None BRU has decreased set watchdog from 15 minutes to 30 sec No action required Warning Information None An error RetV has occurred when trying to start the voice services Review voice services and restart if necessary through Unified Manager See service specific logs for cause of failure Critical Error None All voice mail services have been started No action required Warning Information None All voice mail services have been stopped No action required Warning Information None Error Drive Type drive not connected Ensure destinat
205. User Guide 252 Chapter3 Service Management System e log cross reference e Alarm cross reference e hierarchy map System Level Service Definitions Syste level services are software processes that are critical to essential operating system level features Do not modify the system level services unless explicitly instructed by Nortel Networks support groups Use this section for information purposes only Refer to System level services for a summary of the System level services Refer to Nortel Networks configurable services for a summary of the Nortel Networks configurable services Warning Ensure you understand the implications of any modifications before you change service settings on your system Call Nortel Networks Support before you modify any service Select a display name from the table to display the full service description Table 15 System level services Display name Service name Alerter Alerter ClipBook server ClipSrv COM Event System EventSystem Computer Browser Browser EventLog EventLog Firebird Guardian Service InterBaseGuardian Firebird Server InterBaseServer License logging service LicenseService Messenger Messenger MSDTC MSDTC MSSQLServer MSSQLServer P0609330 2 0 Default status startup Stopped Manual Stopped Manual Stopped Manual Stopped Manual Running Automatic Running Automatic Running Manual Stopped Manual Running Automatic Sto
206. User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs NetiQmc Return to table Message Message Chapter 2 Fault Management System 149 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary NetIQ ADMIN message 195 Ping MS lt XYZ XYZ XYZ XYZ gt fail with error 1 No action required Warning Information None NetlQ ADMIN message 195 ccm is having intermittent communication map file full failures while communicating with MS lt XYZ XYZ XYZ XYZ gt 1 of XYZ attempts failed withing the last XYZ minutes Last attempt succeeded No action required Warning Information None NetIQmc provides the NetIQ connection manager NetliQmc Event ID 0 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs NetlQObjMgr Return to table Return to table Service Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID NetIQ AppManager client communication manager The following message from NetIQ AppManager SERVICE STOPPED No action required Warning Information None NetIQObjMer provides the NetIQ object Manager NetlQObjMgr Return to table Return to table Service Event ID Message 15000 User action Alarm severity Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID NetIQ AppManager client communication manager The value for Authorized Management Server s was changed to XYZ No action required Mi
207. Voice CTE VoiceCTI VoiceMSCService 300 BRU 301 BRU NCM VNetManager P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 97 Table 13 Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Event ID Alarm eventID Trap Component ID Alarm eventSource Trap 302 BRU FTMSS NCM 303 BRU FTMSS 304 BRU FTMSS VNetManager 305 BRU FTMSS BRU VNetManager amp O 307 310 311 312 313 315 320 322 BRU NCM U J Gos FTMSS FTMSS Voice software FTMSS Voice software Voice software UJ J Cc O Se U op amp W NIN amp 325 335 367 400 401 912 514 515 528 529 538 577 608 617 624 626 628 630 632 633 636 637 Security Voice software Security Voice software 642 644 Security N 00 Z 771 772 713 775 799 894 901 949 997 999 1000 BCMAmp ToneSrvr BCMAmp Voice software emsManager Nnu System Status Monitor TIntSvr UPS VoiceWatchdog 1001 Autochk emsManager MGS MPS Save Dump SNMP System Status Monitor UPS VoiceTimeSynch VoiceWatchdog MGS MPS System Status Monitor UPS VoiceTimeSynch MGS System Status Monitor VoiceWatchdog MGS System Status Monitor UPS VoiceWatchdog System Status Monitor UPS VoiceWatchdog 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1015 System Status Monitor 1016 System Status Monitor UPS 1018 1030 1033 1034 1040 1102 UPS 11
208. Warning MSC event 326 Sev P5 Cat C This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of controlled slip overflow The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 1 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 327 Sev P5 Cat C This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of controlled slip overflow The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 1 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 328 Sev P5 Cat C This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of loss of signal The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 1 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 329 Sev P5 Cat C Voice software Event ID 330 Event ID 331 Event ID 332 Event ID 333 Event ID 334 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity
209. Your Location GCM Product Maintenance amp Support Install Optional Components Maintenance R System Information Install Optional Components Order amp Enable Optional Components nstal Getianal Components Maintenance Tools Available Optional Components Archlog IPX Routing Install oo Installs the PX routing protocol and services on the BOM izar Arenog SCHeguier T Archlog scheduler PPPoE Install Archlog viewer Archlog Settings Browse Logs Folder Installing PPPoE enables Potmt to Pomt over Ethernet capability on the BOCM Maintenance tools The maintenance tools screen display allows you to select the tools necessary for the following application categories Application Shared drive Attach to a shared volume Detach a shared volume Enable Disable BCM Drive Shares System interaction Execute a command Schedule a command to execute Schedule a restart Telnet session Troubleshooting IP network troubleshooting e Services and driver troubleshooting DECT e Time synchronization for further information refer Backup firmware Maintenance Guide Firmware upload e Restore default configuration e A law Mu law companding scheme Security Upload certificate and private key Miscellaneous Reset Unified Manager server Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 52 Chapter 1 Management Overview When you select a tool for any of the above applications the system dis
210. a 54h ey ao vee Cae ee EE eee eo heat oe Ce ed een eee ewes 104 awale 62h oe se ee E E ee E EE ea E A E E O E E E E E T E E 107 eg oy oe E E ee ee A ee a Gas oe ee oe 110 amp 5 ee ee eee ee ee eee ee ee PEE E eee ee ee ee ee ee 112 Eb 2 re ee ee eee ee eee ee a ee eee ee eee ee ee eee 113 VEC IAINIING 624500 sace05enedsongbbecabareade aebaoeedeeesbanehoans oad ds 114 Gel OG con eee 5 oe oo bees ose ohne seen soe wee es E eee nee 114 Direne i Ga ae es ae ee a a ee ee ee ee ee 115 S ey ee ee ee ee ee re ee ee re eee er ee eee eee 115 E e ETE CELE ee so as bE a ER AEREA IOE AERE EOE ee ee 116 RS oeoerirda rai ae a a eee oes a a R E RT 117 Cee T E eee ee E E E E T T ee eS 118 Es s e ae ee ee eee E E eee ee ee ee ee eee ET 119 PUNE 4 coche ghia oedema xu se G4 d4e 24 eee ee sees Cay ee een ou yeose Gres geu 119 Pe 5 be he a ho OS ha ee a es 122 IVGUIOl OOE 4 04460c5 44005008 s bbe oud do5s ese ebee ees ebbbeh eee She 123 FPP 64 E E RSE E E E E E E E E 123 OM SEEE E E EE he AA EE EE Ae EEE E E EE EE eee TE TEE 125 IFAR OUENN AET errre EE E E EAE E pe ENS 130 Lir EEEIEE eee Gennes EEE E ee EEE E EE E E EE E E 131 UET cide nee Candee raae e es eeeen ees 132 PA bin heehee E eee eA ey ee aN eae oe 133 ES ere ee e ES ene oe oe Shae aoe 134 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide Be fg AP au eps ee hes te bo gs a oe ea ee eas bees 138 eI E 5 6 6a desea A RRO REECE N EES RED EOREREEDESEERAERE EASES 140 H Ol a ee ee ee Ce ee ee ee
211. a eee eens 433 Check bipolar violations 6664955 eee dbseede ede edeadnedhen o5n05504 433 Check short term alarmS 4c od doe ee ead owes ee Sa awe ehke oaetaeses oa xe 434 rt E oh 6 og E 62450448 Geeks asad 6oGeasage en e404e ees enous 434 PSE MSS 214 bet etree bien tenes hhh hte et NEE EE TEET 434 DOG Re DDI c6d540b 4440044 000040500404 50en bere rtecteban ced oqe45054 434 DIE ee IESI erigere irarria 79988 oo ee ae cose 435 LED INI eIOl ONG OOO 464 4646 bw RK pienti ente tae Ar POORER ES 436 OSSO LOOPOACk i i ee ee ee ree ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 437 Troubleshooting Telephone Connections 0 00 ee eee 439 Check the port associated with a device DN 0 ce eee 439 Identify a device connected to the system 0 cc ee ees 439 Bice ee ha 2 0 a oe er ee eee er ee ee ee ee ee 440 Ee OIC 6 cio gh ote he ees Ob eke eR he eH Se Gee eee Use ee eee oes 441 Performing a system startup and warm reset 0 000 cee eee ees 441 DOIN IGSe 6 64 hhc had ees hie Coed e hE OEE eh See AROSE EEE oRE 441 Changing system identification parameters 2 0 0 ce ee eee 442 Changing the system name 1 ee ee eens 442 Changing the sysiem domain sers wie te need vce tees yiip ease eeseey ete oe 442 To add a Business Communications Manager 3 6 system to aworkgroup 443 To add a Business Communications Manager 3 6 system to a domain 443 To add a Business Communications Manager 3 6 system to a Windows 2000
212. a failure in Mirror Master HDD 6 7 Replacement HDD size should be equal or Larger that the Active HDD 8 Mirror Master HDD not working properly 9 Primary Master HDD not working properly CPU Temperature Above Tolerance 100 C for more than two Minutes SSM shutting down the power supply BCM 1000 will reboot automatically BCM200 400 need restart Critical Error None CPU Temperature Above Tolerance 100 C for more than two Minutes SSM shutting down the power supply Non paged memory on its capacity SSM rebooting the BCM BCM 1000 will reboot automatically BCM200 400 need restart System Status Monitor Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 3017 Tcpip Tcpip Return to table Return to table Service Event ID 4199 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs TintSvr TintSvr Telnet service Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 1000 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Return to table Chapter 2 Fault Management System 183 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Critical Error None Non paged memory on its capacity SSM rebooting the BCM Temperature Above Tolerance 40 C Check BCM s environment temperature Critical Error None BCM s environment temperature is too high Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Co
213. a few minutes of the actual time set on the target BCM P0609330 2 0 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore 399 After entering all the data the user must press the Start Backup button to load the task into the scheduler on BCM After pressing the Start Backup button the user will be asked to enter some extra information that must be provided to ensure that the backup will be able to run with no configuration errors The backup process will run as a background task and during the execution The user should not schedule a second backup on the same BCM at the same time as errors may occur Note BRU is not a multi user application When running or scheduling a backup or restore make sure that there is no conflict in between one or more BRU processes If a conflict occurs the processes will not be completed and may fail unexpectedly The error will not be registered on the eventlog Voice mail will be unavailable during the Voice Applications backup or restore Backup components The Backup and Restore script makes most data required for BCM applications available as a component The separation of components allows the user to backup or restore any combination of components at any time The available backup components are Apache Configuration Archlog Settings Backup and Restore Utility DECT OAM IVR Licensing Multimedia Call Center Registry Unified Manager Voice Applications Telephony Business Communications Manag
214. a network Features like LAN CTE require the RPC locator service locator In a distributed network the server partially registers its status with the RPC name server database Clients query the database to locate available server applications The service maintains the RPC name server database and requires the RPC service to be started Nortel Networks recommends that you do not disable this service Type System level services Service name RPCLOCATOR Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms None Remote procedure call locator server service structure Parent TDI i Workstation _ _ Remote procedure call locator P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 267 Remote procedure call service Remote The Remote procedure call RPC service enables function calls over a network and operates in procedure Call tandem with the Remote procedure call RPC locator service The RPC service is fundamental service to the operations of any RPC system activities Nortel Networks recommends that you do not disable this service Type System level services Service name RpcSs Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Remote procedure call service service structure Parent Child None Remote procedure call service Alarm service Protected storage c _ RDS self certifying Task scheduler TIntsvr Qos_flt_init Windows management Remote access conne
215. able QoS Queue 6 9 Graph see Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table QoS Queue 6 9 Table see Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table WAN counter types The WAN graph and table selections display WAN related network traffic statistics When you display the WAN graph you can select one of the following counter types Byte received sec The rate that bytes are received on the interface including framing characters Byte sent sec The rate that bytes are sent on the interface including framing characters Byte total sec The rate that bytes are sent and received on the interface including framing characters Current bandwidth An estimate of the interface s current bandwidth in bits per second bps For interfaces that do not vary in bandwidth or for those where no accurate estimation can be made this value is the nominal bandwidth Output queue length The length of the output packet queue in packets If this is longer than 2 delays are being experienced and the bottleneck should be found and eliminated if possible Since the requests are queued by NDIS in this implementations this will always be 0 Packets outbound discarded The number of outbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being transmitted One possible reason for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space Packets outbound errors The number of outbound packets tha
216. able Optional Components Install Optional Components Maintenance Tools Maintenance Tools Archlog Application Tool s Report A Problem e Attach to a shared volume Wizard Shared Drive e Detach a shared volume Archlog Scheduler e Enable Disable BCM Drive Shares Archlog Viewer Execute a command Archlog Settings Browse Logs Folder Schedule a Command to Execute Schedule a Restart Telnet Session e IP network troubleshooting Troubleshooting e Services amp driver troubleshoot e Time Synchronisation e Backup Firmware e Restore Firmware e Firmware Upload e Restore Default Configuration e ALawimuLaw Companding Scheme Security e Upload Certificate and Private Key Miscellaneous e Reset Unified Manager Server System Interaction DECT 6 Select a report option from the list box and select Execute see the Figure 33 Figure 33 Services and drivers drop down list NORTEL NETWORKS OZ Support Contact Alarms and Traps Business Communications Manager Your Location BCM Product Maintenance amp Support Maintenance Tools Service amp Driver Troubleshooter Maintenance System Information Services Order amp Enable Optional Components mee Install Optional i AE E Components Maintenance Tools Display Al Services Status Archlog All Services Status Report A Problem Automatic Services Status Wizard Non started Amoma G
217. ackets Table TCP Packet counter types The TCP Packets graph and table selections display TCP related network traffic statistics When you display the TCP Packets graph you can select one of the following counter types Connection failures The rate that TCP segments are sent or received using the TCP protocol Connections archive The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the SYN SENT state from the CLOSED state Connections established The number of TCP connections for which the current state is either ESTABLISHED or CLOSE WAIT Connections passive the number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the SYN RCVD state from the LISTEN state Connections reset The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the CLOSED state from either the ESTABLISHED state or the CLOSE WAIT state Segments received The rate that segments are received including those received in error This count includes segments received on currently established connections Segments retransmitted The rate that segments are retransmitted that is segments transmitted containing one or more previously transmitted bytes Segments sent The rate that segments are sent including those on current connections but excluding those containing only retransmitted bytes Segments The rate that TCP segments are sent or received using the TCP protocol P0609330 2 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 357
218. age 433 e Check carrier failure alarms on page 433 e Check bipolar violations on page 433 e Check short term alarms on page 434 e Check Defects on page 434 e Reset all statistics on page 434 Statistics collected by the system The system accumulates three performance parameters e errored seconds ES e severely errored seconds SES e unavailable seconds UAS These parameters are defined as per TIA 547A Errored seconds are enhanced to include control slip CS events Only near end performance data is recorded The internal CSU continuously monitors the received signal and detects four types of transmission defects e any active carrier failure alarms CFA loss of signal LOS out of frame OOF alarm indication signal AIS remote alarm indication RAI e the number of bipolar violations that occurred in the last minute e any defects loss of signal LOS out of frame OOF alarm indication signal AIS that occurred in the last minute Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 432 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics the number of milliseconds of short term alarms loss of signal LOS out of frame OOF alarm indication signal AIS remote alarm indication RAJ in the last minute A short term alarm is declared when the detected defects persist for tens of milliseconds A carrier failure alarm CFA is a duration of carrier system outage CFA types reported can be ma
219. age 441 e Changing system identification parameters on page 442 e Maintenance programming for telephony resources on page 444 e General Diagnostic Activities on page 457 e Emergency telephone does not function on page 464 e ATA 2 does not function on page 464 e Unified Manager Diagnostics on page 466 e Driver Debug diagnostics on page 466 Module Diagnostics When you perform troubleshooting diagnostics on your Business Communications Manager modules you must know the system version and the status of each of the Media Bay Modules For procedures on how to access this information refer to the following e System version on page 424 e Problems with module service on page 424 e Problems with trunk or station modules on page 426 e Media Bay Module status on page 427 e Disabling enabling a Bus on page 427 e Disabling enabling a single module on page 428 e Disabling enabling a port channel setting on page 428 To troubleshoot specific modules and lines there are a number of tests you can perform For DTM modules Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 424 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics e Testing DTM Modules on page 429 e DTM CSU statistics on page 431 For device or station module issues e Troubleshooting Telephone Connections on page 439 e Identify a device connected to the system
220. age is a dedicated maintenance area that provides access to several maintenance tools and capabilities Gathering these tools into one location provides the network administrator with a single source for maintenance information helping to reduce errors and contribute to gaining overall serviceability efficiency Figure 8 summarizes the links through the maintenance page Select any of the links in Figure 8 to display a description of the maintenance function Figure 8 Unified Manager maintenance page paths Maintenance page access m Support Contact Technical support contact screen m Alarms and traps gt Alarms and traps screen gt Maintenance gt System information gt System information screen gt Order and enable optional components 1 Keycode retrieval screen Install optional components Install optional components screen gt Maintenance tools Shared drive tools Attach to a shared volume Detach a shared volume gt Enable Disable BCM drive shares System interaction tools m Execute a command gt Telnet session gt gt Troubleshooting tools gt IP network troubleshooting gt Services amp driver troubleshooting DECT tools _ DECT tools Security m Uploading a certificate and a private security key Miscellaneous gt Reset UM server m Archlogs
221. ager to set the filters for SNMP traps BCM gt Management gt Alarm Manager gt SNMP Trap SNMP guidelines The SNMP service in Business Communications Manager responds to requests from management stations generates SNMP traps corresponding to events and reports to trap subscriber stations Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 76 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Use the following SNMP guidelines Set read only and read write community names Set a list of permitted managers When set the agent responds to SNMP managers requests from those IP hosts only An empty list of permitted managers implies that the agent responds to requests from anyone Set trap communities Each trap entry identifies the community name that must be used and the manager addresses Enable or disable sending authentication traps Enable or disable the SNMP agent About defining SNMP trap destinations Use the following to define SNMP trap destinations A community list specifying community name and access privileges a manager list specifying SNMP manager IP addresses in other words SNMP managers which are allowed to make SNMP queries to the Business Communications Manager a trap community list which specifies destinations to which SNMP traps should be sent if SNMP traps are enabled Although no specific limit is set for the number of trap communities Nortel Networks recommends that you limit the number of trap communities
222. al Error None Unable to load the interface ModemBackup from the registry The following error occurred There are no routing enabled ports available for use by this demand dial interface Contact Nortel Network s support team Critical Error None Backup configuration data using BRU re ghost the hard disk with the image of the same release and then restore the backup data Unable to load the interface TivDialup from the registry The following error occurred There are no routing enabled ports available for use by this demand dial interface Contact Nortel Network s support team Critical Error None Backup configuration data using BRU re ghost the hard disk with the image of the same release and then restore the backup data The demand dial connection fails to complete because of no answer or invalid user or busy line N A Critical Error None The port COM2 has been disconnected due to inactivity Return to table User action Router Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 20139 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs SAM Chapter 2 Fault Management System 159 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary No action required Warning Information None The dial up link drops No action required Warning Information None SAM secure access module provides managed user file security SAM Return to table Secure access module Return to table
223. ance from the top line menu Select one of the UTWAN performance monitor selections from the drop down menu Accessing the WAN graph and table The statistics compiled by the system indicate packet traffic over the WAN A packet is the unit of data that is routed between an origin and a destination over the WAN Each packet is separately numbered and includes the WAN IP address of the destination When the packets have all arrived they are reassembled into the original file To access the WAN Graph and Table 1 Access the Resources performance monitor see Accessing the Resources Performance Monitor on page 350 Continue to the next step of this procedure when complete Click on and expand the WAN resource on the navigation tree From the Performance drop down menu select one of the following from the top line menu item a UTWAN Graph b UTWAN Table c QoS Graph see Accessing the QoS Graph and Table d QoS Table see Accessing the QoS Graph and Table e QoS Queue 1 5 Graph see Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 364 Chapter6 Performance Management f g h QoS Queue 1 5 Table see Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table QoS Queue 6 9 Graph see Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table QoS Queue 6 9 Table see Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table The performance statistics are the same as those measured for a UTWA
224. anual Trunk Modules Hf cmdimt cmdmt Automatic Service Metrics ConsoleS ervice Console Service Automatic Serice Manager CTEngine Voice CTE Automatic s i R Monitor DECT Alarms DECT Alarm Monitor Automatic Disk Mirroring DECT Mice DECT Maintenancelao Automatic Unified Manager oe DECT OAM ues n POO ho oe ee _ 7 Select the Modify Services menu option The Services List dialog box appears see the Figure 31 Figure 31 Services list dialog box BCM Dialog Box Services List Service Name JAlamSve DisplayName aimSve Startup Manual Status Stopped LogOn As LocalSystem ree eee Heady Warning Applet Window 8 Modify the service Startup method if required Choose how you want the system software to activate the service Startup attribute values are Automatic Manual or Disabled Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 248 Chapter3 Service Management System A Automatic service activation allows the system to start the service during system boot up or restart and does not require user intervention If a service fails due to a problem event the system automatically attempts to restart the service A child service set to automatic forces activation for any associated parent service set to manual A parent service set to automatic cannot force activation for any associated child service set to manual Manual service activation normally re
225. ap by event ID None Service initializing No action required Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 154 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Perfctrs Perfctrs provides the performance counters component on the BCM Perfctrs Return to table Return to table Service Event ID 3101 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Perflib Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None Unable to read IO control information from NBT device In most cases no action is required However please check if the network connections of the BCM are working Critical Error None Refer to Microsoft Article Q275586 NBT NetBIOS over TCP IP THis can happen when trying to monitor statistics from and inactive network adapter It can generally be ignored Perflib provides a performance counters library on the BCM Perflib Return to table Return to table Service Event ID 1008 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 2002 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs P0609330 2 0 Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None The Open Procedure for service RasRad in DLL rasrad dll failed Performance data for this service will not be available Status code returned is DWORD 0
226. apter 4 Log Management System Note Alarms also appear in the Windows NT event log and the Alarm Database You must configure the alarm database before alarms are stored in the database For information about how to configure the Alarm Database refer to the Programming and Operations Guide If the alarm service is not active NT event logs accumulate to a maximum of 3MB After the number of records reaches the 3MB threshold the system overwrites the original files starting with the oldest If the alarm service is active the NT event logs are cleared on reboots or if the Alarm Backup batch is run When the alarms are clipped either through a reboot or the alarm backup batch the files are time date stamped Any information sent to the Windows NT event log can generate an SNMP trap Figure 35 System test log screen Comprehensive Item 01 item 01 tl acm ia Event 680 Read Only Field Resources of Even Read Only Field Services oa Set Management a y E Diagnostics Msc 3 Repeats fi System testlog tem 01 tern 02 5 Time 200204071 45025 ltem 03 e item 04 A Parameters or tem 05 HE item OF tem OF Iter 08 tem 04 tem 10 Iter 11 tem 12 tem 13 tem 14 term 15 tem 16 tem 17 term 18 tem 19 teri 0 amp System admin lac 7 Record the system test log item on the System administration log sheet Repeat steps in this procedure until you
227. are alarm monitor Message trace tool Call Detail Recording Media path server Media gateway server 1 UNISTIM Terminal proxy server A HotDesking Voice CTE __ VolP SIP Gateway Doorphone Line monitor server VoIP Gateway Voice management subsystem Inventory service VoiceCT Voice mail Nortel Networks IVR Voice CFS loMusic BcmAmp loMusic Tone Server Windows installer Windows installer The Windows installer service manages application installations Little to no impact on BCM Type System level services Service name MSIServer Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 276 Chapter3 Service Management System Alarms None Windows Installer service structure Parent Windows internet name service Windows internet Windows Internet Naming Service a system that determines the IP address associated with a name service particular network computer also called name resolution Type System level services Service name Wins Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms Wins Windows internet name service service structure Parent Remote procedure call service NT LM Security support provider Windows internet name service Windows management Windows The Windows Management service is the operating system Component that contains the WMI ma
228. arge number of logs for a variety of purposes In the case of faults consult the logs to assist in the diagnosis and correction of the problem Some of the logs run continuously and collect information to help you troubleshoot in the event of system problems The network administrator is able to disable some logs because the information collected may not be of immediate or critical interest to maintain the health of the system Each event requires a unique maintenance activity Determine the appropriate activity based on your level of administrator privileges Media service card core telephony logs A set of event logs is maintained on the telephony side of the Business Communications Manager system The MSC logs consist of the following e MSC System Test Log Contains diagnostic test results telephony events and alarms audits It has a maximum size of 20 items after which events are aged out to make room for new events e MSC System Administration Log Contains log in log out information Has a maximum of 10 entries The 11th entry overwrites the Ist entry regardless of severity level e MSC Network Event log Contains T1 PRI network interface events and alarms This log has a maximum size of 10 events The System Test Log System Administration Log and Network Event log capture all of the MSC core telephony system events including alarms These logs are only viewed from the Unified Manager Configure Diagnostics MSC menu Th
229. aring directories and printers Srv Event ID 2000 Event ID 2019 Event ID 2021 SSH Secure Shell Server Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None The server s call to a system service failed unexpectedly Contact support Critical Error None The server was unable to allocate from the system nonpaged pool because the pool was empty Contact support Critical Error None The server was unable to allocate a work item 2 times in the last 60 seconds Contact support Minor Warning None SSH Secure shell server Event ID 0 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None Warning DNS lookup failed for XXX XXX XXX XXX No action required DNS lookup is not required in order to log in through SSH Minor Warning None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 172 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Survivable Remote Gateway Survivable remote gateway Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Even
230. arning MSC event 265 Sev P7 Cat C Invalid Message The Call Server is dealing with a multi byte message that it does not understand while trying to initialize a set TN 1 If the event occurs many times unplug the set wait for 3 minutes then replug the set May be caused by a noisy line If the event occurs many times unplug the set wait for 3 minutes then replug the set Minor Warning MSC event 270 Sev P8 Cat A A set has firmware that is incompatible with the current Call Server load Customer should contact installer to change Call Server load or the set Customer should contact installer to change Call Server load or the set Minor Warning MSC event 271 Sev P8 Cat A This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of a degraded minute The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 1 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 323 Sev P5 Cat C This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of a severely errored second The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 1 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Intervention is requir
231. ate Reset Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 326 Chapter 4 Log Management System Browse logs folder Use the Browse logs folder selection to display the log directories and log files stored on the BCM The selection opens a new browser window Browsing archlog files Use this procedure to display examine and select for viewing archlog directories and log files 1 Select Browse Logs Folder under the Archlog category on the maintenance page The system displays opens a new browser window The browser screen lists of all archlog directories and log files stored on the BCM hard drive see Figure 44 2 Click on any folder to display the directory file contents Log files use various file extensions depending on the log 3 Click on any log file to display the log contents The system prompts you to e open the file Use your Notepad application as a viewer e save the log file to your PC save the files to a unique directory e cancel the download operation 4 Close the browser window when you finish browsing the system Figure 44 Archlog browse logs folder screen E Index of logsFolder Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit Tools Help 4m Back mp amp fat GA Search ejFavorites Media 4 B a A Hl lt p Address E https 47 65 138 69 logsFolder Go Links Index of logsFolder View Favorites Harme Last modified aize Description a Parent Director
232. attached equipment from the UPS If this condition happens occasionally and briefly check for attached equipment that typically uses high power periodically such as laser printers and photocopiers If the condition persists contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None UPS self test failed Run another self test If the UPS fails the self test again contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None Scheduled UPS self test failed Run an unscheduled self test If the UPS fails the second self test contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None Scheduled UPS self test failed Invalid test Run another self test If the UPS fails the self test again contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None User initiated self test failed Run another self test If the UPS fails the self test again contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None Self test at UPS failed Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 196 Chapter 2 Fault Management System UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 300206 Event ID 300206 Event ID 300206 Event ID 300300 Event ID 300400 Event ID 301000
233. atus of the services and drivers from the Unified Manager interface The following are the available report options All services status Automatic services status Non started automatic services All running services All disabled services All drivers status Automatic drivers status Non started automatic drivers All running drivers All disabled drivers All drivers and services status To access the Unified Manager maintenance page 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager main page select Maintenance Enter your network administrator user ID and password The system verifies and accepts your level of user access and displays the Product Maintenance and Support page From the Product Maintenance and Support page select Maintenance Tools From the Maintenance Tools page select Services and driver troubleshooting See Figure 32 on page 250 The Unified Manager prompts you to select from a list box of services and drivers Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 250 Chapter3 Service Management System Figure 32 Product maintenance and support page Maintenance tools _ Support Contact Alarms and Traps Business Communications Manager Your Location BCM Product Maintenance amp Suppor Maintenance Tools Maintenance System Information Maintenance Tools Order amp En
234. b eens heres yore oe nh oie ee eee yee eea eh by eene an Gees sees 295 WO TEE ee oe E eee OEE Gee Oe Oe oes bee eee hee ee ees 296 UNISTIM Terminal proxy server ciccntdiccndedccees und bctnteeratsuiivecewns 296 WE 656 5 4enebenebd e geen a ape E ban pe bea bene ores EE eng seams 297 WO he oa ede aa eee de oa 64 oon Ae oe eae dee TEE T E 297 iss 8 64 Se ee ee ee ee ee ee or ee 298 fe 64 ee ee ee ee oe eee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee eee ee ee eee 299 eg ieee eee ee ee See eee a ee ae ee ee ee ee eee eee were eee a eee 299 Voice management subsystem 0 cee ee eee eens 300 MOISE SENICE 5 oe ch 4 ehh ge EH KER HG GE ROR KER FG ROT RE RE EOS 300 vore Nei GOS MONIO ve ackin se eestor eeenieeen onee renter eae seeded Oh ab ewe 302 Voice NNU diAgNOSTIOS a4 eens ose oa Os CESS OES OEE ED ES KOSS CEE ed 302 Voice software alarm monitor 24 6 5 acu b ede Po oe we RES REE 4R REDE ARG Gad E ERD ES 303 ele act ee ee ee ee er ERS 304 ED 6c E ee ERE ee eee CREE RRR EOE Ree aes 304 WO a fae G8 a oat 234 Gade 634d g ea SO 5a one Ga ae 28 305 VOUS MEO cya bboi0s 64406544046 ed 660d dee ee dees eee beer eee een bees 305 fee Cc ee ee ee en ee ee ee ee eee eee eT ee 306 VAIO eI VICE sudde dee ceadhat Goad a be odes hsb ENa eben ede eds 307 Using Watchdog with Service Manager 0 0c eee eee eee eee eee 308 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide Chapter 4 Log Management System 00 cece ee 309 Business Communicatio
235. backup and restore utility on page 411 The BRU screen appears with the BACKUP operation selected see Figure 56 on page 414 Figure 56 Backup and restore main page screen display NETWORKS Home Wolume Admin Restant BCM About Help Exit 22 3 2004 12 38 56 NCRTEL BCM 3 6 Backup and Restore Utility SCHEDULE Backup Location Backup Action E OLUE E Perform the backup now Schedule the backup a i i c c Select BCM Componentis Once Daily Weekly Monthly Apache Configuration 4rchiog Settings DATE OD SMM YYYY 22iaf 2004 TIME HH24 MIH START BACKUP Backup and Restore tility SELECT THE BACKUP LOCATION INFORMATION AHO SELECT THE DESIRED COMPONENTS TO BE BACKED UF 2 Select the Volume button The BRU Volume administration screen appears see Figure 57 on page 415 3 Select the radio button beside the volume in which you want to store the backup Figure 57 If you want to store the backup in a volume that does not appear on the list refer to Adding a new volume on page 412 for further information P0609330 2 0 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore 415 Figure 57 BRU Volume administration screen display al NORTEL ri Hii NETWORKS WE BCM 3 6 Backup and Restore Utility Volume Administration Actie olume ID Type Se User Hame sececT W 0 VOLUME IO 0 TYPE REMOTE ADD LOGICAL MAME MDF tocatom S SEA DELETE CLOSE USER MAME
236. ble 3 On the Configuration menu click Disable The system displays a warning that this action will disable the port 4 Click OK The system disables the device in one minute or immediately if the device is idle Press Cancel to leave this display without disabling the device P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 441 Enable a device Use the following procedure to enable a disabled device 1 Identify the device you wish to disable For information on how to perform this procedure refer to Identify a device connected to the system on page 439 2 Click the device you want to enable 3 On the Configuration menu click Enable The system displays a message indicating that the device is being enabled Performing a system startup and warm reset A system startup replaces all existing telephony programming with the default programming 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics key and click the MSC heading The Configuration menu is enabled 2 From the Configuration menu click System startup The system displays a dialog box with three parameters Region Template and Start DN 3 Select a region from the Region list Each region has a Market Profile associated with it Note When you select a new region the Template list is read only It is only after the system is restarted that the available templates for this region appear Type any valid value in the Start DN box The box disp
237. cast group 224 0 0 9 on the local interface with IP address x x x x The data is the error code Make sure that IP RIP v2 is properly configured on the local interface from which the event is received If the problem persists even after configuring the interface to RIP v2 please contact tech support Critical Error None IPSecIKE IPSecIKE Internet protocol security Internet key exchange Event ID 2 Event ID 3 Event ID 4 Event ID 5 Event ID 6 Event ID 7 Event ID 9 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Chapter 2 Fault Management System 125 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID IPSeclKE service ISAKMP SA established on lt local IP Addr gt with lt remote IP Addr gt No action required Warning Information None Could not initiate ISAKMP SA lt local IP Addr gt to lt remote IP Addr gt Check settings and Connection Critical Error None Deleting ISAKMP SA from lt local IPAddr gt to lt remote IP Adadr gt No action required Warnin
238. ccess Audit None Serial provides the serial port driver on the BCM Serial Return to table Return to table Service Event ID 8 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs P0609330 2 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None Not enough resources were available for the driver This is not a problem This message can be ignored Minor Warning None Chapter 2 Fault Management System 165 Service Control Manager Service Control Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Manager Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service See event descriptions Event ID 7000 Message The Voice MSC Service service failed to start User action If voice services i e voice mail IP calls etc are available then there is no action required Otherwise a restart of the BCM is required This is not only for BCM 3 0 Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Service Voice MSC service Comments The service did not respond to the start or control request in a timely fashion Event ID 7000 Message The WANic 500 Driver service failed to start User action Contact your technical support representative Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Service Voice WAN Comments A device attached to the system is not functioning Event ID 7000 Message The lsecdrv service failed
239. ck on Pause The system stops polling To resume sampling click on Pause again The CPU usage sampling resumes 4 To reset the CPU usage values to zero click on Reset The CPU usage values are reset and the system continues to display statistics 5 The polling intervals are 1000 2000 or 5000 ms Click on the polling interval drop down menu and select the required number To access the CPU usage table The CPU usage table displays real time statistical information on processing activity load The system polls samples CPU processing activity and presents the information in a table format The table displays the percentage of CPU processing resources consumed over a period of time The table updates the information in accordance with the polling interval selected The table also displays the minimum average and peak CPU usage percentage for each interval 1 Access the performance monitor see System Performance Monitor on page 346 Continue to the next step of this procedure when complete 2 From the Performance drop down menu select System CPU Usage Table from the top line menu item The system displays the CPU usage table 3 Click on the polling interval radio button that corresponds to the required number Adjust the polling intervals are 200 500 1000 2000 or 5000 ms Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 348 Chapter6 Performance Management Accessing the Memory usage graph and table The memory usa
240. configuration problem Minor Warning None Permission Denied 6 Retry Allowed Indicates configuration problem Minor Warning None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide Survivable remote gateway Event ID 2207 Event ID 2208 Event ID 3201 Event ID 3202 Event ID 3303 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs 174 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Locked from Login 1 Password failed 3 times Indicates configuration problem Minor Warning None DN XXXX Local Mode Main Office Parameters not Provisioned Indicates configuration problem Warning Information None DN XXXX Local Mode Net Connect Server Unreachable Indicates connectivity problem Critical Error None DN XXXX Local Mode Main Office TPS Unreachable Indicates connectivity problem Critical Error None DN XXXX Local Mode Firmware isnot available on the SRG Indicates that IP set FW on main office has been upgraded and the required FW version is not available on SRG Critical Error None System Status Monitor System Status Monitor Event
241. ction manager _ Remote access autodial manager L _ Remote access server l Routing and remote access service Multi dialup manager Net link manager World wide web publishing service FTP Publishing service Windows internet name service Microsoft DNS server Voice Net QoS monitor A VolP Gateway _ VoIP SIP Gateway Microsoft DHCP server COM Event System System event notification Policy service System status monitor Voice management subsystem Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 268 Chapter3 Service Management System Routing and remote access service Routing and The Routing and remote access service manages the IP IPX routing in the BCM as well as dial in remote access connections All the routing amp dial up connections rely on this service service Type System level services Service name Router Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms e IPXRouterManager e Router Routing and remote access server service structure Parent Child NetBios Routing amp remote access server Remote procedure call service A Workstation Multi dialup manager l Remote access connection manager Telephony service Server Net link manager Routing and remote access server Serial port manager Serial port The Serial port manager service controls
242. d not be found It contains the following insertion string s Service started No action required Warning Information None The description for Event ID 0 in Source qos_flt_init could not be found It contains the following insertion string s Service stopped No action required Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 156 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Rdr Rdr Redirector provides the Microsoft API component on the BCM Rdr Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Event ID 3013 Message The redirector has timed out a request to lt Server Name or IP gt User action Check the server and the connection to the server Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None Event ID 8003 Message The master browser has received a server announcement from the computer lt computer name gt that believes that it is the master browser for the domain on transport lt transport name gt The master browser is stopping or an election is being forced User action To stop the 8003 error messages make sure the routers on the network are not forwarding UDP broadcasts keeping browser elections on NetBT local to each subnet and enable WINS or Imhosts on the network for netbios name resolution Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None P0609330 2 0 Router
243. d restore utility BRU Backup and restore procedures are as follows e Accessing the backup and restore utility on page 411 e Exiting from the backup and restore utility on page 411 e Resetting the BRU screen on page 412 e Adding a new volume on page 412 e Modifying a volume on page 413 e Deleting a volume on page 413 e Performing a backup using the BRU on page 414 e Scheduling a backup on page 417 e Viewing scheduled backups on page 419 e Viewing a scheduled backup report on page 419 e Deleting a scheduled backup on page 419 e Performing a restore using the BRU on page 420 BRU Overview The backup and restore utility BRU provides a means to preserve the integrity of your Business Communications Manager operating system software and configuration data The BRU application allows you to perform a backup or restore via a web connection The BRU is a single user application Before you perform any substantial maintenance on the Business Communications Manager save your data to a safe storage module location elsewhere in the network After hardware maintenance is complete restore the data to your Business Communications Manager Access the BRU through the Unified Manager main page When running or scheduling a backup or restore ensure there are no conflicts between BRU processes If a conflict occurs the processes terminate and result in a failure The conf
244. d these items at regular intervals Erase the log after you correct all faults or ensure that the log items do not indicate a problem with system operation For further information on how to display the system test log refer to Displaying the MSC log information on page 311 MSC System administration log The System Administration log keeps a record of administrative events such as sessions in which a change was made invalid password attempts and password changes You can check the items in the log check when each item in the log occurred and you can erase the log Note The System administration log holds a maximum of ten items Check and record these items at regular intervals Erase the log after you correct all faults or ensure that the log items do not indicate a problem with system operation For further information on how to display the System Administration log refer to Displaying the MSC log information on page 311 P0609330 2 0 Chapter 4 Log Management System 311 MSC Network event log The Network event log keeps a record of events and alarms that are specific to the T1 PRI network interface You can check the items in the log check when each item in the log occurred and you can erase the log Note The Network Event log holds a maximum of ten items Check and record these items at regular intervals The Network Event log holds a maximum of 20 items Erase the log after dealing with all the items For furt
245. d to CDR user groups Refer to Adding or modifying a user profile on page 384 When you add local users the user name is automatically added to this list If you are entering an external user they must be members of a domain that recognizes this Business Communications Manager and you add their user name 1 Select Management User Manager The User Profile screen appears showing the current user profile information Click the Domain User Group Profile tab to view the existing groups From the Configuration menu select Add Domain User The Domain User Group Profile dialog box appears oa fF OQO N Use the following table to add the new Domain user Group profile name Attribute Description Domain User Name Enter the user name 6 Click the SAVE button to save your settings The new user group information is added to the list on the Domain User Group Profile screen Deleting a Domain User Group profile If you want to delete a Domain user Group follow these steps 1 Select Management User Manager The User Profile screen appears showing the current user profile information Click the Domain User Group Profile tab to view the existing groups From the Configuration menu select Delete Domain User A confirmation dialog will ask you to confirm that you want to delete the record 4 Click the YES button to delete the Domain User Group profile Setting password lockout policy If you have Lockout Policy enabled yo
246. d to less than 100 degrees C Warning Information None CPU Temperature Recovery Information HDD Recovered No Action Required Warning Information None Hard Drives Capacity Information 1 Physical Memory Recovered 2 Virtual Memory Recovered No Action Required Warning Information None Physical and Logical Memories Recovery Information 1 Physical RAM Recovered No action required Warning Information None Physical RAM size Recovery Information CPU load Recovered No action required Warning Information None System Status Monitor Event ID 1012 Event ID 1013 Event ID 1014 Event ID 1015 Event ID 1016 Return to table Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Chapter 2 Fault Management System 177 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary CPU Load Recovery Information 1 RAID HW Found 2 RAID HW Recovered 3 Primary Single HDD Mode 4 Mirrored Single HDD Mode 5 Mirror Drives Mode 6 Rebuilding Mirror Master HDD 7 Rebuilding Primary Master HDD 8 Mirror Master HDD Rebuild Complete 9 Primary Master Rebuild Complete 10
247. d to run once or is repeated Last Date Performed Shows the time and date when this scheduled job was last run Location Shows the volume where the backup information is stored Components Status Displays a list of the components included in the backup If the backup has previously been run this field also displays the status of each of the components as of the last backup event PASS WARN Fail User Name and Password The user name and password is required for access to the destination source network resource entered in the Volume table Report File The report file is generated for two purposes 1 It provides a succinct record of the pass or failure of each component that was run in a script 2 Inthe case of the backup and restore script BRU reads these files to determine which backups are valid so that the user will have an indication of which backup can be restored should that become necessary The report file is displayed on the BRU status window after the script is finished processing but only in interactive non scheduled mode Note The report file name is given by the user before the script execution starts except for the restore process where it inherits the automatically generated script file name 1 e BRUXXDDMMYYYY rep txt for Restore on the source folder and lt report_name gt rep for Backup on the destination folder Start Backup Restore Button To start the script process press the START BACKU
248. d_folder e Ifthe volume is an FTP volume enter FTP server IP address or node name and the path name of the directory For example lt IP_address gt path or lt ftp node name gt path Enter the user name required to access the given path on the remote drive or FTP server in the User Name box The user name must have full access control on the given path e When the domain name is required enter domain_name user_name e When the domain name is not required enter user_name Select the Add button Repeat steps 3 to 7 for each volume you want to add Select the Close button to close the Volume Administration screen P0609330 2 0 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore 413 Modifying a volume Backup volumes are the locations where you store the backed up settings Use this procedure to modify volumes using the Volume Administration screen 1 Access the backup and restore utility BRU from the Unified Manager interface see Accessing the backup and restore utility on page 411 The BRU screen appears with the BACKUP operation selected see Figure 56 on page 414 2 Select Volume Admin from the top line menu The Volume Administration screen appears see Figure 57 on page 415 3 Select the radio button beside the volume you want to modify The volume information appears on the screen Change the volume information you want to modify Select the Modify button Select the Close button to close the Volume Administration scree
249. data files under CDR data file directory Critical Error None Can t get FTP connection err 1 Check if FTP configuration or network goes wrong Critical Error None Can t go to remote dir on FTP server err 1 Check if permission of destination directory on the client PC is granted to CDRTransfer Critical Error None ZpArchive err 1 Check if Zip32 dll is installed properly under the CDRTransfer directory Critical Error None Multiple instances are running exit Means multiple CDRTransfer instances are running simultaneously but only one survives No action is required Critical Error None Can t Get the value of 1 err 2 Check if CDRTransfer registry entries are damaged Critical Error None Chapter 2 Fault Management System 109 CDRTransfer Return to table Event ID 3090 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 3090 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 3090 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Can t transfer file 1 err 2 Check if FTP configration or network goes wrong Critical Error None Can t delete CDR data file transferred 1 err 2 Check if you have permission to delete this file Critical Error None Can t A CDR data file transferred 1 err 2 Check if you have permission to change the attribute of this file Cri
250. dog summary page allows you to enable or disable log reporting upon system reset The Watchdog summary page also allows you specify the period of time seconds between service activation attempts Figure 34 Select Watchdog from the Unified Manager Group _ Help 47 65 138 69 Comprehensive Summary r Summary G BCM i 47 65 138 69 System Enable to create log file on service reset Ma Y Fesources Services Version Vw Management Diagnostics Service Restart Delay aooo Msc Trunk Modules Serice Metrics Serice Manager System Status Monitor Watchdog Disk maa Unified anager Driver Debug 4 Select Yes to create a log file for each service reset or select No to disable log reporting 5 Enter the time delay in seconds between service restart attempts Service Restart Delay P0609330 2 0 309 Chapter 4 Log Management System This section describes logs available in the Unified Manager interface and provides the following information e Business Communications Manager Logs on page 309 e Media service card core telephony logs on page 309 e MSC System test log on page 310 e MSC System administration log on page 310 e MSC Network event log on page 311 e Archlogs on page 315 Business Communications Manager Logs All components of the Business Communications Manager are logged and hence the system generates a l
251. download KSU identification fump Applications are sent a CTE event with the failed ME_ xxx return code Other CTE Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0009 or 0c0055 A CTE application attempted to register with CTE before the Voice CTE service had fully initialized error led If the application is not behaving correctly restart it after the Voice CTE service has started lt RTROO1 gt Critical Error None Missing service dependency or install problem Either CTE service is not fully initialized and some application tried to register with CTE or CTE is not registered as a service and application registration failed to launch CTE CTE Runtime Error Exit Error is 0x0000 Your CTI device has been reset All call processing has been disabled Ensure the Voice MSC service has restarted lt CTE002 gt Critical Error None MSC communication error reset CTE responds by sending it s apps a shutdown event with the reason CTE SHUTDOWN_DEVICE_RESET and then shutting down with no error CTE Runtime Error Exit Error is lt No Error gt Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 210 Chapter 2 Fault Management System VoiceCTE Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments P0609330 2 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary The CTE atom table is corrupt or full Please collect the files CteDiag log and CteDiag bak ensure the Voice CTE service has restarted and r
252. dropped Total queue 6 packets dropped since system reboot e Total queue 7 octets Total queue 7 octets since system reboot e Total queue 7 packets Total queue 7 packets since system reboot e Total queue 7 packets dropped Total queue 7 packets dropped since system reboot e Total queue 8 octets Total queue 8 octets since system reboot P0609330 2 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 367 e Total queue 8 packets Total queue 8 packets since system reboot e Total queue 8 packets dropped Total queue 8 packets dropped since system reboot e Total queue 9 octets Total queue 9 octets since system reboot e Total queue 9 packets Total queue 9 packets since system reboot e Total queue 9 packets dropped Total queue 8 packets dropped since system reboot SNMP Performance Management BCM supports MIB II RFC1213 providing access to MIB II performance and platform information This information can be polled from an SNMP capable management framework MIB II information relevant to the BCM includes availability and status of data LAN and WAN interfaces including dial up V 90 and ISDN interfaces for example interface type interface bandwidth interface status interface packet counts and router performance data if the BCM router is enabled including packet throughput packets dropped or forwarded For more information about BCM MIBs see Appendix A Management Information Base MIB System MIB II information includes the followi
253. ds on the workstation service which failed to start because of the following error A duplicate name exists on the network The BCM name should be unique in the network Critical Error None Remote access connection manager The dependency service or group failed to start Timeout 120000 milliseconds waiting for service to connect No action required Critical Error None See event descriptions The Voice MSC Service service hung on starting Contact your local support group Critical Error None Voice MSC service The Call Detail Recording service terminated Contact your local support group Critical Error None Call Detail Recording The Voice Management Subsystem service terminated Supply archlog and report to support team Critical Error None Voice management subsystem Incorrect function Service Control Manager Event ID 7023 Event ID 7024 Event ID 7024 Event ID 7024 Event ID 7024 Event ID 7026 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Service Message User action Chapter 2 Fault Management System 169 Component ID alarm eventS
254. e lt IP_address gt shared_ folder must lt computer_name gt shared_ folder UNIX FTP Format for static IP address Domain name Server lt IP_address gt path_folder lt domain_name gt shared_ folder WindowsNT Format for static IP address Domain name FTP Server lt IP_address gt lt root_drive gt path_folder lt domain_name gt lt root_drive gt shared_ folder e The USER NAME field allows you to access the path for the Remote drive or FTP server 5 Click on the SELECT button see Figure 57 on page 415 The BRU Restore screen display on page 421 is displayed The selected volume appears in the restore location field Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 422 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore 10 Select the components you want to restore from the Select BCM Component s list Figure 56 on page 414 By default all of the components available for restore are selected If you are using FTP to restore the data none of the components are selected e To deselect all highlighted components click anywhere on the list e To select more than one component press and hold the CTRL key and select from the list as required Select the Start Restore button Enter your user name and password if prompted for remote restore only If you are restoring the file to a Local volume the User Name and Password screen prompt does not appear Continue to the next step in this procedure e Enter the user
255. e User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 207 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Voice CTE CTE MSC Driver Initialization Error Exit Error is OxO3nn Error 0x03nn Please collect the files CteDiag log and CteDiag bak ensure the Voice CTE service has restarted and report this problem to your support representative Critical Error None All CTE device driver errors have the hex base 0x0300 Driver errors which do not have specific messages are reported as Error 0x03nn This generic message Is rare CTE MSC Driver Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0301 An invalid handle passed to the driver Please collect the files CteDiag log and CteDiag bak ensure the Voice CTE service has restarted and report this problem to your support representative lt UDRO0015 gt Critical Error None Internal unexpected error CTE MSC Driver Initialization Error Exit Error is Ox0302 Device is not open Please collect the files CteDiag log and CteDiag bak ensure the Voice CTE service has restarted and report this problem to your supp
256. e 335 Real time Protocol over UDP RTP session tab 0 0 0 0 eee ee eee 336 Uniwersal ISDN Proiocol UIP laD soci cecceseccececcdveneedpeedesesvadedds 337 Dyis gii ie ee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee eee ee eee oe ee ee ee 338 gi ee lee seat ee ee ee ee ee eee 339 BCM Monitor Statistical minimum and maximum Values 00 00 eee 340 Viewing the minimum and maximum values 0000 eee eee 340 Viewing the date and time of the minimum and maximum values 340 Resetting the minimum and maximum values 00 00 eee eee eee 340 BCM Monitor information capture 0 eee eens 341 Chapter 6 Performance Management 0000 ce eee eee ee 345 System Performance Tools and Services 0 0 cee eee 345 Unified Manager Performance Monitor 0 0 0 cece ee eee eee eee 346 P0609330 2 0 System Performance Monitor cc06ecdn sees eho ene eee st wenden ee oo eee be YS eH 346 Accessing the CPU usage graph and table 0 ccc ees 347 Accessing the Memory usage graph and table 000000 eee 348 Memory usage counter types 0 ee eet teens 349 Resources Performance Monitor 0 000 cece eee eee eee eens 350 Accessing the Resources Performance Monitor 0 000 cece ee eee 350 Accessing the IP Packets graph and table 0 0 cece ees 351 IP FOGL COUNIEr DES sirip Re bdd debe eek EE ar aaRS 351 Accessing the ICMP Packet
257. e IP Addr gt being dropped No action required Minor Warning None Bad length on Delete message on lt local IP Addr gt from lt remote IP Addr gt dropping it No action required Minor Warning None Bad length on Delete message on lt local IP Addr gt from lt remote IP Addr gt dropping it No action required Minor Warning None Could not find SPI for message received on lt local IP Addr gt from lt remote IP Addr gt message dropped No action required Minor Warning None Error notification d received on lt local IP Addr gt from lt remote IP Addr gt No action required Minor Warning None Delete message for protocol 1 received on lt local IP Addr gt from lt remote IP Addr gt No action required Minor Warning None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 128 Chapter 2 Fault Management System IPSecIKE Internet protocol security Internet key exchange Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID P0609330 2 0 22 23 24 25 26 2 28 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Use
258. e Remote Gateway System Status Monitor Tcpip TIntSvr ToneSrvr UPS UTPS VBMain VNC Service VNetManager VolPSipGateway VNetQosMonitor VNetVolPGtwy Voice CTE Voice software VoiceCT VoiceManagementSubsystem VoiceMSCService Voice mail Voice management subsystem Voice software alarm monitor VoIP Gateway Voice MSC service Voice WAN SNMP SNMP Trap service None None None System status monitor None Tintsvr None UPS APC Powerchute plus UNISTIM Terminal proxy server VBMain VNC server None VoIP SIP Gateway Voice Net QoS monitor VoIP Gateway Voice CTE Voice software alarm monitor VoiceCT Voice management subsystem Voice MSC service Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 94 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Table 12 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarm Associated Component ID alarm Associated eventSource trap Service eventSource trap Service Perflib None VoiceRecord Call Detail Recording Policy Services Policy service VoiceTimeSynch Voice time synch qos_flt_init Qos _flt_init VoiceWatchdog Voice watchdog Rdr None Wins Windows internet name service Router Routing and remote WINSCTRS None access service Workstation Workstation P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 95 Component event ID Use the information displayed in the table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by ev
259. e a problem or block access from the module you may need to turn off individual port channels rather than the entire module To turn off a channel 1 oOo oa A W N Click on the keys beside Resources Media Bay Modules and beside the Bus number where the module is located Click the key beside Ports on bus Click the key beside the port that contains the channel you want to disable Click the key beside Channels Click on the B channel you want to disable B1 or B2 On the top menu click Configuration and select Disable or Enable If you are disabling the channel you will be prompted by a dialog box to confirm your action The State field indicates the mode of operation for the port If the port is enabled this field is blank unless a device is physically connected P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 429 Testing DTM Modules Business Communications Manager allows you to run tests to verify the integrity of the installation wiring to DTM modules Warning Choose an appropriate time to run tests A good time to run tests is after office hours The following messages may appear on the Alarm Telephone during Loopback tests Message Explanation EVT 210 YYYZ Loopback test YY Y on Trunk module Z has started EVT 211 YYYZ Loopback test YYY on Trunk module Z has ended You can start and stop Loopback tests under the Diagnostics heading Run only one test at a time on an DTM You can move on
260. e administration screen display 000 cee eee eens 415 BRU Report filename entry screen display 0 00 eee eee eens 416 BRU Restore screen display 0 00 cece eee ee eee ee eens 421 DTE LOA TOSI cece ced ee eh ke Re Red ee ee 435 System Status Monitor LED Display screen for BCM400 BCM200 hardware 458 System Status Monitor LED SSM Settings record screen 459 Business communication manager base function tray system status display LEDs 461 PuTTY system status monitor Screen 0 0 00 cc eee 462 Disk Mirroring Settings screen 1 1 0 eens 463 Disk Mirror Status screen 0 eee eee 464 Tables Table 1 Table 2 Table 3 Table 4 Table 5 Table 6 Table 7 Table 8 Table 9 Table 10 Table 11 Table 12 Table 13 Table 14 Table 15 Table 16 Table 17 Table 18 Table 19 Table 20 Table 21 Table 22 Table 23 Table 24 Table 25 Table 26 Table 27 Table 28 Table 29 Table 30 Table 31 Table 32 Table 33 Table 34 Table 35 Table 36 Table 37 Table 38 Table 39 Business Communications Manager 3 6 Management User Guide organization 20 Navigation tree menu functions 0 0 cc eee 43 Alarm Database settings 0c ccc ee eee eens 70 SNMP Tap SENOS noe ween kired rep EErEE EEEE RETR ERS RED EE EA 72 Alarm Backup Batch Job settings nanana sede aaa 73 Alarm banner NT Event and SNMP trap severities or types 75 SNMP trap types 6 6 4440
261. e alarm database trigger an SNMP trap message to be generated Use the alarm manager to enable or disable sending of all or some types of SNMP traps The trap format is specified in the BCM Small Site Event MIBs on page 472 and is captured and viewed through any standard SNMP fault monitoring framework or trap watcher see Appendix A Management Information Base MIB System BCM alarm and SNMP trap list The complete set of BCM Alarms and SNMP traps is provided see Component ID alarm summary information on page 92 You can also view the BCM Alarms list using the following methods 1 Access the Unified Manager Maintenance page Select the heading Alarms and Traps The Alarms and Traps selection presents a list of the events see Table 12 on page 92 The events are organized by event source 2 Contact your Business Communications Manager Nortel Networks Systems Engineer Services organization or PLM and request a list in Excel spreadsheet format Alarm banner NT event database and SNMP trap correlation Although the same events alarms are reported in the Unified Manager Alarm System made available remotely via SNMP traps and recorded in the NT Event logs the terminology used to denote severity levels is not the same P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 75 Refer to the table Alarm banner NT Event and SNMP trap severities or types to interpret the severity for each type of notification The termin
262. e applications BCM monitor Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 382 Chapter 8 Security Management pme fe e Domain Secure Disabled Default Allow Sign amp Encrypt Channel Allow Sign Define what level of channel security you require Allow Sign amp Encrypt Disabled No special security Require Sign or Encrypt Allow Sign or Allow Sign amp Encrypt Tries to perform the digital signature and or encryption whenever a compatible client platform is detected This level needs to be aligned with your Domain controller setting Require Sign amp Encrypt Always secures the connection with a digital signature and or encryption Clients running with Windows 95 98 Me are not supported Applicable applications CDR and TAPI Force Secure Enabled Default Enabled Web Access Disabled If enabled SSL is used for all web access to the Business Communications Manager In that case the https lt P address gt must be used As well old bookmarks will be rerouted to that interface If disabled the http URL references will not automatically redirect to the SSL based https interface Both the unencrypted http lt Paddress gt 6800 and the encrypted https lt P address gt interfaces can be used Minimum web Set the encryption strength of the web interface encryption Low all low strength ciphers Medium all ciphers with 128 bit encryption High all ciphers with 3DES encryption 4 Click outside the w
263. e by Nortel Networks technical support personnel P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 467 SDL Debugging The SDL Debugging selection contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel WANT1 The WANI selection contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel WAN2 The WAN2 selection contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 468 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics P0609330 2 0 469 Appendix A Management Information Base MIB System This appendix describes BCM management information bases MIB The MIB is a virtual information store that contains a collection of objects that are managed using Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP The MIB is the software that defines the data reported by a computing or network device and the extent of control over that device This chapter provides the following information e SNMP MIBs e Third Party Fault Management Systems e MIB File Descriptions e MIB File Compilation and Installation e Small Site Event MIBs e OSPF MIBs e RIP v2 MIBs e Bootp MIBs e MS Windows NT Performance MIBs SNMP MIBs An MIB enables access to the managed objects of a system through a virtual information store termed the management informat
264. e dialog box confirms the backup is successful select the OK button and continue to the next step in this procedure e If the dialog box indicates an error select the OK button and check the log file for errors Correct the cause of the errors and try the backup again P0609330 2 0 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore 417 Scheduling a backup A scheduled backup is a program that instructs the system to perform a backup at a time or date of your choosing This program allows you to run the backup at a more convenient time or when there is less network traffic You can also schedule the backup to repeat on a regular basis Nortel Networks recommends that you do backups on a regular basis to capture new changes to the Business Communications Manager settings and data Note The IVR and CallPilot voicemail functionality is unavailable while the Voicemail applications are backed up 1 Access the backup and restore utility BRU from the Unified Manager interface see Accessing the backup and restore utility on page 411 2 Select the BACKUP tab The BRU screen displays the backup options see Figure 56 on page 414 3 Select the Volume button The BRU Volume administration screen appears see Figure 57 on page 415 4 Select the radio button beside the volume in which you want to store the backup Figure 57 If you want to store the backup in a volume that does not appear on the list refer to Adding a new volume on page
265. e ee eedeeeenuac4 407 Multimedia Call Center Data Restore 0 0 0 ce 407 Registry Data SSIS ndoe ec been tGde ebb bbe thee chee bGedo bet eis eedas 407 Unified Mgr Data Restore 0 cc eee eee 408 Voice Application Data Restore cee ce eens 408 Wee HESIING 2ctecacegeres cha eh okt eeews vee eee eh ob eeas ade s sews 408 lets es a E E ee a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 408 User Name nd dag 6s a ee ee 409 POOCOr PES o54ctabacob 4 Geeu5 ore E E E bonneaceseaceseeneeeapebeeus 409 Start Backup Restore Button 66 ceadcibe0608 446540658 e064 0005400 84e0054 409 Accessing the backup and restore utility 0 0 0 00 cece 411 Exiting from the backup and restore utility nnna naaa aaa eee 411 Resetting the BRU Screen 0 eee eee eens 412 Adding a new volume es hoe te de ehh ed ede a de ee ee 412 Pe IN 6 pene ge Os RAGE Pd ee SOAS BOS OO eee oe ee 413 Boa See hs ie aa a ae ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee eee ee 413 Performing a backup using the BRU 0 0 ccc ees 414 Scheduling a backup og cee Os ie She OE a GE SEES AEE ARS PEGE OSES 417 VIEWING scheduled DECKING 142441 k idee end tedden eunseeiedd sheen ke kone bus 419 Viewing a scheduled backup report 2 000 eee eee 419 Deleting a scheduled backup 0 ccc eee eee eens 419 Performing a restore using the BRU 4 06 c 020 ees die dies eetbedeeee eat we du 420 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 000 eee
266. e eee ee 423 Ges SRR eye ee eee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee eee ee eee ee are eee eee 423 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 12 ee ee ee ar ee ee ee ee ee ee re 424 Problems with module Service 0 cc ee ee ees 424 DIGIA TUNG MOGIS problems 4 224644 X64 2444 8H ER REE REESE DEERE RE DRE 425 Momtormg iNe 118 PT SIA a ate eo ER ke Ce eee es 426 Problems with trunk or station modules 0 0 00 ee eee 426 Media Bay Module SIGS fic ba kd badass eed bod dee eed es E he EE kd eekee 427 Disabling enabling a BUS 4 656 ced ieee dee HERE HERO EE DERM OEE DOE OS 427 Disabling enabling a single module 0 00 cee eee ees 428 Disabling enabling a port channel setting 0 00 eee eee 428 Tesino DTM Modulos in 4c hack a boed a Cho a aes hase eee dae eee bes 429 Biggie sis oc a a ee ee ee ee ee a ee re ee ee ee eee 429 a ge ee keke reiken ESSEEN OER REE FERS tee eked 430 Card loopback test s O54 4 64555 Soh he PG Ha 8 SHS SAGES ARS DRG RUS 430 Continuity loopback test 0 0 eee eee eee 430 PIU ESSE o nc cas 5 bebe EAGER AEE REESE E CREE e eee eee es 431 Statistics collected by the system 0 0 ccc eee eee ees 431 Cnobe ING mema GSU 2h eth eae eud dbadeseereseiece ses basen eeke cares 432 Check the performance statistics n n nananana ee eee 432 Gheck Me CSU AIAS ck ecto w boede bee o 66h ee thes cee tees cubes ieee sis 433 Check carrier failure alarmS nananana naan
267. e information in these logs can only be displayed and erased Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 310 Chapter 4 Log Management System Core telephony alarms are sent to both the MSC core telephony and the NT Event log systems The Business Communications Manager generates NT event alarms that relate to events that occur in the voice software component Use the log descriptions in conjunction with the voice software component alarms to resolve events with a severity level of P5 and above For further information on alarms refer to Chapter 2 Fault Management System For specific information on the voice software component alarms refer to Voice software on page 211 The logs display the following information e Description MSC event or alarm number e Severity 1 9 e Repeats number of occurrences for this event e Time format yyyymmddhhmmss e g 20030627135318 e Parameters report this information to Nortel Network support for debugging purposes the field displays information on port numbers internal software variables buffer numbers MSC System test log The System Test log keeps a record of events that occurred in the system related to diagnostic test results telephony events and alarms audits Use the System Test log to check the frequency of log events and the number of consecutive occurrences of an event or an alarm Note The System test log holds a maximum of 20 items Check and recor
268. e or IP Address box Enter your Business Communications Manager Unified Manager user name in the Connect As box Enter your Business Communications Manager Unified Manager password in the Password box Note For some platforms such as Windows 95 you may need to enter your network user gt name into the Unified Manager to allow access Refer to the User Manager section of the Business Communications Manager Programming Operations Guide for information about user name and password formats 5 Select the Connect button The first BCM Monitor screen appears Saving your logon information BCM Monitor allows you to save your logon information on your computer After you have saved your logon information whenever you start BCM Monitor your logon information is automatically entered in the log on screen 1 To save your logon information select the Save Information check box before you click the Connect button when you log on Note To prevent unauthorized access to your logon information the saved logon information is encrypted The encryption of the logon information relies on features provided by the operating system you are using on your computer For this reason the Save Information check box is not available if you are using Windows 95 Windows 98 or Windows Me P0609330 2 0 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor 331 Use BCM Monitor to Analyze your System Status BCM Monitor supports real time troubleshooting and report gen
269. e provider ends their test Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 430 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Payload loopback test The payload loopback test loops the received information bits 192 per frame back to the network You can also remotely invoke and stop the payload loopback test through the facility data link FDL in extended super frame ESF format The payload loopback test must be run in coordination with the T1 service provider Some test patterns can cause the DTM to reset To avoid this start the payload loopback test from your system before the T1 service provider begins their test and stop the payload loopback test from your system after the Tl service provider ends their test Card loopback test The card edge loopback test loops the outgoing signal on the DTM back to its internal received signal path The system disconnects signal paths to the external network Continuity loopback test The continuity loopback test shorts the tip and ring pair of the receive signal path with the transmit signal path This test allows you to check the metallic continuity of the external wiring Start a loopback test Warning Give notice that you are running a loopback test A N Calls on all T1 or PRI lines on the DTM are automatically dropped when a loopback test is invoked Use the Page feature to notify people using the system that a test is about to begin and that calls will be disconnected
270. e server the event system notifies interested parties as information becomes available This service is not critical to normal operation of BCM Nortel Networks recommends you do not change the default status and startup values Type System level services Service name EventSystem P0609330 2 0 Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms None EventSystem service structure Parent Chapter 3 Service Management System 255 Child Remote procedure call service i COM Event system COM Event system System event notification Computer Browser Computer The Computer Browser service collects the names of NetBIOS resources on the network The Browser service creates a list so the workstation can participate as a master browser or basic browser one that takes part in browser elections Any PC on the network can be the master browser The Computer Browser service allows you to view through Network Neighborhood amp Server Manager the list of NetBIOS resources computers When active on a Business Communications Manager server the server registers its system name through a NetBIOS broadcast or directly to a WINS server Nortel Networks recommends that you disable this service Type System level services Service name Browser Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms Browser Computer Browser service structure Parent Child NetworkProvider
271. e types of codecs that each PEC can support Figure 46 BCM Monitor MSC tab screen display BCM Monitor Msp_cgy _doc Fie Statistics Help DSP Resources E Master DSF 04 i Available Tasks DECT 5 DECT 00 00 E Processor Expansion Cards 192 H Slot 1 PEC DSP Enabled 72 H Slot 2 PEC1 DSP Enabled 0 H Slot 3 PEC1 DSF1 Enabled 0 H Slot 4 PECI DSF1 Enabled 0 Revision Voice Bus channels Core load SOCKB12 Grt Market profile N orth America MSC Configuration DS30 configuration 6 2 Ful DD Dial up WAN Disabled Media channels FR Signaling channels FERRERS RS Processor expansion cards DSP resource units Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 334 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor Voice Ports Tab This tab provides real time information about the configured voice ports A configured voice port is a logical device used for Voice Mail Call Center and IVR applications As these values change with the usage of the switch this tab is well suited for dynamic logging to view trends on system activity Details about voice ports used by the Voice CTI services include Figure 47 how many resources ports are configured for use by Voice CTI how many Voice CTI ports have been enabled how many Voice CTI ports are assigned to each of Call Center Voice Mail and IVR and how many of the assigned ports are currently active The
272. e web access to Unified Manager through SSL Secure Sockets Layer Note that SSL encryption does not secure the Configuration Menu to secure communication with the Configuration Menu a VPN client connection is required Refer to Setting system security compatibility levels on page 380 and the chapter that describes Virtual Private Networks VPN in the Programming Operations Guide How much access to the Unified Manager interface users are allowed Access is based on user privileges defined through user group membership There are two default administrator accounts ee_admin and supervisor which both also have default dial in access privileges Refer to Managing access passwords on page 382 This section also contains information about determining password policy Setting the Interface Timeout Set the amount of time the Unified Manager stays open 1f there is no input activity When the timeout period completes the program automatically returns to the log in window This prevents unauthorized users from accessing the system o Security Note This is especially important if a password protected screen saver is not installed on the client PC On the navigation tree click on the Management heading A screen with two tabs appears in the right frame Click on Unified Manager Management tab In the Unified Manager Timeout field enter the period of inactivity the program will allow before it closes the application and returns to t
273. ection of the problem Some of the logs run continuously and collect information to help you troubleshoot in the event of system problems The network administrator is able to disable some logs because the information collected may not be of immediate or critical interest to maintain the health of the system The system generates the following MSC logs e MSC System Test Log Contains diagnostic test results telephony events and alarms audits It has a maximum size of 20 items after which events are aged out to make room for new events e MSC System Administration Log Contains log in log out information Has a maximum of 10 entries The 11th entry overwrites the Ist entry regardless of severity level e MSC Network Event log Contains T1 PRI network interface events and alarms This log has a maximum size of 10 events For further information on Business Communications Manager logs refer to Chapter 4 Log Management System on page 309 BCM Monitor overview Business Communications Manager diagnostics involves both monitoring system status and assessing performance To download and use the BCM Monitor application refer to Chapter 5 BCM Monitor on page 329 P0609330 2 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 55 BCM Monitor is an optional standalone application that allows the system administrator to view system and IP telephony information for each Business Communications Manager Open several instances of the applica
274. ed 1 Choose Diagnostics Trunk Modules 2 Double click the bus that contains the card you want to test For example Bus 02 3 Double click the appropriate module on this bus For example Module 1 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 450 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 4 Click Loopback Tests The Configuration menu option is enabled The loopback status box displays the type of test currently running Note If there is an analog module in the media bay or the media is empty the box displays Not equipped 5 On the Configuration menu click Start loopback to begin the test The system displays the Loopback type selection window 6 From the drop down menu select the test you want to run and then click OK The options are Line Payload Card edge or Continuity Note To end the test at any time click Stop loopback on the Configuration menu gt DN to port conversion If you know the DN of a telephone you can determine the port associated with this DN using the following procedure See also Troubleshooting Telephone Connections on page 439 1 Choose Diagnostics MSC and click the DN to port conversion heading 2 Type the DN in the DN to convert box and press Enter The system displays values in the Device port and Device channel boxes Debug The Debug features are intended to be used with the assistance of your Business Communications Manager technical support team You do n
275. ed ee ddd we dhe 259 NetIQ AppManager client communication manager 0000 e eee eee 259 NetIQ AppManager client resource manager 00 ee ee 260 Ee AEE oxthee cee eeakd once soe e ones ee cee mes Oe ed oo Ose ene eos 260 MODVOIK DDE DSDM 24624 0dd lt obcds nikina whee sees wh tes eres ede s BO SEs ous 260 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide Acda eie EEEE teed ee een pe eee yee oees Heese ean eeensa dee gues 261 Network monitor agent 6 4 66 ica hah ee Rh dt PH SEEDERS EES S D4 DRE OED SSO 261 NT LM Security SUpport INQVIOR 4442446426000 N RSE RdERKEAAD DEER RRR SES 262 OLS peace cee Gees bw ee Bae be eA ee eee a E ee ae eea ee eee eae 262 PIC I Soko he ose e E EE TEE oo ne eed ba edd ae E 263 Pre le 5644s pa E E E Oa ae eeu E A E geese pene wd os 263 Po ANA pet bene E E E E E E eeGe Peek eeeeene ee eeneensnaeas 264 ROS SEPERNI on cet plana sense itirmir be bes bb ete Ss cee tee nb os 264 Remote access autodial Manager 2 cece eens 265 Remote access connection manager 0 ccc ee ees 265 Memole access See 22cccetee cde eee et eeee ewe es ERE Ra EEO OEE ORE AOS 266 Remote procedure call locator 0 0 ee ee eee 266 Remote procedure call Service anana aaa eee eens 267 Routing and remote access service 1 eens 268 ea ea We Or eens sc paeed bused E E Cee REAR ET 268 a ee a ee ee ee ee ee oe ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 269 ORG COU viebo code oe eed oye N oon oa eee 4 oes
276. ed to be registered in order to obtain keycodes for some products After the Online Registration is complete it will take approximately 5 business days to validate your registration information and provide access to restricted keycodes Step 1 Choose the login location you would like to use for access to the Keycode Retrieval System Location Ifyou are a Nortel Networks employee you can access selected product keycodes using guest as both the userid and password Step 2 Choose the product tamily whose keycodes you would like to access Product Family Go Install optional components The install optional components screen display allows you to perform the following e install the IPX routing protocol and services on the BCM e install PPPoE to enable Point to Point over Ethernet capability on the BCM requires a keycode for installation The PPPoE product is only available for BCMs that contain 2 LAN adapters When you select either of the above options the system displays an installation wizard to guide you through the installation process To display the install optional components screen select Install optional components under the maintenance category The install optional components screen appears see Figure 14 P0609330 2 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 51 Figure 14 Install optional components screen a Support Contact Alarms and Traps Business Communications Manager
277. ed to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 324 Sev P5 Cat C Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 224 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Voice software Event ID 325 Event ID 326 Event ID 327 Event ID 328 Event ID 329 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of an errored second The module is in a no new calls state DICM 1 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 325 Sev P5 Cat C This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of controlled slip underflow The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 1 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor
278. edia Bay Module status on page 445 If you want to run a line loopback payload loopback card loopback or continuity loopback test refer to Tests on page 448 For information on system statistics and metrics refer to e CSU statistics on page 451 e Link Status on page 454 e Metrics on page 455 P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 445 For information on physically moving an existing telephone refer to Moving telephones on page 456 System version System version allows you to check the version number of the System Processor SP software that resides on the Media Services Card MSC 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics key and click the MSC heading The version number of the software appears in the System version box 2 Write the version number on the appropriate Maintenance record Note You can use the version number to determine the software release and it may be required by support staff if a software fault occurs Media Bay Module status Media Bay Modules selection allows you to view the status of all the modules as well as identify any device or lines connected to the system This allows you to isolate any malfunctioning part of the system In addition you can use the Media Bay Module selection to disable and enable modules and devices For more information refer to one of the following procedures e Displaying the Media Bay Module status
279. edule and Volume Administration interfaces The table below lists the BRU backup and restore utility configuration data that is preserved Table 23 BRU saved configuration data Sub component Configuration location None BRU gt Schedule Tab BRU gt Volume Admin P0609330 2 0 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore 401 DECT OAM Operations Administration and Maintenance backup DECT Backup Procedure for further information see Performing a backup using the BRU on page 414 The table below lists the DECT configuration data that is preserved Table 24 DECT saved configuration data Sub component Configuration location None Wizards gt DECT Configuration Wizards gt DECT Mobile Recording Unified Manager gt Services gt DECT IVR backup The IVR component backs up all the files related to the IVR application The files will be stored in the Backup folder on the backup location The table below lists the IVR configuration data that is preserved Table 25 IVR saved configuration data Sub component Configuration location None All IVR prompts uploaded through the Unified Manager gt Services gt IVR gt IVR Prompts Licensing backup Selecting Licensing in the component list retains all keycodes entered either through the Unified Manager Licensing section or a Keycode file Any keycodes viewable in the Unified Manager can be restored as long as the restore occurs on the same system The table below lists t
280. ee 1f the jumper was installed across pins 2 amp 3 on the PSU Status header which is located on the interface card near the power supply connector For Redundant systems this header is populated with a cable from the power supply Refer to the Installation and Maintenance Guide for details Using the system status display to monitor system hardware A line of 10 LEDs display on the face of the Business Communications Manager see Figure 63 The LEDs show the current state of various hardware components The Unified Manager contains a monitoring tool that allows you to determine the current condition of the LEDs from your computer Refer to the Business Communications Manager Installation Guide for further information The system status LEDs indicate monitoring of the following Power status LED 1 Indicates the status of all power components Green indicates normal status Red indicates an excessive voltage deficiency or a component failure such as a redundant power supply fan or module An LED that monitors a component will also show a fault in combination with the Power LED Hard disk activity LED 2 Green indicates hard disk access System status LED 3 Solid green indicates the system is normal and operational Green blink indicates one or more telephony services are not operational PCI device monitoring LED 4 8 These LEDs monitor the peripheral components 2 x NICs 1 x WAN 1 x Modem 1 x MSC A steady green LED indicates
281. eee eens 283 er A EERTE E eee eee cena Bene ee oe ee oe one E T 283 P0609330 2 0 FIF POG SOIC on hte pei ena oor See ee OSCR Ose Roe ees 284 Pe fk eho EG a ee a a bE eae 284 WIVEINIOEY SONICS serei id Pid ERA RE RAE EEDEA RE AS SEREALED ELEC REARS OS 285 PM CONG fuera eeae lt a ee OL eS E eRe ea 286 Se Tone Server os oe hoo hs oh A aaee 9 Se0d od doeeecns 286 P OORE SONE becuse ba che rrr nde ocho dus ve chee kk eee oud bee Ee EENE 287 LONS MONIO SEVGI iro 50 00G 8 hE SDE i MOSHE ERR ACRE DEKE REESE RD ERER LOD 287 Media gateway server naan anaa aaa 288 Media path server oa as aa oe ba ee a aad eae ey 288 Media services manager isa eee kaa eee Pde ee SNe edb bad ea wad 289 EEE eee eA s ae ea ere eee ee eee ee ee ee eee eee eee ee 290 PaO DMOF Sell cond chne ch eee ead ranr pede wend beeen aed Oo Ree R ees 291 Microsoft DNS server ns hes ohhh SHES ES SES OESS 94554 NGS AOE ESEA BGS 291 Pre Me TO ok a eg rinra ese eee eaoeeue Hees eeesge nn a eons teas 292 N rtel Networks IVE ctccacccacceeec cd eee dee in didiri d CHES COPE EERE EOE 292 Nortel Networks license Service 0 0 cece ee eee eens 293 PON Se crepa cba eee ahd Oy oe bbs oe obs de eee ceehereeseunbuewe 293 eg e be eee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee er oe eee ee ee ee eee re ee 294 OPI 24 205 445004 008 bbe eoeed Rede OSR REA Ee Oo eET ES anes ee ebaeecs 294 SNMP Ce 6 rete pg ha ee OEE bad eS Pee Rea eee eee ees 295 ee siaus MONTO oe ho ah oe ee edhe obo 4S Fee ee 295 TES Se a
282. efer to Table 37 Table 38 and Table 39 for file names and files descriptions of each of the MIBs Table 37 Standard MIBs files descriptions we me come OO RFC1354 MIB Rfc1354 mib This MIB defines the ipForwardTable This standard MIB displays the IP routing table SNPM FRAMEWORK MIB Rfc2261 mib This is the SNMP Management Architecture MIB This standard MIB displays parameters related to the SNMP Agent on the BCM INET ADDRESS MIB Rfc2851 mib This MIB defines textual conventions for representing Internet addresses An internet address can be an IPv4 address and IPv6 address or a DNS domain name This MIB defines IP addresses on the BCM in various formats Table 38 Nortel MIBs files descriptions Small Site MIB Smallsite mib This MIB defines the upper level hierarchy of an enterprise 1 nortel 562 sub branch called smallsite This Nortel Networks MIBN is the basis for several Nortel Networks smallsite products In the BCM this MIB is a prerequisite for the Small Sites Events MIB Small Site Events MIB Smallsiteevents mib This MIB defines the events traps that can be used by the Small Site product or component This MIB describes the events generated by the BCM This MIB contains fields such as eventld eventSource eventTime and EventDescr SYNOPTICS ROOT MIB Synroxxx mib This MIB is the SynOptics root MIB The policy object identifier is added for policy MIBs This MIB is the root policy MIB in the BCM and is required b
283. egories Developer partners P0609330 2 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 41 e Select the Install Clients button to download administrative tools such as Desktop assistant Pro E BCM Monitor SSH client CallPilot Access the CallPilot management application CallPilot Manager is a web based application that you use to set up and administer CallPilot features such as e Voice mail e Call answering e Auto attendant e Custom call routing e Fax answering Note Basic CallPilot functions are standard on the Business Communications Manager and you define your region and basic settings when you run the Quick Start Wizard Refer to the Programming Operations Guide for further information Documentation Use the Documentation button to find the information you require to help you understand and configure your system to your specifications The entire Business Communications Manager documentation suite plus a number of training panels are included on your Business Communications Manager computer as well as on the CD that accompanied your system e Provides access to the following documentation categories Documentation on how to install hardware configure and operate various BCM specific applications Product overview Download Adobe Acrobat Reader BRU Use the BRU Backup and Restore Utility button to ensure the integrity of your system data The utility provides a way to back up your system data and c
284. eived unknown protocol The number of locally addressed datagrams received successfully but discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol e Received The rate that IP datagrams are received from the interfaces including those in error e Sent The rate that IP datagrams are supplied to IP for transmission by local IP user protocols including ICMP That this counter does not include any datagrams counted in Datagrams Forwarded e Datagrams The rate that IP datagrams are received from or sent to the interfaces including those in error Any forwarded datagrams are not included in this rate e Fragment re assembly errors The number of failures detected by the IP re assembly algorithm for whatever reason timed out errors etc e Fragmentation failures The number of IP datagrams that have been discarded because they needed to be fragmented at this entity but could not be e g because their Don t Fragment flag was set e Fragmented datagrams The rate that datagrams are successfully fragmented at this entity e Fragments created The rate that IP datagram fragments have been generated as a result of fragmentation at this entity e Fragments re assembled The rate that IP fragments are successfully re assembled e Fragments received The rate that IP fragments that need to be re assembled at this entity are received P0609330 2 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 353 Accessing the ICMP Packets graph and table
285. em These headings are described in the following table ga Behi lt IP address gt System Resources Services a Management Diagnostics P0609330 2 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 43 Table 2 Navigation tree menu functions Heading System Resources Services Management Diagnostics Programming Provides access to Licensing Identification and Security subheadings This includes a form to enter keycodes and a list of current Supported services The Security heading provides screens that allow you to determine the level of security within and entering the system Refer to Chapter 8 Security Management When you select the System heading you can view system information such as your system name and a description about which resources and services are available Selecting the System heading also enables the following menu options Configuration Performance Fault Logoff View and Help These menu options provide access for you to e enable disable services e access CPU and memory status e access to the alarm banner which displays totals of alarms e access or refresh a system inventory list e perform system reboot or shutdown operations Provides access for configuring data and telephony resources for Business Communications Manager hardware setup Refer to the Programming Operations Guide as well as in the DECT Installation and Maintenance Guide Provides access for confi
286. em Admin Log and MSC Network Event log These logs capture all of the MSC core telephony system events including MSC alarms All BCM core telephony MSC alarms are written into the NT Event log database A subset of the core telephony MSC events are also written into the NT Event log database The NT Event Log database captures events from all BCM components including MSC alarm and some MSC event information 6 The Alarm Manager applies system filters based on configuration inputs 7 The Alarm database captures all NT event information after system filtering is applied Alarm Banner Alarm Browser provides real time display of alarms within Unified Manager The Alarm Manager SNMP subsystem applies filters to the BCM alarms based on user inputs about severity levels and event sources 10 BCM alarms meeting the SNMP trap criteria are forwarded to the SNMP trap reporting interface in accordance with the trap community list Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 62 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Event sources All BCM components can be a source of BCM event information An event is defined as a notification of an error or anomaly in operation or a condition that may lead to an error or anomaly The terms event and alarm are used interchangeably in the BCM environment Refer to Figure 16 when reviewing the following description e BCM events derived from the operating system drivers
287. em by users and client applications This chapter provides information and procedures on how to execute a system Backup and Restore using the BRU This chapter contains information about diagnosing module line performance issues and device line issues The chapter also provides instructions on how to perform a system startup set identification parameters and maintain telephony resources This appendix describes BCM management information bases MIB Symbols used in this guide This guide uses these symbols to draw your attention to important information Caution Alerts you to conditions where you can damage the equipment j Danger Alerts you to conditions where you can get an electrical shock P0609330 2 0 Preface 21 Warning Alerts you to conditions where you can cause the system to work improperly or l l to fail Note Alerts you to important information gt Tip Alerts you to additional information that can help you perform a task Warning Alerts you to ground yourself with an antistatic grounding strap before A performing the maintenance procedure Warning Alerts you to remove the Business Communications Manager and Business Al Communications Manager expansion unit power cords from the AC outlet before g performing any maintenance procedure Display Tips You can best use and read this publication from your computer monitor Use your computer to identify and access the numerous links throughout Alte
288. em status The LED blinks when the system is functioning correctly WAN Indicates the state of the WAN card functionality The LED blinks when the card is functioning correctly MSC Indicates the state of the MSC board functionality The LED blinks when the board is functioning correctly v90 Indicates the state of the v90 modem board functionality The LED blinks when the board is functioning correctly Nic LAN Indicates the state of the LAN card functionality The LED blinks when the card is functioning correctly Nic LAN Indicates the state of the LAN card functionality The LED blinks when the card is functioning correctly P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 459 Table 34 System Status Monitor LED descriptions Temperature The LED is green when the temperature in your system is within the accepted limits If this changes the LED turns red more fans fail or malfunction the LED turns red Fan The LED is green when the fan or fans in your system are operating correctly If one or 3 To set the parameters for the System Status Sanity check click the LED Settings tab The LED Settings record appears see Figure 62 Figure 62 System Status Monitor LED SSM Settings record screen Group View Help 47_65 133 69 z Comprehensive LED Display SSM Settings SSM Settings Gt GCM 47 65138 69 7 Resources eum S
289. ence The handshake which occurs between the analog trunk and the network when a line is released was not properly completed The analog trunk is unusable until the disconnect completes Port 1 Check the trunk interface with the network to determine if it operating correctly Check the trunk interface with the network to determine if it operating correctly Minor Warning MSC event 263 Sev P8 Cat C Voice software Event ID 265 Event ID 270 Event ID 271 Event ID 323 Event ID 324 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 223 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary When seizing a trunk to make an outgoing call a handshake must occur between the Call Server trunk and the network before digits can be dialled This event indicates that this handshake failed since the network did not acknowledge the Call Server request to seize the line The trunk is unusable until the handshake is properly completed Port 1 Check the trunk interface with the network to determine if it operating correctly Check the trunk interface with the network to determine if it operating correctly Minor W
290. ens Gontigure Goollype Magnification Default Zoom Fit Width Max Fik visible zoom a00 cencel_ Text conventions This guide uses these text conventions bold Courier text Indicates command names and options and text that you need to enter in italic text bold text angle brackets lt gt P0609330 2 0 a command line interface Example Use the dinfo command Example Enter show ip alerts routes Indicates file and directory names new terms book titles Web addresses and variables in command syntax descriptions Indicates command names screen titles options and text for a graphical user interface GUI Indicates a keyboard key press or simultaneous key presses 1 e lt ENTER gt or lt CTRL j gt Preface 23 Acronyms used in this guide This guide uses these acronyms ANSI API ARP ASM ATA or ATA2 AUI AWG BERT BIOS BKI BLF BootP BRI CAP CDP CHAP CLID COPS COS CSMA CD CSU DASS2 DECT DHCP DiffServ DIMM DLCI DLCMI DN DNS DPNSS DRT DTMF American National Standards Institute Application Program Interface Address Resolution Protocol Analog station module Analog Terminal Adapter Attachment Unit Interface American Wire Gauge Bit Error Rate Test Basic Input Output System Break in Busy Lamp Field Bootstrap Protocol Basic Rate Interface Central Answering Position Coordinated Dialing Plan Challenge Handshake Authentication
291. ent ID to search for a Component ID alarm eventSource trap by Event ID The Event ID noted in the table is a short form to indicate an Event ID Alarm eventId Trap The Event ID applies to the Component ID alarm eventSource trap Use the Component ID alarm description to determine the cause of an alarm and the appropriate maintenance activity Use the links shown in the Component ID Alarm eventSource Trap column to navigate as follows e click on the Component ID name associated with the Event ID to display the Component ID alarm description e Alternatively use the table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary to search for the Component ID alarm description by the Component ID Table 13 Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Event ID Alarm eventID Trap Component ID Alarm eventSource Trap OO O er SSH Secure Shell Server VBMain VoiceManagementSubsystem VoiceManagementSubsystem eooo FMSS PSeokE Poy Sevicgs C G e C a TPSOCKEET 21 24 __ PSeolKE Voice software SSS C 31 37 S O 99 40 IPSeclIKE Voice software Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 96 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Table 13 Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Event ID Alarm eventID Trap Component ID Alarm eventSource Trap 100 cfsServr FTMSS VoiceManagementSubsystem VoiceRecord VoiceRecord VolPSipGateway 257 BCMAmp CTE NetlQccm ToneSrvr
292. ent System 151 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Net logon This Windows NT computer is configured as a member of a workgroup not as a member of a domain The Netlogon service does not need to run in this configuration The Netlogon service should not be configured to start automatically on a server that is not a domain member Configure the Netlogon service so that its startup type is set to Manual Critical Error None NGRPCI provides the network card PCI driver NGRPCI Netgear PCI driver Event ID 4 EventID 5 Event ID 5000 Event ID 5001 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None Adapter NGRPCi Adapter Link Down Please make sure the LAN cards inside BCM is connected properly Minor Warning None This is not valid before BCM 3 0 release Adapter NGRPCi Adapter Link Up No action required Warning Information None This is not valid before BCM 3 0 release NGRPCI Adapter instance NGRPCl Cable Connected Successfully No action required Warning Information None This eve
293. entSource Trap by event ID None Voice Net Manager started No action required Warning Information None Voice Net Manager stopped No action required Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide VNetQosMonitor Event ID 203 Event ID 204 Event ID 205 Event ID 206 P0609330 2 0 VNetQosMonitor Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments 204 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Voice Net QoS monitor Voice Net QoS Monitor started No action required Warning Information None Voice Net QoS Monitor stopped No action required Warning Information None Voice Net QoS Monitor flagged fallback No action required Minor Warning None Indication VoIP gw has taken action Voice Net QoS Monitor exited fallback No action required Minor Warning None Indication VoIP gw has taken action VNetVolPGtwy VNetVoIPGtw Return to table Return to table Service Event ID 102 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 105 Message User action Alarm s
294. eplacement Minor Warning None Redundant intelligence module failed Replace the failed module Minor Warning None System level fan OK No action required Warning Information None Input circuit breaker tripped Reset the circuit breaker If the problem persists contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Warning Information None Input circuit breaker reset No action required Warning Information None Unable to communicate with UPS Check cable connections make sure UPS is on and check network Status If the condition persists contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 300100 Event ID 300200 Event ID 300201 Event ID 300202 Event ID 300204 Event ID 300205 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Chapter 2 Fault Management System 195 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Minor Warning None UPS output overload The UPS has sensed a load greater than 100 percent of its rated capacity Remove some
295. eport this problem to your support representative lt CTE003 gt Critical Error None CTE has run out of memory or it s internal memory structure is corrupt CTE continues to run Applications receive the CTE response ME NO HEAP MEMORY until some memory is freed or CTE is restarted Voice software Voice software Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID 20 21 22 23 24 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Chapter 2 Fault Management System 211 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Voice software alarm monitor All lines were disconnected Power down the system and check all line connections on the system Power down the system and check all telephone connections on the system Critical Error MSC event 254 Sev P9 Cat C DSP message queue messages to be sent to DSP firmware is full Message not sent may cause application to timeout waiting for resource Users may experience call failures Customer should rep
296. equire an integrated Unified Manager ONMS configuration contact Nortel Networks to confirm the correct interoperation of the current releases BCM 3 6 and ONMS P0609330 2 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 37 Unified Manager Application Model Unified Manager a web based navigation tool provides access to all operations and maintenance programming functions on the Business Communications Manager system The Unified Manager application allows authorized administration personnel to monitor and control BCM functions from a single site Unified Manager is the single point for managing all programming for individual BCM systems You can access Unified Manager locally via the LAN or WAN Remote access is available via a V 90 modem dialup You can also access Unified Manager through a browser from across a WAN or Internet connection Use the Unified Manager application to configure data and voice services on the Business Communications Manager by using the application s tabs buttons and right click mouse functions Drop down menus provide access to dialog boxes for data entry and performance tracking charts and tables for network monitoring The Unified Manager also allows access to alarm and event notifications and diagnostic information This section includes information about e Using the Unified Manager main page buttons on page 37 e Using the Unified Manager Configure Application on page 42 e Logging off the Unified Manage
297. er Management User Guide 400 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore Apache data backup Selecting the APACHE component in the BRU component list will save any configuration changes in the Unified Manager under the Services gt Web Cache section A reference to the primary LAN address is also saved within the apache settings so it is suggested that you backup this component with the Unified Manager component so that conflicting IP address information is not preserved The table below lists the Apache configuration data that is preserved Table 21 Apache saved configuration data Sub component Configuration location None Unified Manager gt Resources gt LAN gt LAN IP Address Unified Manager gt Services gt Web Cache SSL Certificate file Source unknown Archlog settings backup Selecting the Archlog component in the BRU component list will save any of the Archlog settings set in the Product Support and Maintenance Pages under Archlog Settings Any Scheduled Archlog Executions in the Archlog Explorer are also saved The table below lists the Archlog configuration data that is preserved Table 22 Archlog saved configuration data Sub component Configuration location None Maintenance gt Archlog Settings Maintenance gt Archlog Explorer gt Show Archlog Execution Backup and restore utility backup Selecting BRU in the component list saves all scheduled BRU jobs and Volume information located in the BRU Sch
298. er service structure Parent TDI A Workstation Messenger NetBios Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 258 Chapter3 Service Management System MSDTC MSDTC Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The MSDTC service is a database used for CallCentre components System level services MSDTC Stopped Manual None MSDTC service structure MSSQLServer MSSQLServer Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The MSSQLServer service is a database used for CallCentre components System level services MSSQLServer Stopped Manual None MSSQLServer service structure Parent MSSQLServerADHelper MSSQLServerAD The MSSQLServerADHelper service is a database used for CallCentre components Helper Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms System level services MSSQLServerADHelper Stopped Manual None MSSQLServerADHelper service structure Parent P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 259 Multi dialup manager Multi dialup The Multi dialup manager service is used for dialup interfaces on the Business Communications manager Manager s data side V 90 and ISDN dialup interfaces rely on this service If V 90 or ISDN dialup connections are not working this could be an issue Typically not configured Type System level services Service name
299. er 2 Fault Management System Component ID SNMP Trap Error Interpretation Use the information in this section to interpret the message displayed in the message field for all the Component ID SNMP Traps Some error strings are specific to certain Component IDs and hence the descriptions are more specific Other descriptions are generic and the description can be applied across all instances regardless of the Component ID SNMP Trap error SNMP traps received from Business Communications Manager contain descriptions of the alarms that occurred in the system These SNMP traps consist of the following Business Communications Manager specific parameters in addition to the generic parameters Refer to the IETF RFCs on SNMP traps for descriptions of these generic parameters Additionally SNMP generic traps such as coldStart linkDown linkUp authenticationFailure are also generated from the Business Communications Manager according to the user s configuration For details of these SNMP generic traps refer to the relevant IETF RFCs lt error string provided by CFS gt All those errors match internal CFS errors If they occur there is something wrong internally i e no memory to allocate buffers etc When those occur that means there is usually something else wrong with the system Contact your support organization for help 1 2 etc Placeholders for values passed to the event message This is the syntax used by the Event Log APIs in o
300. er Group List window Figure 54 Default user groups Total access able Mer CDR requests only AdminUseraroup SJ Stem resources semices Manager CORUserGroup none Data setup access only DatallserGroup sistem resources LAN resources vy Dial pUserGroup acne Dial up access read only ReadUnltUserGroup none hone VorceLserGroup none sistem resources MSC resources kS Read only Telephony configurations access Deleting a Group profile If you want to delete a group profile follow these steps 1 Select Management User Manager The User Profile screen appears showing the current user profile information 2 Click the User Group List tab to view the existing groups From the Configuration menu select Delete User Group A confirmation dialog will ask you to confirm that you want to delete the record 4 Click the YES button to delete the user group profile Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 388 Chapter 8 Security Management Adding a Domain User Group profile The Domain User Group Profile screen displays a table of members of the Windows NT CDR User group This screen is used to add external domain users into a CDR User group Members of CDR user group have the sole ability to download CDR files from this Business Communications Manager system For details about Call Detail Report processes refer to the CDR documentation You can only add valid users currently assigne
301. eration System administrators and support personnel obtain key real time information to perform troubleshooting if necessary The system administrator accesses and saves information to generate system utilization and traffic reports The BCM Monitor interface shows a series of tab selections that provide the following information e Overall system status e Utilization of resources in the Media Services Card e Operation of telephony applications such as Voice Mail or Call Center e IP telephony activity This section provides the following information e MSC Media Services Card Tab on page 333 e Voice Ports Tab on page 334 e IP Devices tab on page 335 e Real time Protocol over UDP RTP session tab on page 336 e Universal ISDN Protocol UIP tab on page 337 e Line monitor tab on page 338 e Usage indicators tab on page 339 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 332 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor BCM Info tab Displays BCM system hardware software and IP information This information lends itself well to the static report format Figure 45 on page 332 shows the BCM Monitor Info interface Figure 45 BCM Monitor info tab screen display E BCM Monitor Msp_cgy doc ioj x File Statistics Help BCM Hardware Platform CASOe CPL Pentium II 697 MHz Memory POMBO Hard drive 64GB Profile WAN Modem MSC NIC System ID CO0E 00000000 Serial
302. erity alarm banner 67 small site event MIBs 472 SMB client signing 381 SMB server signing 381 SNMP alarm manager 69 guidelines 75 manager list 80 84 trap settings 72 SNMP MIBs 469 SNMP perfomance management 367 MS Windows NT performance MIBs 368 srcexclusion list SNMP traps 72 SSH installing 390 SSM status 459 Statistics memory 346 performance 55 346 status SNMP summary 77 user profile 385 supervisor dial in access 383 System 43 381 system administration log 310 processor software 424 445 System Status Monitor 457 test log 242 310 version 424 445 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 482 Index system CPU usage 346 System Domain 442 System Name 442 system performance statistics 346 system sanity check 459 system security paramaters 379 system status BCM monitor 55 using Initialization menu 461 system status monitor settings 459 Telnet access 461 T T1 signal diagnostics 431 451 transmission performance 431 451 TAPI security 382 telephones 12050 soft phone 28 IP telephone 28 Telnet activating 391 replacement 390 security 391 testing loopback tests 429 448 text conventions 22 third party fault management system MIBs 469 Time 444 Time Zone 444 time zone BRU restore 420 timeout interface 380 trap list SNMP 85 traps enabled SNMP traps 72 troubleshooting emergency telephone 464 modules 424 T1 signal 426 trunk modules 424 426 t
303. ers on the BCM disk Return to table Return to table Service Event ID 41 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None The file system structure on the disk is corrupted and unusable Please run chkdsk utility on the device Device Harddisk0 Partition3 with label Contact Support Critical Error None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 116 Chapter 2 Fault Management System DNS DNS Event ID 1 Event ID 2 EventID 3 Event ID 708 Event ID 708 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Microsoft DNS server Starting Microsoft DNS Server Windows NT 4 0 Service Pack 5 No action required Warning Information None The DNS Server has started No action required Warning Information None The DNS Server has shutdown No action required Warning Information None The DNS Server has no primary or secondary zones The
304. ervices l E Management R Diagnostics Sanity Interval fo amp NSC Trunk Modules Sanity T CE amp Service Metrics EWIN Unac 5 Serice Manager System Status Monitor 55M Status jp Watchdog Disk Mirroring a0 Unified Manager D Driver Debug Table 35 lists the values shown on the LED Settings record screen Table 35 LED Display screen settings F W Version Read only The current version of the LED monitoring application Sanity Reset Enable Determine whether the system resets if communication between Disable the System Status Monitor and the System Status Monitor Service is lost Sanity Interval 60 255 The time in seconds between sanity checks before a timeout Default 240 OCccuIs Sanity Timeout 0 254 The number of timeouts before the system status monitor sends Default 10 a reset signal to the computing platform SSM status Read only This field indicates the current status of the System Services Monitor itself This field must be set to Up to show the current status of the equipment Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 460 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Note If your Power or Fan LEDs are red gt If you have a BCM400 or BCM200 that does not have redundant power supplies or fans you may notice that the Power and Fan LEDs are red even though the power module and fan appear to be working Check to s
305. es Manager MSM has shut down unexpectedly This is not an MGS issue Mgs Shutting down due to MPS communication failure Investigate and correct the cause and restart the system Critical Error None The Media Path Server MPS has shut down unexpectedly This is not an MGS issue Mgs Shutting down due to resource limits query failure Look to previous log entries for error details Critical Error None A request to the Media Services Manager MSM failed This is not an MGS issue Mgs Shutting down due to configuration query failure Look to previous log entries for error details Critical Error None A request to the Media Services Manager MSM failed This is not an MGS issue lt entity gt Caught lt exception gt MGS Media gateway server Event ID 3091 Event ID 3092 Modem Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Chapter 2 Fault Management System 137 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Submit a CR and attach ZIP ed log files archlog Critical Error None Software bug ScmProxy NnuServiceStartService returned error lt error gt Investigate and correct the cause and restart the system Critical Error None NNU failed to start the MGS as a service This is not an MGS issue Scm
306. esponding number of Business Communications Manager systems This section describes the following procedural information e Installing BCM Monitor on your computer on page 329 e Starting BCM Monitor on page 330 e Saving your logon information on page 330 Installing BCM Monitor on your computer Locate BCM Monitor under the Install Clients button on the first page of the Unified Manager Install Chents Downoad Desktop Applications 1 Select the Install Clients button 2 Select the BCM Monitor link on the left menu under Administrative Tools 3 Scroll to the Download BCM Monitor icon and select the icon Download BCM Monitor 4 Enter the System Administrator user name and password and select the OK button Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 330 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor Select the Save this program to disk option and select the OK button Select a folder where you want to store the BCM Monitor install file and select the Save button From your desktop move to the folder where you saved the install file and double click the BCM Monitor exe icon Follow the instructions provided by the installation wizard to install the application Starting BCM Monitor 1 Select the application icon on your desktop or find BCM Monitor on your Start Programs menu Enter the IP address or system name of the Business Communications Manager you want to monitor in the System Nam
307. ess Communications Manager Management User Guide 444 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Changing the CallPilot region The CallPilot region defines some call management related system defaults To change the CallPilot region 1 On the navigation tree click the System key and click the Identification heading The Identification screen appears Click the CallPilot Region box Click the region in which the Business Communications Manager system resides Press the Tab key to save your change Changing the Business Communications Manager time and date To change the time date and time zone for the Business Communications Manager system 1 On the navigation tree click the System key and click the Identification heading The Identification screen appears Click the Date box and enter the current date Click the Time box and enter the current time at the site where the Business Communications Manager system is located 4 Click the Time Zone box and then click the time zone at the site where the Business Communications Manager system 1s located 5 Press the Tab key to save your changes Maintenance programming for telephony resources When you perform maintenance on your Business Communications Manager system you must know the system version and the status of each of your Media Bay Modules For procedures on how to access this information refer to the following e System version on page 445 e M
308. ess Communications Manager network model Business amp Policy Management Layer e Policy assessment definition amp evolution Network Management Layer System amp Config Management Layer e Multi site configuration e Asset inventory mgmt e Bulk MACs Event amp Alarm Mgmt Infrastructure access Performance amp optimization Communications QoS Monitoring Element Management Tools e Troubleshoot events amp alarms e Enable disable software keys e Backup amp restore e Configuration amp administration Manageable Systems amp Endpoints e User applications amp capabilities e User access e Event alarm generation e Threshold settings e System data traffic e Software keys P0609330 2 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 31 Network Topology and Management Interfaces The Business Communications Manager Unified Manager Network Configuration Manager and SNMP Network manager applications support the objectives and knowledge requirements of NOC network administrators These applications detect observe and report on the state of the network elements and the overall health of the network Figure 3 on page 32 shows a sample Business Communications Manager enterprise network that illustrates the various communications links to end devices and control consoles The diagram also shows that the physical enterprise network conceptually is segmented into domains e The Network Operation
309. ess of the status of Telnet on the system Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 392 Chapter 8 Security Management 1 Click the key beside Services 2 Click on Telnet 3 On the Telnet screen change Status to Enabled Access Unified Manager through the Firewall The Business Communications Manager IP Firewall Filters feature is one of the security features Business Communications Manager offers to protect your network against intruders The security and firewall features are also used for controlling what outside resources your users will be able to access For further information on firewalls refer to Chapter 33 in the Programming Operations Guide Dial up access Business Communications Manager allows you to create and use dial up connections for Remote Access Service RAS or dial on demand network access RAS allows you to access Business Communications Managers remotely by making an IP connection using PPPoE an ISDN BRI PRI line or the V 90 modem North America only After you connect to the Business Communications Manager system you can access all IP based system management operations Business Communications Manager also supports dial on demand for primary and backup WAN connections Primary and backup WAN connections can use an ISDN BRI PRI line or a V 90 modem North America For further information on dial up access refer to Chapter 21 in the Programming Operations Guide Using VPN Business Co
310. ested CTI device is not installed Install the device driver and restart your application lt UDR001 gt Critical Error None Most likely an installation problem CTE MSC Driver Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0311 The device driver interface module for the CTI device is invalid Please reinstall the device driver software lt UDRO02 gt Critical Error None Most likely an installation problem CTE MSC Driver Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0315 Unable to start a new device driver execution thread Terminate some applications and restart your application lt UDRO06 gt Critical Error None Windows system resource problem during initialization CTE MSC Driver Initialization Error Exit Error is OxFFnn Error OxFFnn Please ensure the Voice CTE service has restarted If this fails to correct the problem then please collect the files CteDiag log and CteDiag bak ensure the Voice MSC service has restarted and report this problem to your support representative Critical Error None Error from MSC driver initialization Other CTE Initialization Error Exit Error is Ox0002 Error 0x0002 Please verify the installation of the Voice CTE service Critical Error None Generic unexpected error This error is only reported as an event when it causes CTE initialization to fail In this case it is most likely an installation problem Other CTE Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0003 Error
311. ettings for telephones The Telephony Template is stored in a file for use with the Add Users Wizard DN Renumber Wizard renumbers a range of DNs Network Update Wizard allows you to update your system data network settings any time after the Quick Start Wizard was run which sets the initial network setup i i Network Update Update the network settings Help DECT Mobile Recording Wizard allows you to enable disable mobile recording for one of the base station ports DECT Configuration Wizard allows you to easily configure a DECT module It also turns on one of the base station ports to allow mobile recording handset registration The DECT Wizards only appear on the Wizards page if there is a DECT module installed and identified to the system These wizards are discussed in the DECT Installation and Maintenance Guide Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 40 Chapter 1 Management Overview Navigating the wizards These are some helpful hints about how the wizards work and how to use them e To open the online help from the Programming Wizards screen click the Programming Wizards Help link e You can move back and forth between screens in the wizards by clicking the Back and Next buttons e You can revise your choices and entries on any of the wizard pages until you click the Apply button Once you click the Apply button the system applies the selected configurations The user is presented with a confir
312. etwork Liquid Crystal Display Media Access Control Media Access Unit Meridian Client Defined Network PRI SL 1 Management Information Base Multi Link Point to Point Protocol Network Address Translation Nonbroadcast Multi Access Network Call Redirection Information Network Interface Card Network Operations Center Optivity Integration Toolkit Off Premises Extension Open Shortest Path First Password Authentication Procedure Private Branch Exchange PCI PDD PPP PPPoE PPTP PRI PSTN PVC QoS QSIG RAS RIP SAPS SDRAM SMDS SNMP SPID STP TAPI TCP IP fi TEI TOS TPE UDP VolP VPN WAN WFQ Preface 25 Peripheral Component Interconnect Slot Partial Double Density Point to Point Protocol Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet Point to Point Tunneling Protocol Primary Rate Interface Public Switched Telephone Network Permanent Virtual Circuit Quality of Service Q reference point signalling Remote access service Routing Information Protocol Station Auxiliary Power Supply Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory Switched Multimegabit Data Service Simple Network Management Protocol Service Profile Identifier Shielded Twisted Pair Telephony Application Program Interface Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol Terminal Equipment Terminal Endpoint Identifier Type of Service Twisted Pair Ethernet User Datagram Protocol Universal Dialing Plan Voice over IP Virtual Private Networks
313. eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Routing and remote access service IPX Routing failed to start because IPX forwarder driver could not be loaded Refer to Microsoft article Q180602 If the solutions provided in the article do not work please re install IPX Contact Support Critical Error None IVR IVR Event ID 1 IVR process name Event ID 1 IVR bim Event ID 1 IVR bim Event ID 1 IVR bim Event ID 1 IVR bim Event ID 1 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message Chapter 2 Fault Management System 131 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Nortel Networks IVR Severity lt severity gt Component lt comp gt Message lt message gt Refer to IVR Alarm List for actions for these generic IVR alarms warning critical warning Information Error Warning None These are general IVR events they are not BCM specific Severity 7 Component vps lt IVR gt lt BCM name gt Message Failed to read xref file s Verify that
314. everity Trap type Logs Event ID 113 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 114 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 120 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 122 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 123 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 205 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID VoIP Gateway Service VoIP Gateway started No action required Warning Information None Service VoIP Gateway stopped No action required Warning Information None Syntax error in configuration file D Data Files Nortel Networks VoIP Gateway localgateway cfg Check Local Gateway IP interface for correct information Critical Error None Invalid Configuration file parameter Check gateway type parameter in remotegateway cfg table file Minor Warning None Cannot initialize H323 stack Report error to Nortel Networks support Critical Error None Cannot read info from license server Report error to Nortel Networks support Critical Error None Keycode applied for unknown feature Keycode applied for more recent feature than software knows of Minor Warning None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide VNetVolIPGtw Event ID 124
315. eycode applied for unknown feature Keycode applied for more recent feature than software knows of Minor Warning None Quality of Service monitor connection not established Report error to Nortel Networks support Minor Warning None Call setup rejected because of insufficient QoS bandwidth Confirm engineering traffic guidelines for network configuration Minor Warning None Dropped connected call from DN X to DN Y Incompatible Codecs or insufficient media gateway resources Change or make available the correct Codec to match the Codec supported by the software at the far end of the call Minor Warning None Generic system error A wide assortment of problems See event text for details Report error to Nortel Networks support Major Error None Generic system error A wide assortment of problems See event text for details Report error to Nortel Networks support Major Error None VoiceRecord VoiceRecord Event ID 105 Event ID 106 Event ID 108 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 235 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Call Detail Recording The service was started No action required
316. fer capabilities For loopback tests you must generate a test pattern or data traffic and provide a means to monitor the data path The module provides two loopback tests DTE Loopback test on page 435 DS30 Loopback test on page 437 The following applies activate one loopback at a time activation of a DTE loopback can be manual or automatic manual control over loopback state has priority over automatic P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 435 e manual capability of releasing all loopbacks DTE Loopback test The DTE Loopback test forwards data transmitted by the DTE TxD and loops the data back to the DTE RxD The DTE Loopback test establishes a data path from the DTE through the internal DDI Mux circuit and back to the DTE Refer to Figure 59 You must transmit a test pattern and monitor the received data at the DDI Mux data port You can use a Bit Error Rate Tester to generate and monitor data traffic Figure 60 DTE Loopback Test T1 mux service Service Provider PSTN To begin a DTE Loopback test 1 Start a Unified Manager session 2 Click the Resources key and then the Media Bay Modules key 3 Click the key of the Bus number assigned to the Data Module 4 Click the Data Module key and then click the Loopback status heading Business Communications Manager Management User Guide
317. files related to Voice Application The files will be restored from the file VoiceAppsData bru in the Backup folder on the source drive See Voice Application Data Backup on page 403 for a description of the data backed up Telephony Restore The Telephony Restore will restore the Telephony data to the BCM and then will upload this data back into the Media Services Card The data will be restored from the TelephonyData bru file in the Backup folder on the source resource See section Telephony Backup on page 404 for location and contents of the backup file Schedule The schedule link on the Main Menu when selected displays all the scheduled processes for BRU on the connected BCM See also Scheduled backup on page 398 and Scheduling a backup on page 417 Note This feature can not be accessed during a process execution When the scheduled processes page is open a table is displayed with the following fields Table 32 Scheduled backup jobs information Action Displays the Delete and Log links for the scheduled job Click the DELETE link to delete the scheduled job Click the LOG link to view the report generated the last time this scheduled job was run Shows the status of the scheduled job P0609330 2 0 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore 409 Table 32 Scheduled backup jobs information Schedule Information Shows the time and date the job is scheduled job is to start This field also indicates if the job is schedule
318. filters alarms and events from the NT event viewer and categorizes them in the BCM alarm database Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name AlarmSvc Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms None Alarm service service structure Parent Remote procedure call service Alarm Service BCMUpgrade BCMUpgrade The BCM Upgrade service checks to see if an upgrade is present or started If the upgrade exists the service performs the upgrade Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name BCMUpgrade Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None BCM Upgrade service service structure Parent None P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 281 Call Detail Recording Call Detail The Call detail recording CDR service provides the CDR information from the core telephony to Recording CDR or 3rd party call accounting applications CDR information concerns detailed statistical information about calls i e length of time who was on the phone For more information on CDR see the CDR System ADmin Guide in the documentation Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name VoiceRecord Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms e VoiceRecord e Service Control Manager Call detail recording service structure Parent Child VoiceMSCDriver None Voice MSC service Voice Licensing
319. formance monitor see System Performance Monitor on page 346 Continue to the next step of this procedure when complete 2 From the Performance drop down menu select Memory Usage Graph from the top line menu item The system displays the Memory usage graph 3 To pause the sampling click Pause The system stops polling To resume sampling click Pause again The sampling resumes 4 Toreset the memory values to zero click Reset The memory values are reset and the system continues to display statistics 5 Click on the polling interval drop radio button that corresponds to the required number Adjust the polling interval to 1000 2000 or 5000 ms P0609330 2 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 349 To access the memory usage table 1 Access the performance monitor see System Performance Monitor on page 346 Continue to the next step of this procedure when complete From the Performance drop down menu select Memory Usage Table from the top line menu item The system displays the Memory usage table Click on the polling interval drop radio button that corresponds to the required number Adjust the polling interval to 200 500 1000 2000 or 5000 ms Memory usage counter types The memory usage graph and table selections display system operational statistics When you display the memory usage graph you can select and display statistics for one of the following counter types Committed bytes The ratio of the Commit
320. from bypass No action required Warning Information Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 190 Chapter 2 Fault Management System UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 103100 Event ID 103200 Event ID 103500 Event ID 103600 Event ID 103700 Event ID 103800 Event ID 110000 Event ID 110100 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary None UPS module added No action required Warning Information None UPS module removed This is the first step in replacing a failed module Continue with the replacement Warning Information None Main Intelligence module OK No action required Warning Information None Main Intelligence module added No action required Warning Information None Redundant intelligence module OK No action required Warning Information None Redundant intelligence module added No action required Warning Information None Ambient temperature back withi
321. ftware see Nortel Networks Configurable Services on page 278 Accessing the service manager 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 246 Chapter3 Service Management System From the Unified Manager main page select Configuration On the navigation tree select Diagnostics Select Service Manager under the Diagnostics navigation tree The information frame displays a list of services The services list 1itemizes each service along with information about how the system is started and the current status see the Figure 29 Choose a service and modify how the system interacts with the service Figure 29 Service manager display Configuration View Help a ee Services List Services List Q AP acm AEN ee H AlarmSve AlarmS yc Manual Stopped amp Senices Alerter Alerter Manual l Stoppen Management Ecm mp lpMusic Ecm mp Automatic Running Diagnostics BChUpgrade BCM Upgrade Automatic Running D wesc if Browser Computer Browser Manual stopped Trunk Modules chsServer Voice CFS Automatic Running Service Metrics ChipSrv ClipBook Server Manual Stopped Serice Manager fi cmdrmt crndrnnit Automatic Running System Status MLpitor CTEDP Doorphone Automatic Funning e a CTEngine Voice CTE Automatic Running Unified Manager DECT Alarms DECT Alarm M
322. g Information None No response on lt local IP Addr gt from lt remote IP Addr gt logging out Check settings and Connection Critical Error None lt local IP Addr gt Local interface down logging out of lt remote IP Addr gt Check local interface setup Critical Error None Could not initiate Quick Mode from lt local IP Addr gt to lt remote IP Addr gt Check settings and Connection Critical Error None PFS required on lt local IP Addr gt but not provided by lt remote IP Addr gt Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 126 Chapter 2 Fault Management System IPSecIKE Internet protocol security Internet key exchange Event ID 10 Event ID 11 Event ID 12 Event ID 13 Event ID 14 EventID 15 P0609330 2 0 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Check PFS setting on remote side Critical Error None No local interface for lt local IP Addr gt Check local interface setup Critical Error None Unauthent
323. ge User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary An internal hardware failure exists Contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Critical Error None Base module bypass power supply needs repair An internal hardware failure exists Contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Critical Error None UPS battery needs replacing Replace all faulty batteries To order replacement batteries see the following Web page http www apc com go direct index cfm tag battery Critical Error None Below lower ambient temperature threshold Check heating and ventilation systems Minor Warning None Exceeded upper ambient temperature threshold Check air conditioning systems and make sure equipment is adequately spaced for proper ventilation Minor Warning None Below humidity threshold Check air conditioning and humidity control systems Minor Warning None Exceeded upper humidity threshold Check air conditioning and humidity control systems Minor Warning None Maximum internal UPS temperature exceeded Chapter 2 Fault Management System 199 UPS Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Uninterruptible power suppl
324. ge User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Bypass contactor failed An internal hardware failure exists Contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Critical Error None Scheduled UPS self test passed No action required Warning Information None User initiated UPS self test passed No action required Warning Information None Administrative shutdown started Save files and shut down programs or cancel the shutdown Warning Information None Administrative shutdown User initiated Save files and shut down programs or cancel the shutdown Warning Information None Administrative shutdown Weekly shutdown Save files and shut down programs or cancel the shutdown Warning Information None Administrative shutdown Daily shutdown Save files and shut down programs or cancel the shutdown Warning Information None User initiated shutdown cancelled No action required Warning UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event I
325. ge graph displays real time statistical information on computing memory consumption or availability The system polls samples CPU memory and presents the information in a graph format The x axis indicates the polling intervals The y axis indicates the amount of CPU memory consumed bytes used at a point in time The graph shows measurements over several intervals The system polls samples CPU memory availability and presents the information in a graph format The information displays either one of the following e the percentage of CPU memory required over a period of time committed bytes e the percentage of CPU memory available over a period of time available bytes The system updates the information displayed in the graph in accordance with the polling interval selected The graph also displays the last reported average and peak CPU memory for each interval The memory usage table displays real time statistical information on computing memory consumption or availability in table format The memory usage table displays both of the following e the percentage of CPU memory required over a period of time committed bytes e the percentage of CPU memory available over a period of time available bytes The table updates the information in accordance with the polling interval selected The table also displays the minimum average and peak CPU usage percentage for each interval To access the memory usage graph 1 Access the per
326. gion only UTPS amp Hot Unified Manager gt Services gt IP Telephony gt Nortel IP terminals desking Unified Manager gt Services gt IP Telephony gt IP Trunks gt H 323 Trunks SIP Gateway Unified Manager gt Services gt IP Telephony gt IP Trunks gt SIP Trunks MSM Unified Manager gt Resources gt Media Services Card gt MSC Configuration VoIP Gateway Unified Manager gt Services gt IP Telephony gt H 323 terminals Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 404 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore Table 30 Voice application sub components and configuration data Sub component Configuration location Voicemail Call Pilot external CTE Unified Manager gt Services gt LAN CTE Configuration Unified Manager gt Services gt Doorphones Unified Manager gt Services gt IP Music music source BemAmp Unified Manager gt Services gt IP Music CTI None see Voicemail amp IVR All voicemail messages and all created mailboxes are backed up Telephony Backup The Telephony Backup backs up all the files related to the Telephony Application The data will ultimately be saved into the file TelephonyData bru in the Backup folder on the destination drive This file should contain files from the folder defined in registry key HKLM SOFTWARE Nortel Networks Voice Solution FTMSS MSC 1I BackupDir This backup directory is defined and can be changed from the Unified Manager System directory
327. gs from Archlog on page 327 Alarm manager Refer to Figure 16 when reviewing the following description e The system forwards events from the NT Event log to the Alarm Manager e The Alarm Manager applies system filters based on configuration inputs Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 64 Chapter 2 Fault Management System The events are then recorded into the Business Communications Manager alarm database Alarm database Refer to Figure 16 when reviewing the following description The alarm database item 7 holds a maximum of 5000 alarm records The network administrator configures the record capacity of the alarm database to a smaller size 1f required Use the Unified Manager Alarm Manager batch archive function to archive the information in the alarm database Set the batch job parameters day of the week and time and file destination For further information on how to configure and use the alarm manager refer to Configuring alarm manager settings on page 69 Alarm banner and alarm browser The Alarm Banner and the Alarm Browser item 8 Figure 16 provide real time information about events occurring within the Business Communications Manager system Alarm system interfaces The Alarm Banner window allows you to continually monitor the Business Communications Manager system for alarms For more information refer to Accessing the alarm banner to monitor alarm notification on page 67 The A
328. guring telephony and data networking services and various other related services Telephony information is discussed in the P Telephony Configuration Guide System data configuration is discussed in the Programming Operations Guide This section also supports the information found in the CallPilot documentation and the documents for CDR Recording LAN CTE IVR Doorphone Network administration UPS Installation and Maintenance Guide and DECT Installation and Configuration Guide To manually enable or disable the Telnet service refer to Manually activating Telnet on page 391 Provides access to the User Manager which you use to manage the users who have access to the Unified Manager Chapter 8 Security Management and to the Alarm Manager which is used to define why types of alarms get reported by the system For further information on alarms and SNMP traps refer to Chapter 2 Fault Management System Provides access to items that allow you to generate and access statistics on different system components Business Communications Manager provides statistics metrics and event logs on resources and services to help you carry out system maintenance activities System metrics information is contained in the programming section to which they apply Refer to the Programming Operations Guide and the IP Telephony Guide Split DS30 configuration and double density configuration are located under the Configuration menu of the MSC heading
329. hase a UTAM key Warning Information MSC event 667 Sev P8 Cat F Etiquette UTAM test failed No action required Critical Error MSC event 668 Sev P8 Cat F Ettiquette System startup No action required No action required Warning Information MSC event 672 Sev P1 Cat E Ettiquette System online No action required No action required Warning Information MSC event 673 Sev P8 Cat E Could not re enable all devices after a Call Server restore took place Call Server will be restarted Customer should report event to installer to get tracebacks Customer should report event to installer to get tracebacks Critical Error MSC event 224 Sev P8 Cat B Call Server backup failed Customer should contact installer to get the SP event tracabecks Customer should contact installer to get the SP event tracabecks Minor Warning MSC event 226 Sev P8 Cat A Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 222 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Voice software Return to table Event ID 229 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 247 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 260 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 262 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 263 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs P0609330 2 0 Component I
330. hdog Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms VoiceWatchdog Voice watchdog service structure Parent None VolP Gateway VolP Gateway The Voice over IP Gateway service provides voice over a packet network Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name VoiceNetVolPGateway Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms VNetVolPGtwy Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 306 Chapter3 Service Management System VoIP gateway service structure Parent VoiceMSCDriver Voice MSC service Voice Licensing services Voice NNU diagnostics A Media services manager A Media path server Remote procedure call service A A _ Voice Net QoS monitor Voice CTE i VoIP gateway VoIP SIP Gateway VoIP SIP The Voice over IP SIP Gateway service provides voice over a SIP packet network Gateway Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name VoIPSIPGateway Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms VoIPSipGateway P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 307 VoIP SIP Gateway service structure Parent VoiceMSCDriver Voice MSC service Voice Licensing services Voice NNU diagnostics A Media services manager Media path server Remote procedure call service A A _ Voice Net QoS monitor
331. he Licensing configuration data that is preserved Table 26 Licensing saved configuration data Sub component Configuration location None Unified Manager gt System Licensing gt Apply Keycodes Unified Manager gt System Licensing gt Keycode Flles Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 402 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore Multimedia call center MMCC backup Selecting Multimedia Call Center MMCC in the BRU component list retains all configuration entered in through the Multimedia Call Center Admin web tool The table below lists the Multimedia call center configuration data that is preserved Table 27 MMCC saved configuration data Sub component Configuration location None Unified Manager gt Services gt Multimedia Call Center gt Tools on menu bar gt MMCC Admin Registry data backup The Registry Data Backup will backup the registry files for BCM The files will be saved into the file Backup SysReg folder and the compressed to a bru file and transferred to the backup location The table below lists the Registry configuration data that is preserved Table 28 Registry saved configuration data Sub component Configuration location None HKEY LOCAL_MACHINE and HKEY_USERS Unified Manager data backup Selection of the Unified Manager component in the BRU component list encompasses a large number of BCM components These components are grouped together because of their interdepende
332. he list as required Select the Schedule the backup option in the Backup Action area of the BRU Restore screen display Caution Do not schedule BRU and NCM backups restores within an hour of each other Doing so could cause the processes to overlap which will terminate both processes Select the frequency of the scheduled backup e Select Once to perform the backup one time at the time and date specified e Select Daily to perform the backup every day at the time specified e Select Weekly to perform the backup on the same day and time every week for example Monday at 4 00 am e Select Monthly to perform the backup on the same date and time every month for example the 15th of the month at 4 00 am Select the day on which to perform the backup e If you selected Once from the previous step select the Today option or select the Specific Day option and enter the date when you want the backup to run e If you selected Daily from the previous step you do not need to enter a date e If you selected Weekly from the previous step select the day of the week when you want the backup to run e If you selected Monthly from the previous step enter the date that you want the backup to run Enter the hours and minutes when you want the backup to run e Enter the information in the two Time fields use 24 hour format HH MM e Select the AM or PM option e If you chose Daily Weekly or Monthly for the frequency from
333. he log in window Note If you do not want the Unified Manager to time out enter O in this field Setting system security compatibility levels Use the Security screen to set authentication signing encryption and other security related settings Some of these settings depend on the Windows operating system used by client workstations P0609330 2 0 Chapter 8 Security Management 381 Security Note The default settings define a mid level of security which accommodates Windows 95 98 Me operating systems If you would like to set a higher level of security ensure that all the computers that will be used for client access have upgraded to at least Windows NT4 2000 or XP 1 Click the keys beside BCM and System 2 Click on Security The Security screen appears in the right frame 3 The following table describes the fields Set the fields to the values that best fit your system requirements and that accommodate compatibility issues with interconnecting users or Services wee vemos Authentication LM amp NTLM response Default LM amp NTLM response Compatibility refuse NTLMv2 session This setting determines the type of authentication protocol required security by your system during interactions with client applications LM amp NTLM response The default LM amp NTLM response maintains compatibility with all NTLM response only Windows OS versions NTLMv2 response only Any of the other settings enforce a more secure authen
334. he management information for the Routing Information Protocol Version 2 RIP v2 MIB The information in this MIB is divided into the following three groups Global group contains the global information and statistics for the RIP Information in this group is independent of the interfaces over which the protocol is enabled Interface group contains RIP configuration information and statistics specific to each interface Peer group contains statistics pertaining to RIP peers Booip MIBs This MIB defines the management information for the BOOTP Protocol The information in this MIB is divided into two groups Global group contains the global information and statistics for the RIP Information in this group is independent of the interfaces over which the protocol is enabled Interface group contains RIP configuration information and statistics specific to each interface MS Windows NT Performance MIBs The MS Windows NT Performance MIB defines the following MIB groups memory which includes the Available Bytes Committed Bytes and Page Reads Per Sec group objects processor which includes the cpuprocessTable and the Processor TIme User Time and Interrupts Per Sec group objects network interface which includes the network interfaceTable and the Current Bandwidth Bytes Received Per Sec and Packets Received Errors groups objects physical disk which includes the pdiskphysicalDiskTable and the Current Disk Queue Length
335. he system resources The statistics are shown in charts or table format If a performance display is active it is automatically updated with real time performance information in time increments that you set Performance monitor is available for the following Unified Manager navigation tree selections e System see System Performance Monitor on page 346 e Resources see Resources Performance Monitor on page 350 Use the statistical information to determine the most appropriate time for maintenance activities such as backups system tests batch jobs or archlogs Note Generating statistics puts an additional workload on the Business Communications Manager server CPU connecting network and web client Exercise caution when running Statistics System Performance Monitor The system performance monitor allows you to access performance measurement graphical tools that display overall system performance metrics Business Communications Manager provides Statistical information on system throughput and other performance related information System performance information includes e System CPU Usage graph or table format e Memory Usage graph or table format To access the system performance monitor 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser Click Configure on the Unified Manager main page Click System on the navigation tree The Unified Manager
336. hecking for trunk line dial tone tothe ATA 2 0 cc eee 465 Unified Manager Diagnostics 0 ccc eee eee eens 466 ROCONI 4 4 4 ct dh AA irrite rr TE E R EE EMAAR RE RRA EO OREEEAA ROR OER 466 eo i ee oe ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee 466 Driver Debug diagnostits de od 4 G66 ob CGE oho ede ideas as 466 a aL ee ee E er a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ae E 466 Peet Pe cteceeneaede cen s 646468 4945 84588 EE bE 2 055 T E Hees 466 SQ 2 sa ee ee ere a ee eee ee eee eee nes eee eee ee ee eee 466 SDL MN UN ie doce tse re cg Gee ab ard eee a wa a pom oe as em ewe dehy es a 467 Se he Gan ee eee eae EE a sae oceans hee eee ee esate 467 lc e EEEE T a ee eee ee ee ee E ee ee ee eee ee eee 467 Management Information Base MIB System 00 00 e eee eee 469 ORNI DIES r 281 8 6054 a8 beaded Oude a hengsdu nes hone budeecsews hahaa 469 Third Party Fault Management Systems 0000 469 MIE FIS eC cee aten se eee Peed Ree RA Ck EE ee ee 470 MIB File Compilation and Installation nanana 0c cc ee eee 471 ee EOM MIEG oss 64 boa coe eed Dae eee eres edrsegee theres ore eee 472 Sc da ee ee en ee ere eer eee ee ee eee ee een ee ee ee eee ee 473 Par Ge Ne s Ahaha shes ee ke otces see oktese bene s kbc bent ET EE ETET EEE 474 BOO NE s2G6raedetacosdactaan Gaga oeeaeee sa onbadt ease eeedeees E os 474 MS Windows NT Performance MIBS 0 0 00 ccc eee ees 474 e e hee ake ee aoe ee eee ee Re Oe Pe OEE b eee ea ee ee ee ee 477 P06
337. hen you first run the BCM software you will note that the default Web access to the Business Communications Manager now utilizes SSL encryption for system security This includes the appearance of a security alert when you initiate a connection to the Unified Manager using SSL which indicates site validation of the default certificate This security alert does not appear if you e add a site specific certificate Uploading a certificate and a private security key on page 378 e suppress the message on your client browser Suppressing the security alert message on page 379 e use the non SSL port http 6800 Using the non secure http 6800 port on page 379 The self signed certificate that is included in the BCM software enables SSL encryption functionality providing the necessary encryption keys However it does not address site authentication Site authentication requires system specific information such as an IP address company name and so on Note Client applications do not need to install the certificate The Business gt Communications Manager sends the certificate when it accesses the client application Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 378 Chapter 8 Security Management Uploading a certificate and a private security key Obtain a site certificate for your Business Communications Manager from a CA Certificate Authority vendor Certificate files must use the PEM format You will be
338. her information on how to display the Network event log refer to Displaying the MSC log information on page 311 Displaying the MSC log information Use the procedure in this section to display information on any item in the System Test System Administration or Network Event logs To display the MSC log information 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager main page select Configuration Select the Diagnostics key to expand the navigation tree Select the MSC key to expand the navigation tree oa fF OQO N Select either the System test log System Administration log or Network Administration log key to expand the navigation tree If there are no log entries the navigation tree indicates there are no subheadings 6 Select a numbered log item under the log key Information about the log item displays in the information frame The description attribute indicates if the item is an event or alarm and includes the associated code see Figure 35 on page 312 The severity frequency time and parameters of the event or alarm appears For more information on the event or alarm refer to Component ID alarm summary information on page 92 or MSC System test log on page 310 MSC System administration log on page 310 or MSC Network event log on page 311 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 312 Ch
339. hey are different the restore will be aborted 2 Restore even if the bcm version and the backup version are different When selected this option will not run the script that compares the BCM version with the backup version and if they are different the restore might cause serious and irreversible problems This action must be performed with caution Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 406 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore Restore Components The Backup and Restore script makes most data required for BCM applications available as a component This separation allows the user to backup or restore any combination of components at any time The restore components are e Apache Configuration e Archlog Settings e Backup and Restore Utility e DECT OAM e IVR e Licensing e Multimedia Call Center e Registry e Unified Manager e Voice Applications e Telephony Apache Data Restore The APACHE Restore will restore all the files related to Apache configuration The files will be restored from the existing file C_ApacheConfigData bru in the Backup folder on the source drive See Apache data backup on page 400 for details of the contents of the backup Archlog Settings Restore The Archlog Settings Restore will restore Archlog information The data will be restored from the existing files ArchlogData bru and ArchlogData_E bru in the Backup folder on the source resource See Archlog settings backup on
340. hutdown The reasons for these events are either a missing dependent component MPS or MSM or an OS related problem Unable to initialize a timer socket signalling channel to the core Unable to get a timer from the OS lf the voice watchdog service is NOT running you will need to restart the UTPS service Critical Error None All UTPS events written to the NT event log are fatal and will cause the UTPS to shutdown The reasons for these events are either a missing dependent component MPS or MSM or an OS related problem Unable to initialize a timer socket signalling channel to the core UTPS is being shut down lf the voice watchdog service is NOT running you will need to restart the UTPS service Critical Error Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 202 Chapter 2 Fault Management System UTPS Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Logs None Comments All UTPS events written to the NT event log are fatal and will cause the UTPS to shutdown The reasons for these events are either a missing dependent component MPS or MSM or an OS related problem Unable to initialize a timer socket signalling channel to the core Event ID 3000 Message 12 30 34 040 UTPS 1 MSM has closed the pipe to the UTPS shutting down User action Restart the BCM Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None VBMain VBMain Return to table Component ID
341. ial up user interface the user name shows up on this list If you plan to use the secure callback properties for an ISDN user you need to specify a static IP address for that interface Refer to Configuring an ISDN interface in the Programming Operations Guide The User Group List tab shows all the user groups defined in your system The system comes with a set of default User Groups that have various access privileges The Domain User Group Profile tab lists the domains for all the user group profiles The Lockout Policy tab provides settings to determine the parameters for locking users out of the Unified Manager if the lockout policy is enabled Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 384 Chapter 8 Security Management e The Password Policy tab allows you to define the complexity policies you want to use for your system passwords Adding or modifying a user profile To add or modify the profile for a single user follow these steps 1 Select Management User Manager The User Profile screen appears showing the current user profile information 2 If you are adding a new user from the Configuration menu select Add User If you are editing an existing user select the user name on the list then from the Configuration menu select Modify User The User Profile dialog box appears 3 Use the following table to determine what information you need to add or change we a eee User Name lt a maximum of 20 Allows
342. icated Informational message received on lt local IP Addr gt from lt remote IP Addr gt No action required Minor Warning None Informational message received on lt local IP Addr gt from lt remote IP Addr gt not authentic No action required Minor Warning None Unprotected Notify message on lt local IP Addr gt from lt remote IP Addr gt being dropped No action required Minor Warning None Bad length on Notify message received on lt local IP Addr gt from lt remote IP Addr gt dropping it No action required Minor Warning None No SPI on Notify message received on lt local IP Addr gt from lt remote IP Addr gt after Phase 1 dropping it No action required Minor Warning IPSecIKE Internet protocol security Internet key exchange Event ID 16 Event ID 17 Event ID 18 Event ID 19 Event ID 20 Event ID 21 Return to table Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 127 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary None Unprotected Delete message on lt local IP Addr gt from lt remot
343. ications Manager network uses the following software applications to monitor system performance Unified Manager A web based configuration and maintenance application bundled with the Business Communications Manager software Unified Manager is the single point of access for managing all programming for individual BCM systems Access to the Unified Manager is password protected and is secure for both enterprise customers and small to medium sized businesses Administrators use Unified Manager to set up BCM telephony and data functions as well as users mailboxes and directory numbers BCM Monitor This standalone diagnostic application allows you to view system and IP telephony information on individual Business Communications Manager units Open several instances of BCM Monitor to monitor several remote BCM systems on a single PC simultaneously This tool supports real time debugging This tool also allows you to save and process data at a later time to generate system utilization and traffic reports For further information on BCM Monitor refer to Chapter 5 BCM Monitor MIB II and MS Windows NT Performance MIBs With these MIB it is possible to query BCM performance and usage information using SNMP Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 346 Chapter6 Performance Management Unified Manager Performance Monitor The Unified Manager performance monitor tool provides detailed performance information for the system and t
344. ield click the B1 or B2 key and click the Addons heading to display the add on device P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 447 The following table lists some of the device types that may appear on the Business Communications Manager device identification display Display Explanation T7100 T7100 telephone T7310 T7310 telephone M7324 M7324 telephone 1 CAP1 First CAP module attached to an M7324 telephone 2 CAP2 Second CAP module attached to an M7324 telephone Nortel Networks ATA 2 Analog Terminal Adapter Disabling a device Warning Give notice that you are disabling equipment A N Inform people that you are going to disable their devices Warning Pick a suitable time to disable devices Disabling a port will disconnect users A N from their calls Do not disable devices when many people are using the Business Communications Manager system Wait until after regular office hours Warning Do not enable or disable ports during the first two minutes after plugging in A N your system If you enable or disable ports in the first two minutes after powering up incorrect ports may be enabled or disabled To recover from this disable then enable the affected modules using the Media Bay Modules selection To disable a device immediately 1 Identify the device you wish to disable For information on how to perform this procedure refer to Identifying a device connected to the system on page 446
345. in the Manager IP Address field V 90 Dial out The interface is specified through Resources dialup V 90 Modemtrapdialout The BCM will automatically dial out to the SNMP trap collector telephone number Specify the dial out information under the V 90 Link Parameters tab The Modembackup is not used for the auto SNMP trap dial out feature ISDN BRI Europe North America The interface is specified through Resources dialup ISDN The BCM will automatically dial out to the SNMP trap collector phone number ISDN PRI Europe The interface is specified through Resources dialup ISDN The BCM will automatically dial out to the SNMP trap collector phone number 8 Click the Save button P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 87 Modifying an SNMP trap community 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager main page select Configuration Click the Services key Click the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears see Figure 23 on page 77 oa Ff O N Click the Trap Community List tab The Community List screen appears see Figure 24 on page 78 Highlight the list you want to modify On the Configuration menu select Modify Trap The Trap Community List screen appears see Figure 27 on page 87 Figure 27 Modify trap community dialog box Group Configuration Tools View Help Add Community 47 65
346. indow to invoke the changes Managing access passwords You can grant or restrict specific access within the Unified Manager by assigning new users into user groups using the User Management screens Security Note Core system configuration such as resources and network Q management should be restricted to an administrator level account Use the group profiles to define other levels of users with access to the headings that are specific to their task This also helps to prevent overlap programming if more than one person is using the interface at the same time Dial in access Restrict this user group to users who require this interface If modem access is not required the modem interface can be disabled to provide further security Refer to Chapter 21 in the Programming Operations Guide This section includes information about the viewing and configuring the user profiles and groups e Viewing the User Manager tabs on page 383 e Adding or modifying a user profile on page 384 P0609330 2 0 Chapter 8 Security Management 383 e Adding or modifying a group profile on page 386 e Setting password lockout policy on page 388 e Setting password policy on page 389 Security Note Callback security If a user is connecting to the system using a V 90 modem you can enhance your access security by assigning that person a specific user account that prompts the system to acknowledge the user then hang up and
347. ines 75 viewing 64 Allow sign and encrypt 382 archive location alarm database 71 archiving event logs 327 Archlog SMB security level 381 ATA2 troubleshooting 464 authentication failure traps SNMP summar 77 Authentication Compatibility 381 automatic telephone relocation programming 456 backup resetting BRU screen 412 backup volumes administrating 412 413 batch job alarm backup 73 BCM monitor download 329 SMB security level 381 477 system status 55 beep timing mirrored disks 463 Bootp MIBs 474 browser BRU requirements 411 BRU accessing 40 backup volumes 412 413 browser requirements 411 CallPilot availability 414 resetting screen 412 restore 420 SMB security level 381 starting BRU 411 time zone 420 Business Communications Manager alarm service 65 Call Detail Recording 28 DPNSS networking 27 12050 soft phone 28 logging off 44 logon security levels 382 monitoring system LEDs 457 navigation tree 42 optional feature buttons 40 restoring data 420 security levels 381 text based application 390 Unified Manager operating 42 VoIP Gateway requires keycode 28 C Call Detail Recording 28 call information recording 28 callback 383 user profile 385 callback number user profile 385 CallPilot BRU restriction 414 callpilot accessing 40 CallPilot region 444 card edge loopback test 430 449 carrier failure alarms 431 451 CDR modem dial in callback number 385 Business Communicati
348. inistrator should have access to this screen 4 Click the Status tab to view the status of the disk mirror system All the fields on this screen are read only Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 464 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Figure 66 Disk Mirror Status screen Settings Status r Status Dupiiwin Dilversion ya Primary Master Status Ni 7 Mirror Master Status hya Rebuild NA Emergency telephone does not function If the emergency telephone is connected to the system use the following procedure 1 Check the power LED on the ASM 8 to check that the ASM 8 is receiving power 2 Check that the emergency telephone has dial tone 3 Check the external line and emergency telephone connections 4 To avoid damage to the emergency telephone connect the telephone directly to the external line and check for dial tone 5 Replace the MSC If the emergency telephone is connected to the CTM use the following procedure 1 Check that the system has a CTM installed 2 Check that there is no dial tone at the emergency telephone 3 Replace the CTM ATA 2 does not function If the Business Communications Manager ATA 2 does not function Follow these steps to troubleshoot the problem 1 Make sure there is ac power connected to the ATA 2 unit 2 Make sure that ATA 2 is in the Tones OFF mode For Data Applications only 3 Correctly configure the ATA 2 telephone
349. initialize and function Remove any unsupported device types Verify that all types of attached peripherals initialize and function Remove any unsupported device types Minor Warning MSC event 608 Sev P6 Cat F Cannot acquire a session This happens only on Companion devices Contact the installer to get the traceback data Contact the installer to get the traceback data Minor Voice software Event ID 639 Event ID 799 Event ID 894 Event ID 901 Event ID 949 Event ID 998 Return to table Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 227 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Warning MSC event 617 Sev P4 Cat A A bad message has been received by a CAP while getting key information Contact the installer to get the event traceback data Contact the installer to get the event traceback data Minor Warning MSC event 639 Sev P4 Cat A A call processing error has occurred on an ISDN line No action required No action required Minor Warning MSC event 799 Sev P7 Cat B An attempt was made to enqueue a mes
350. intenance Tools This website was designed to provide easy to use tools for uperadine a BOCM with new keycodes optional software etc as well as detailed system information which is required to diagnose and resolve problems Archlog Report A Problem Wizard Archlog Scheduler Archlog viewer Archlog settings Browse Logs Folder P0609330 2 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 47 Support Maintenance page support selections are as follows e Contact e Alarms and Traps Contact The contact screen displays the ITAS contact telephone numbers and contact instructions for all regions To display contact information select Contact under the maintenance page support category The contact screen appears see Figure 10 Figure 10 Technical support contact screen Archlog Report A Problem Wizard Archlog scheduler Archlog Viewer Archlog Settings Browse Logs Folder N RTEL NETWORKS Support Contact Alarms Te Traps Maintenance eoystem Information Order amp Enable Optional Components Install Optional Components Maintenance Tools Business Communications Manager Your Location GCM Product Maintenance amp Support Support Contact Information Technical Support Contacts Click here for the Nortel Networks Support Center Website Technical Support Contact Numbers USA and Canada Authorized Distributors Nortel Networks Global Networks Technical
351. interpretation and corrective actions e associated logs To use the alarm summary table 1 Examine the alarm name shown in the alarm browser 2 Select the corresponding link shown in Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary on page 92 under Alarm name The alarm description is displayed Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary on page 92 also displays the service associated with the alarm 3 Select the associated service name link to display the service description see Service Definitions on page 251 P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 91 4 Select the Return to table link to display the alarm summary table to select another alarm or service description Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 92 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm summary information Use the information displayed in Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary to search for an alarm by the Component ID Use the table to display the Component ID alarm description and to determine the cause of an alarm trap and the appropriate maintenance activity Use the table as follows to navigate to the required description e click on any link listed under the Component ID alarm eventSource trap column to review the alarm trap description e click on the link listed under the Associated Service column to review the service associated with the Component ID alarm A service can be a
352. iolations 1 Choose Diagnostics Trunk Modules Choose a bus and then choose a module Choose CSU Statistics and click the Alarm statistics heading The display shows the number of bipolar violations that occurred in the last minute Check short term alarms 1 Choose Diagnostics Trunk Modules 2 Choose a bus and then choose a module Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 454 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 3 Choose CSU Statistics Alarm statistics and click the ShortTerm alarms heading The display shows the short term alarms and the number of milliseconds not necessarily contiguous that were active in the last minute Check Defects 1 Choose Diagnostics Trunk Modules Choose a bus and then choose a module Choose CSU Statistics Alarm statistics and click the Defects heading The display shows the first type of defect and the number of milliseconds not necessarily contiguous the hardware reported in the last minute Reset all statistics 3 2 3 4 Choose Diagnostics Trunk Modules Choose a bus and then choose a module Click the CSU Statistics heading On the Configuration menu click Clear CSU statistics The system displays a message indicating that this will remove all of the statistics Select OK to erase all the current statistics and begin collecting statistics again Link Status When you purchase PRI from your service provider you can request the nu
353. ion None The database engine stopped No action required Warning Information None xxx The database is running recovery steps No action required Refer to Microsoft Article Q165915 Warning JET Event ID 69 Alarm severity Trap type Logs kbdclass Return to table Trap type Logs Message User action Chapter 2 Fault Management System 133 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Information None Redoing log file wins j50 log No action required Refer to Microsoft Article Q165915 Warning Information None Kbdclass provides the keyboard driver Kbdclass Return to table Return to table Service Event ID 7 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None Could not locate the device object for one or more keyboard port devices Contact Support Critical Error None BCM FP1 Upgrades will fail to install no longer supported replace BCM hard drive Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 134 Chapter 2 Fault Management System MGS MGS Media gateway server Event ID 1001 Event ID 1002 Event ID 1003 Event ID 1004 Event ID 1005 Event ID 2001 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User acti
354. ion base or MIB BCM supports a number of MIBs The MIB files can be accessed by using the Tools pull down menu on the Configure gt Services gt SNMP selection in the Unified Manager A download window appears and the network administrator can select which of the MIB files to download MIB files are available as a zipped file from the Nortel Networks Customer Service site at www nortelnetworks com direct link http www 130 nortelnetworks com cgi bin eserv cs main jsp Select Business Series gt Business Communications Manager BCM Software In the Software screen enter mib in the by Title Number Keyword field and press Enter MIB Browsers allow the MIB information to be loaded so that the MIB structure can be browsed An example of a utility is Microsoft MOM Third Party Fault Management Systems The BCM Small Site and BCM Small Site Event MIBs can be integrated into standards based SNMP management frameworks in order to receive BCM alarms via SNMP Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 470 Management Information Base MIB System MIB File Descriptions The BCM MIBs are organized into three sections e Standard MIBs includes SNMP Framework MIB RFC2261 and INET ADDRESS MIB RFC2851 e Nortel MIBS includes BCM Small Site MIB and BCM Small Site Events MIB The Events MIB defines the events traps which are usable by any SmallSite product or component e Microsoft MIBs includes OSPF and RIP2 MIBs R
355. ion browser On the Unified Manager main page select Configuration Click the Services key Click the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears see Figure 23 on page 77 5 Click the Manager List tab The Manager List screen appears 6 On the Configuration menu click Add Manager The Manager List dialog box appears see Figure 25 on page 81 Figure 25 Manager list screen Group E dit Performance Fault Heport Tools Coogol View Help Add Community 47 65 138 69 i i Comprehensive Modify Community Delete Community Gal BCM i 47 565 138 69 Manager List 1Maoe MIH Manage Agge amp System Modify Manager ttt Resources Delete Manager E ey Services Add Trap Community Modify Trap Community Delete Trap Community Telephony Services amp Doorphones F Telephony Call Detail Recording LAN CTE Configuration Voice Mail Multimedia Call Center amp IVR amp IP Music ai o l BCM Dialog Box IP Routing a Manager List SNMP oe Go Monitor Manager List M M Web Cache a amp Net Link Mgr oe aa ut Manager IP Address 990 000 000 000 NAT ee 2 YP Policy Managemert amp DECT a Save Cancel NTP Client Settings zH amp UPS ok Ready Telnet fa Warning Applet window Metla Management cl W Beady Business Communications Manager
356. ion drive is visible on the network and that correct permissions are set Critical Error None Error Drive Type drive not connected MapPath not found Ensure destination drive is visible on the network and that correct permissions are set Critical Error None CDRTransfer Chapter 2 Fault Management System 107 CDRTransfer provides the call detail recording transfer function on the BCM CDRTransfer Event ID 2088 Event ID 2088 Event ID 3087 Event ID 3087 Event ID 3088 Event ID 3088 Event ID 3088 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None Not Push Check if there are actual CDR data files under the CDR data file directory Minor Warning None No more CDR data files Check if there are actual CDR data files under the CDR data file directory Minor Warning None Zplnit error Check if Zip32 dll is installed properly under the CDRTransfer directory Critical Error None Zp
357. ion required Warning Information None Communication Established No action required Warning Information None UPS self test passed No action required Warning Information None Administrative shutdown Save files and shut down programs or cancel the shutdown Warning Information None Shutdown cancelled No action required Warning Information None System Shutdown started Save files and shut down programs or cancel the shutdown Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 186 Chapter 2 Fault Management System UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 1018 Event ID 1030 Event ID 1033 Event ID 1034 Event ID 1040 Event ID 1102 Event ID 1150 Event ID 1162 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Smart Cell signal restored No action required Warning Information None Minimum redundancy regained No action required Warning Information None Batter
358. ions on page 453 e Check short term alarms on page 453 e Check Defects on page 454 e Reset all statistics on page 454 Statistics collected by the Business Communications Manager system The system accumulates three performance parameters e errored seconds ES e severely errored seconds SES e unavailable seconds UAS These parameters are defined as per TIA 547A Errored seconds are enhanced to include control slip CS events Only near end performance data is recorded The internal CSU continuously monitors the received signal and detects four types of transmission defects e any active carrier failure alarms CFA loss of signal LOS out of frame OOF alarm indication signal AIS remote alarm indication RAI e the number of bipolar violations that occurred in the last minute Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 452 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics any defects loss of signal LOS out of frame OOF alarm indication signal AIS that occurred in the last minute the number of milliseconds of short term alarms loss of signal LOS out of frame OOF alarm indication signal AIS remote alarm indication RAI in the last minute A short term alarm is declared when the detected defects persist for tens of milliseconds A carrier failure alarm CFA is a duration of carrier system outage CFA types reported can be mapped to CFAs defined in TIA 547A and TR62411 as follows
359. ires intimate knowledge of the construction and workings of the network environment Generally NOC personnel perform the following network administration activities e Monitor routers switches hubs and auxiliary backup systems power supply data equipment that comprise the enterprise data network e Monitor network traffic trends and resolve network bottleneck problems Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 30 Chapter 1 Management Overview e Manage and allocate IP addresses and domain names record and provide remote connectivity to the enterprise computing systems The descriptions and procedures contained in this guide assist with the objectives of service assurance e Monitor the network for alarms and performance threshold e Ensure service network integrity e fault isolation diagnosis and repair e performance management Network Operations Center NOC takes first call from the alarms and performs initial troubleshooting of the problem Monitor link status and view provision edit and audit connections Log into network elements Monitor inventory Monitor network performance performance threshold provisioning Network management model The Business Communications Manager network management model defines the management functions into layers to show the flow of management information between various communicating entities The following figure illustrates the various management layers Figure 2 Busin
360. is present and the LED indicator on the Business Communications Manager system is off replace the Business Communications Manager system P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 425 Note Before you replace the Business Communications Manager system disconnect all central office and station lines from the Business Communications Manager system Power down the system by unplugging it Refer to Business Communications Manager Installation and Maintenance Guide for information on replacing components Refer to the following sections for more information e Digital trunk module problems on page 425 e Monitoring the T1 or PRI signal on page 426 Digital trunk module problems 1 Choose Resources Media Bay Modules and the bus that the module is on to verify that the DTM is enabled and that the lines are provisioned For more information refer to the procedure Media Bay Module status on page 427 Check the LEDs on the front of the DTM Front view Power LED Status LED In Service LED Loopback Test LED Continuity loopback Receive LEDs Transmit LEDs Loopback Telecom connector e Receive Alarm yellow LED on indicates a problem with the digital transmission being received This half duplex link is unusable e Receive Error yellow LED on indicates a minor error as a result of degraded digital transmission Possible causes are an ohmic connection water ingress or too long a l
361. iscard criterion e Outbound no route the number of IP datagrams discarded because no route could be found to transmit them to their destination This counter includes any packets counted in Datagrams Forwarded that meet this no route criterion e Received address errors The number of input datagrams discarded because the IP address in their IP header s destination field was not a valid address to be received at this entity This count includes invalid addresses e g 0 0 0 0 and addresses of unsupported Classes e g Class E For entities that are not IP Gateways and therefore do not forward datagrams this counter includes datagrams discarded because the destination address was not a local address e Received delivered The rate that input datagrams are successfully delivered to IP user protocols including ICMP Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 352 Chapter6 Performance Management e Received discarded The number of input IP datagrams for which no problems were encountered to prevent their continued processing but which were discarded e g for lack of buffer space This counter does not include any datagrams discarded while awaiting re assembly e Received header errors The number of input datagrams discarded due to errors in their IP headers including bad checksums version number mismatch other format errors time to live exceeded errors discovered in processing their IP options etc e Rec
362. itched to quiet mode Unable to access COM2 The SSM cannot be started End the process that is using COM2 and restart SSM Service If the condition persists contact Nortel Support Critical Error None The SSM could not access COM2 The SSM will not be started 1 PCI Card Does not Exist 2 PCI Device Driver Driver Failed 3 PCI Device Name Device Failed 1 Check for existence of the PCI device or replace it 2 Check for PCI device driver 3 Check for existence of the PCI device and make sure its installed properly Critical Error None 1 SSM Failed to detect the device 2 PCI Device Driver failed or not working properly 3 The PCI Device failed while it s functioning 1 Power Value Power Failed 2 Power Supply Fan1 Value Failed 3 Power Supply Fan2 Value Failed Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 182 Chapter 2 Fault Management System System Status Monitor Event ID 3013 Event ID 3014 Event ID 3015 Event ID 3016 P0609330 2 0 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary 1 Check the Power Supply Module1 Module2 on redundant System
363. ivity to networks that require PPPoE for authentication and access to the network This service is enabled by keycode Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name PPPoEService Default status Stopped Default startup Disabled Alarms None PPPoE service service structure Parent None SNMP SNMP The SNMP simple network messaging protocol service manages the SNMP capabilities on the BCM The service allows inbound SNMP requests to be serviced by the BCM If the service is disabled the BCM does not respond to SNMP requests If the BCM is monitored by network management tools the tools cannot collect data from the BCM or control its functionality via SNMP Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name SNMP Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms SNMP SNMP service structure Parent Tcpip EventLog SNMP P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 295 SNMP Trap service SNMP Trap The SNMP simple network messaging protocol trap service receives trap messages generated service by the BCM SNMP agent The service forwards the messages to SNMP management programs running in the network If the service is disabled SNMP applications that are registered to receive SNMP messages cannot receive SNMP traps If the service is disabled and if the BCM is monitoring network devices or server applications using SNMP traps significant system events are mis
364. k line dial tone to the ATA 2 1 oa fF GW N Disconnect ATA 2 external line from the Business Communications Manager hardware and connect the data device directly to this external line Make a call If the problem continues the device or the external line is possibly at fault Plug the device into a different line If the problem continues the device is possibly at fault Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 466 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics For more information about ATA 2 contact your customer service representative Unified Manager Diagnostics The Unified Manager selection contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel Recording The Recording selection contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel Playback The Playback selection contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel Driver Debug diagnostics The Driver Debug selection contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel WANExam The WANExam selection contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel ISDN Monitor The ISDN Monitor selection contains operations intended only for use by Nortel Networks technical support personnel QoS Debug The QoS Debug selection contains operations intended only for us
365. l sec greater than 25 of LAN WAN speed 2 Failed to get Network Information 3 Bytes Sent sec greater than 50 of LAN WAN speed 4 Bytes Received sec greater than 50 of LAN WAN speed 5 Packets Received Error sec of LAN WAN 6 Packets Received Discarded sec of LAN WAN 7 Packets Outbound_Error sec of LAN WAN 8 Packets found Discarded sec of LAN WAN No action required System Status Monitor Event ID 2006 Event ID 2007 Event ID 2008 Event ID 3000 Event ID 3001 Event ID 3002 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message Chapter 2 Fault Management System 179 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Minor Warning None LAN1 LAN2 and WAN Warnings CPU load above 98 Check System Services to identify which service are consuming the CPU cycles Minor Warning None CPU load above 98 for more than 2 minutes Non Paged Memory near or on its capacity No Action Required Minor Warning None Non Page Memory Warning CPU Temperature Above Tolerance 100 C for mo
366. lace the DTM Caution Notify service provider of T1 or PRI signaling disruption Notify your T1 or PRI service provider before disconnecting your T1 or PRI lines removing power to your system or performing any other action that disrupts your T1 or PRI signaling Failure to notify your T1 or PRI service provider may result in a loss of T1 or PRI service For information on how to replace any system components refer to the Business Communications Manager Installation and Maintenance Guide Monitoring the T1 or PRI signal If you are finding minimal faults with the T1 or PRI signal you can monitor the signal to try and isolate the problem The monitor jack on the DTM faceplate provides non intrusive bridged in service monitoring of the T1 or PRI signal Connect a protocol analyzer or other test equipment into the monitor jack to monitor the signal received from the network and the signal transmitted by Business Communications Manager Problems with trunk or station modules 1 Choose Resources Media Bay Modules and the bus that the module is on to ensure that the module is not disabled For more information refer to the procedure Media Bay Module status on page 427 Disable the module using the procedure Disabling enabling a single module on page 428 P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 427 3 Enable the module using the procedure Disabling enabling a single module on page 428
367. larm eventSource trap summary Unknown alarm detected Alarm code 1 Contact your local support group Warning Information MSC event 999 Sev P7 Cat B VoiceCTl VoiceCT Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 258 Event ID 258 Event ID 259 Event ID 259 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Chapter 2 Fault Management System 229 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID VoiceCT Less than 5 voice file space avail To delete voice messages especially check the General Delivery Mailbox Disk full data partition condition Critical Error None All CallPilot ports busy change resource allocation All voice ports in use Enable additional ports to avoid this situation Critical Error None Restart BCM so that change in Call Center refresher channel will take effect Restart VoiceMail to have the new Refresher Channel value in effect Minor Warning None SetPortCapability voice failed no resource Voice ports need to be allocated for the media services
368. larm Browser window allows you to browse through a list of alarms and provides detailed information on each one For more information Refer to Accessing the alarm browser to analyze alarm detail on page 68 Alarm Manager allows you to manage the collection and storage of alarm information Use the Alarm Manager to enable or disable sending of all or some types of SNMP traps The Alarm Backup Batch Job application backs up old alarm records to an archive folder at scheduled time intervals For further information on how to use the Backup Batch Job refer to Configuring alarm manager settings on page 69 BCM alarm severity Alarm severity refers to a scale in which an alarm notification is categorized The alarm severity prescribes the degree of appropriate user intervention There are four alarm severity levels critical major minor and warning Critical alarms indicate system problems that require immediate corrective action Major alarms indicate system problems that require corrective action Minor alarms indicate system problems that do not affect system performance and may or may not require action Warning alarms indicate system status changes that normally do no need any corrective action P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 65 Access and Configure the Alarm System The alarm service works to generate SNMP trap event notifications You must also enable and configure SNMP traps The Business Communicati
369. lays the current value Click OK to apply these changes The system displays a warning that the system will restart and default programming values will be restored Note After the system cold start is completed you can use a different template than the default template From Diagnostics MSC System startup and select a template from the template list However if you select a new template you must perform another system restart Warm reset A warm reset resets the telephony portion of the system but does not affect the current telephony programming 1 On the navigation tree click the Diagnostics key and click the MSC heading The Configuration menu option is enabled Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 442 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 2 From the Configuration menu click Warm reset The system displays a warning that all active calls will be dropped 3 Click OK to continue Changing system identification parameters The following sections provide information about changing your system identification parameters e Changing the system name on page 442 e Changing the system domain on page 442 e Changing the CallPilot region on page 444 e Changing the Business Communications Manager time and date on page 444 Changing the system name The system name identifies the Business Communications Manager system on the network To change the system name 1 On
370. le User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Reconfigure the number of media gateways Critical Error None First s is the port caps and second s is reason for failure Severity 1 Component vps lt IVR gt lt BCM name gt Message Call presented and no ports available to receive the call Configure more IVR ports Warning Information None Severity 1 Component vps lt IVR gt lt BCM name gt Message Class lt Subsystem MX gt mx_AnswerCall Invalid Handle 2 Terminate application from all administrative lines Warning Information None Joint Engine Technology JET provides the JET database driver for BCM The database engine used in Microsoft Access that accompanies Visual Basic and C Jet is typically used for storing data in the client machine JET Event ID 8 Event ID 9 Event ID 16 Alarm severity P0609330 2 0 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None 215 The database engine 04 909 0000 started No action required Warning Informat
371. led On the Configuration menu click Disable The system displays a warning that this action will disable the entire module and all of its devices Click OK The system disables the module in one minute or immediately if the status is idle Click Cancel to leave this display without disabling the module Enabling a disabled module 1 2 On the navigation tree click the Resources key and click the Media Bay Modules key Click heading of the Bus associated with the module you wish to enable The State box indicates that the module is disabled and the Configuration menu is enabled On the Configuration menu click Enable The system displays a message indicating that the module is being enabled Identifying a device connected to the system You may wish to check a device s version number for compatibility with the system Use this procedure to display status information for any device connected to the system 1 2 3 4 On the navigation tree click the Resources and the Media Bay Modules keys Click the key of the Bus and click the key of the Port Click the Channels key Click the B1 heading to display the device connected to the B1 channel or click the B2 heading to display the device connected to the B2 channel The window displays the device its type the version number of the device and its state If there is an add on device attached to the telephone such as a central answering position module or a Busy Lamp F
372. lict error is not written to the event log Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 396 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore Error Messages Most errors originate with the mapping of a network resource for the purpose of the backup and restore scripts Errors usually relate to permissions and security settings of the network resource Ensure the username you provide has full control sharing access to the network resource and full control security permissions Other errors may originate from the XML file function In this case the exact error is stored in a log file on the destination of the backup data Volume Administration The BRU allows you to save information about the most used network targets or Volumes You do not need to type the remote path and user name every time you want to run a script requiring access to a remote resource Note This feature can not be accessed during a process execution The user must complete all the information to be able to save a Volume The volume administration table displays the following information Table 20 Volume administration Data Description Volume ID Identification number for each of the Volumes saved Type Indicates if the volume refers to a remote a local folder or FTP server Logical name Indicates a logical name for the volume The user may enter any desired name Location Path to access the local folder or remote network resource or FTP server U
373. listed in chronological order from top to bottom The events at the bottom are the most recent Each of the files is laid out into 9 columns as follows Date Time N A N A Event ID Component ID User BCM System Name Problem Description 1 Unzip the archlog package to an empty directory on your client PC 2 From the unzipped contents navigate to nortel networks logs system In this directory contains the 3 event log files as follows e AppEvent txt application event log e SecEvent txt security event log e SysEvent txt system event log 3 From the client PC open the appropriate log with a text editor such as notepad Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 328 Chapter 4 Log Management System P0609330 2 0 329 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor This chapter describes the BCM Monitor interface and provides the following main topics e Starting BCM Monitor on page 329 e Use BCM Monitor to Analyze your System Status on page 331 e BCM Monitor Statistical minimum and maximum Values on page 340 e BCM Monitor information capture on page 341 For further information on BCM monitor consult the on line help system Starting BCM Monitor BCM Monitor is an optional standalone application that allows the system administrator to view system and IP telephony information for each Business Communications Manager Open several instances of the application on a single PC to monitor the corr
374. lly initialized error lt error code gt If the application is not behaving correctly restart it after the Voice CTE service has started lt RTROO1 gt User action If the application is not behaving correctly restart it after the Voice CTE service has started Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None Event ID 258 Message KSU connection is down all devices are disabled User action No action required Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None P0609330 2 0 DCOM Chapter 2 Fault Management System 113 Distributed Components Microsoft API provides the components needed for Unified manager DCOM Event ID 10001 Event ID 10002 Event ID 10004 Event ID 10005 Event ID 10010 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None Unable to start a DCOM Server 3 as 4 5 r n The error WN amp QUOt W 2 amp Quot YonHappened while starting this command n 1 r n Contact Support Critical Error None Access denied attempting to launch a DCOM Server The server is CF6B5
375. ls wentID Severity pr Lie _ __Fichem Descrinton Cause Benai Action Uther Dates _ Ei SEI warring Monday Merch 2 UserLogoft U N A NA warming Monday March 2 Successtul Logon N A A Mo warning Monday March 2 Looott U T T i warming EEEE i Sec warming Component ID Security ee warning a Securiy 538 maring Event D E17 a T Lana Severity warming a 528 warning a 570 warning Time IM onday March 24 2003 08 36 36 o wating wm secuty si warning a 2 Repair Action Maal Warning Applet Window Other Data 1 The audit log was cleared Primary User Mame SYSTEM Primary Domain MT AUTHORITY Primary Logon ID Ox00e5E 7 Client User Name SYSTEM Client Domain NT AUTHORITY Client Logon ID O 0 0e3E 7 Problem Description Warning Applet Window 7 Close the Alarms Details screen when you are finished viewing the alarm detail 8 Close the Alarm Browser screen when you are finished viewing the alarms for this severity Configuring alarm manager settings The Alarm Manager enables you to manage the collection and storage of alarm information The Alarm Manager allows you to set different collection parameters for the Alarm Database You can use the Alarm Manager to enable or disable the sending of all or some types of SNMP traps The Alarm Manager provides the Alarm Backup Batch Job an application which backs up old alarm records to an archive folder at a scheduled time To configure alarm manager setti
376. lt name gt Target Domain lt domain gt Target Account ID lt id gt Caller User Name lt name gt Caller Domain lt domain gt Caller Logon ID lt id gt Privileges Security Event ID 633 Event ID 636 Event ID 637 Event ID 642 Event ID 644 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Chapter 2 Fault Management System 163 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary No action required a global group member added Warning Success Audit None Global Group Member Removed Member lt member id gt Target Account Name lt name gt Target Domain lt domain gt Target Account ID lt id gt Caller User Name lt name gt Caller Domain lt domain gt Caller Logon ID lt id gt Privileges No action required a global group member removed Warning Success Audit None Local Group Member Added Member lt member id gt Target Account Name lt name gt Target Domain lt domain gt Target Account ID lt id gt Caller User Name lt name gt Caller Domain lt domain gt Caller Logon ID lt id gt Privileges No action required a local group member added Warning Succes
377. m only shows up as an alarm P0609330 2 0 mspQoS Chapter 2 Fault Management System 141 MspQosS provides the Quality of Service driver which controls NAT QoS IPSec Firewall mspQoS Event ID 2000 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comment mspQoSMP Return to table Return to table Service Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None The description for Event ID 2000 in Source mspQoS could not be found It contains the following insertion string s No action required Warning Information None This item will only show up in DEBUG builds of mspgos Perfmon has opened the mspqos performance collector mspperf dll MspQoSMP Quality of Service driver which controls NAT QoS IPSec Firewall mspQoSMP Event ID 4003 Event ID 4014 Event ID 4019 Event ID 4022 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None Memory allocation failed on d2 May need to reboot system Critical Error None System is low on memory and cannot allocated resources in the driver 2 Maximum filter
378. m reboot e Total queue 5 packets Total queue 5 packets since system reboot e Total queue 5 packets dropped Total queue 4 packets dropped since system reboot Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table QoS refers to guaranteed throughput level QoS allows a server to measure improve and to some level guarantee the transmission rates error rates and other data transmission characteristics QoS is critical for the continuous and real time transmission of video and multimedia information which use high bandwidth Use the Quality of Service QoS monitor to observe the system performance for queued octets packets and packets dropped range 6 9 To access the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table 1 Access the Resources performance monitor see Accessing the Resources Performance Monitor on page 350 Continue to the next step of this procedure when complete Click on and expand the LAN resource on the navigation tree From the Performance drop down menu select one of the following from the top line menu item a QoS Queue 6 9 Graph b QoS Queue 6 9 Table QoS Queue 6 9 counter types The QoS 6 9 graph and table selections display quality of service related network traffic statistics When you display the QoS 6 9 graph you can select one of the following counter types e Total queue 6 octets Total queue 6 octets since system reboot e Total queue 6 packets Total queue 6 packets since system reboot e Total queue 6 packets
379. m severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Chapter 2 Fault Management System 139 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary None Call dropped due to incompatible codecs this is not an MPS issue WARNING Endpoint d d registration failed Contact customer support Minor Warning None Failed to register an endpoint due to unknown endpoint type or duplication this may not be an MPS issue ERROR Unable to allocate memory MPS service aborted May need to reboot the system Critical Error None System is low on memory and cannot allocate resources in the driver this is not an MPS issue ERROR Unable to initialize MPSMI MPS service aborted Restart system contact customer support Critical Error None Cannot initialize MPSMI this is not an MPS issue ERROR Unable to connect to MSM rc d MPS service aborted Restart system contact customer support Critical Error None Cannot connect to Media Service Manager this is not an MPS issue ERROR Unable to open FUMP channel MPS service aborted Restart system contact customer support Critical Error None Media service manager could not open a FUMP channel for MPS this is not an MPS issue ERROR FUMP channel not ready MPS service aborted Restart system contact customer support Critical Error None Fump channel is not ready this is not an MPS issue Busi
380. manager DECT OAM service Voice NNU diagnostics L DECT Maintenance console A SORD DECT Alarm monitor DECT OAM FTP Publishing service FTP Publishing service Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The FTP publishing service provides file transfer protocol FTP connectivity and administration through the Internet Information Service IIS snap in Features include bandwidth throttling security accounts and extensible logging This service is not critical to normal operation of BCM Nortel Networks recommends you do not change the default status and startup values Nortel Networks configurable services MSFTPSVC Stopped Manual None FTP publishing service service structure Parent NT LM Security support provider Remote procedure call service FTP Publishing service HotDesking HotDesking Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms P0609330 2 0 The Hotdesking service allows IP Sets to use the hot desking feature Nortel Networks configurable services HotDesking Running Automatic HotDesking Chapter 3 Service Management System 285 HotDesking service structure Voice MSC Driver Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics A Voice Licensing services l l Media services manager Media path server Media gateway server
381. mation box that provides the approximate timing of the process To check the status of the configuration press the Refresh button When the process is complete the title of the page has the word completed as part of the title Install clients After you set up the system and it is operating you can add the keycodes for any optional features you want to include Access optional applications including those which require keycodes through the Install Clients button For information about how to set up these optional features refer to the documentation for each application The install clients utility allows you to select and download client applications that allows you to run multi media software and other telecommunications functions Applications may depend on other components or software keys to be functional Each application page identifies the dependencies required in order to activate the appropriate functionality e Select the Install Clients button to download client applications such as Call Centre Call Pilot IVR Desktop assistant 12050 software phone Personal Call Manager NetVision Symbol phone administrator e Select the Install Clients button to download client toolkits such as CDR Client wrapper LAN CTE client TAPI 2 1 installation Unified Manager Java class library e Select the Install Clients button to download developer information such as Program description Developer cat
382. mber of B channels that are allocated for you to use For example you may want to use only 12 B channels instead of 23 B channels If you do not have all of the PRI B channels you should disable all the B channels that you do not need It is recommended that the number of lines that are deprovisioned on an DTM configured as PRI be the same as the number of b channels that are disabled For example If the DTM is on bus 7 when b channels 13 23 are disabled you should deprovision lines 73 to 83 1 2 3 Choose Diagnostics Trunk Modules Choose a bus and then choose a module Choose B channels A list of the B channels on this module appears Click a channel for example B 01 The display shows the status of the PRI channel On the Configuration menu click Enable or Disable to change the setting for the channel P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 455 Metrics The following usage metrics are available with the Business Communications Manager Software e CbC limit metrics on page 455 e Hunt Group Metrics on page 455 CbC limit metrics You can view statistical information on call by call limit settings for PRI when the protocol is set to call by call routing 1 Choose Diagnostics Service Metrics Telephony Services CbC limit metrics The display shows the pools that supports CbC routing 2 Choose a pool For example Pool PRI B The display shows the services in the pool The
383. me of the data restored and to re start stopped services Source Drive Local Drive To restore the BCM data from a Local Drive E the user must be aware that the space available might not be enough and the restore will not be completed The total space used for backup restore on the E drive should not exceed 1 gigabyte Remote Drive To restore component data to the BCM the user must have a local source or shared network resource prepared to get the data from This shared resource must have its permissions set such that the specific user has access to this resource at read write permission level You should check the documentation of the system you wish to backup to for instructions on setting the security and share level The BCM must be able to map to this shared resource FTP Server To restore the BCM data from a FTP Server the user must have a source folder prepared to store the data The folder must have its permissions set such that the specific user has full control The BCM must be able to find this FTP Server After making sure that the BCM has full access to the desired source drive select the components to be restored Restore Options BRU offers two restore options These options allows the user to run the restore with version compare or not 1 Restore only if the bcm version and the backup version are the same When selected this option will run the script that compares the BCM version with the backup version and if t
384. me link a warning appears You can choose to stop the process and continue resetting the BRU screen or you can cancel the reset and let the process continue Adding a new volume Backup volumes are the locations where you store the backed up settings Use this procedure to add new volumes using the Volume Administration screen 1 Access the backup and restore utility BRU from the Unified Manager interface see Accessing the backup and restore utility on page 411 The BRU screen appears with the BACKUP operation selected see Figure 56 on page 414 Select Volume Admin from the top line menu The Volume Administration screen appears see Figure 57 on page 415 Select Local Remote or FTP from the Status list box e Select Local if you want the backup stored in a volume on the Enterprise Edge e Select Remote if you want the backup stored on a computer on the network e Select FTP if you want the backup stored on an FTP server Enter the name of the backup volume in the Logical Name box Enter alphanumeric characters only for example Volume1 Do not use symbols or other special characters Enter the path name of the volume in the Location box e Ifthe volume is a local volume enter the drive designation for example E e Ifthe volume is a remote volume enter the computer IP address or computer name and the path name of the directory For example lt IP_address gt shared_folder or lt computer_name gt share
385. ment User Guide 386 Chapter 8 Security Management If you are adding a new user account from the Configuration menu select Add User If you are changing an existing user account select the user name on the list then from the Configuration menu select Modify User Enter a User Name if one does not already exist Enter and confirm a password if one has not already been specified Click to highlight the DialUpUserGroup name Then hold the lt Ctrl gt key down and click on any other groups to which you want to assign the user Select Enabled from the Callback menu Enter the number the system will dial to contact the client modem Ensure you include the correct routing codes Click OK at the bottom of the screen to save the settings Deleting a user profile To delete a user profile 1 Select Management User Manager The User Profile window appears showing a list of the current user profiles Click the line for the user you want to delete From the Configuration menu select Delete User A confirmation dialog will ask you to confirm that you want to delete the user record Click the YES button to delete the user profile Q Security Note You cannot delete the ee_admin user Adding or modifying a group profile The access privileges inherent in the various predefined group profiles control user access within the Unified Manager interface The administration group maps to administrator privileges on the Business Com
386. menu select Reset All Min Max BCM Monitor information capture Information capture an instantaneous snapshot of the information into a text file static snapshot This is done by pre selecting which of the BCM Monitor tabs the user wishes to capture and invoking a save function to capture the required information into a static snapshot txt file The file name embeds time date and Business Communications Manager name information to make it easy to view using MS Word or other program at a later time Additionally dynamic logging is also possible in which the BCM Monitor application records snapshots at a user specified frequency This information is written into a file that is recognized by spreadsheet applications such as MS Excel The administrator can specify which information he would like to have dynamically logged and enable the automated dynamic snapshots to begin The interval of time between successive snapshots can be specified in units of seconds A maximum number of snapshots can be specified or infinite logging Once enabled BCM Monitor dynamic logging writes the periodic snapshot information into a file on the administrator s workstation using the comma separated value csv file format Configuring the static snapshot settings 1 On the File menu click Snapshot Settings The Snapshot Settings screen appears Click the Static snapshot settings tab In the Output filename box enter the filename for the sta
387. mmary Call Detail Recording Media services manager The dependency service or group failed to start The DECT Alarm Monitor service depends on the DECT OAM service which failed to start Start the Media Services Manager service Critical Error None DECT Alarm monitor DECT OAM Media services manager The dependency service or group failed to start The DECT OAM service depends on the Media Services Manager service which failed to start Start the Media Services Manager service Critical Error None DECT OAM Media services manager The dependency service or group failed to start The Media Services Manager service depends on the Voice MSC Service service which failed to start Start Voice MSC Service If the problems persist contact your technical support representative Critical Error None Voice MSC service Media services manager The service did not respond to the start or control request in a timely fashion The Message Trace Tool service depends on the Media Services Manager service which failed to start Start the Media Services Manager service Critical Error None Message trace tool Media services manager The dependency service or group failed to start The Task Scheduler service depends on the Net Logon service which failed to start Start Net Logon service Critical Error None Net logon Task scheduler Service Control Manager Event ID 7001 Event ID 7001 Event ID 7001
388. mmunications Manager uses the Internet and tunneling protocols to create secure extranets These secure extranets require a protocol for safe transport from the Business Communications Manager to another device through the Public Data Network PDN Business Communications Manager uses the PPTP and IPSec tunneling protocols Both of these protocols have encryption but IPSec has a slightly more secure hashing algorithm for negotiating keys Extranets can connect e mobile users to a fixed private network at their office over the PDN e private networks in the two branch offices of the same corporation over PDN P0609330 2 0 Chapter 8 Security Management 393 e two divisions of the same corporation over the corporate intranet When connecting two branch offices the use of a VPN over the public data network is very efficient if the connection is required only intermittently or a dedicated point to point link is considered too expensive Also with the advent of business to business solutions VPNs can be deployed to provide secure connections between corporations For further information on creating and using a virtual private network refer to Chapter 21 in the Programming Operations Guide Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 394 Chapter 8 Security Management P0609330 2 0 395 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore This chapter provides information on how to manage the Business Communications Manager backup an
389. mode with the MSC The module takes any data it receives from the MSC loops it back to the MSC 5 Exit from the Unified Manager session The TM LED lights to indicate the Loopback test has started 6 View the TxD and RxD LEDs to make sure data is transmitted and received by the MSC Refer to LED Indicator and Diagnostics on page 436 for information about the LEDs Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 438 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 7 When you are finished the loopback test start a Unified Manager session 8 Click the keys beside Resources and Media Bay Modules 9 Click the keys beside the Bus number assigned to the Data Module and Data Module 10 Click on the Loopback status heading 11 Click the Loopback drop list and then click Off P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 439 Troubleshooting Telephone Connections This section provides suggestions for ways of testing connections between devices and the system Use the following procedures Check the port associated with a device DN on page 439 Identify a device connected to the system on page 439 Disable a device on page 440 Enable a device on page 441 Check the port associated with a device DN Before you run any tests use the following procedure to determine the port associated with a particular device DN 1 2 Click the keys beside Diagnostics and MSC Click on
390. mponent ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None The system detected an address conflict for IP address lt IP Address gt with the system having network hardware address lt Hardware Address gt Network operations on this system may be disrupted as a result Disconnect the network connection for the interface with lt IP Addresss gt resolve the address conflict reconnect the network connection and reboot the machine if needed Critical Error None Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Tintsvr The MS Telnet Service has started successfully No action required Warning Information None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide ToneSrvr 184 Chapter 2 Fault Management System ToneSrvr provides the music on hold server application for the BCM ToneSvr Event ID 257 Event ID 258 Event ID 771 Event ID 772 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID lpMusic Tone Server ToneSrvr Starting No action required Warning Information None ToneSrvr Terminated
391. mponents ehaintenance Tools Step 3 Archlog al A en oO it A F fo 5 le Ye Please select the applications vou are experiencing probleme with Wiz a rg Archlog sas Back Finish Cancel Archlog viewer D AB Logs Archlog Settings eee ae eae Applications System Services Call Center l Apache Web Server Call Detail Recording DHCP Call Center Reporting DNS l Desktop Assistant Voice Time Synchronization FAX D NCM Interactive Voice Response System Status Monitor Personal Call Manager l Utnterruptable Power Source The table Report a problem wizard application selections lists the report a problem wizard applications Table 17 Report a problem wizard application selections Logs System Digital Applications Services Data IP Telephony Telephony Admin amp Setup Call Center Apache Web Firewall IP Sets i2004 Analog Sets Backup and Server Restore Call Detail DHCP IP SEC IP Sets i2002 Analog Trunks Key Codes Recording Call Center DNS IP Routing IP Soft Client DECT Patch Reporting i2050 Installation System Upgrade Desktop Voice Time IPX Routing IP Trunks Digital Sets Programming Assistant Synchronization Wizards FAX NCM Network Symbol ISDN Unified Manager Address Networking Translation Interactive System Status Networking Voice Response Monitor LAN WAN etc P0609330 2 0 Chapter 4 Log Management System 319 Table 17 Report a problem wizard a
392. munications Manager host system The other group profiles map to non administration groups To add or modify the profile for a group follow these steps 1 Select Management User Manager The User Profile screen appears showing the current user profile information Click the User Group List tab to view the existing groups see Figure 54 on page 387 Add or change a user group If you are adding a new group from the Configuration menu select Add User Group P0609330 2 0 Chapter 8 Security Management 387 5 If you are editing an existing group select the user group name on the list then from the Configuration menu select Modify User Group The User Group List dialog box appears Use the following table to determine the user group profile information that needs to be added or changed e e This is the name of the user group If you are modifying an existing record you will not be able to change this field This box allows you to choose which menus you want to keep hidden from the user group The UserGroupName Configurable Menus box shows these fields covered by a grey box Configurable For the headings not covered by grey boxes select the ones for which you want the users to be menus able to change settings All headings that are left white will appear on the menu but will be read only for this group 8 Click the SAVE button to save your settings The new user group information is added to the list on the Us
393. n Deleting a volume Backup volumes are the locations where you store the backed up settings Use this procedure to delete volumes using the Volume Administration screen 1 Access the backup and restore utility BRU from the Unified Manager interface see Accessing the backup and restore utility on page 411 The BRU screen appears with the BACKUP operation selected see Figure 56 on page 414 2 Select Volume Admin from the top line menu The Volume Administration screen appears see Figure 57 on page 415 3 Select the radio button beside the volume you want to delete The volume information appears on the screen Select the Delete button A confirmation dialog box appears Select the OK button Select the Close button to close the Volume Administration screen Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 414 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore Performing a backup using the BRU A backup saves your Enterprise Edge settings to a volume on the local hard disk or another computer on the network Use this procedure to perform a backup to a local or remote hard disk Note Nortel Networks recommends that you perform a backup on your Business Communications Manager on a regular basis Note IVR and CallPilot voicemail functionality is unavailable for a period of time while the Voice applications are backed up 1 Access the backup and restore utility BRU from the Unified Manager interface see Accessing the
394. n The individual packets for a given file may travel different routes through the Internet When the packets have all arrived they are reassembled into the original file To access the IP Packets Graph and Table 1 Access the Resources performance monitor see Accessing the Resources Performance Monitor on page 350 Continue to the next step of this procedure when complete 2 From the Performance drop down menu select one of the following from the top line menu item a IP Packets Graph b IP Packets Table IP Packet counter types The IP Packets graph and table selections display IP related network traffic statistics When you display the IP Packets graph you can select and display statistics for one of the following counter types e IP Packets Forwarded The rate of input datagrams for that this entity was not their final IP destination as a result of which an attempt was made to find a route to forward them to that final destination In entities that do not act as IP Gateways this rate will include only those packets that were Source Routed via this entity and the Source Route option processing was successful e Outbound discarded the number of output IP datagrams for which no problems were encountered to prevent their transmission to their destination but which were discarded e g for lack of buffer space This counter would include datagrams counted in Datagrams Forwarded if any such packets met this discretionary d
395. n along with other operating system functions Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name NnuDiagLogger Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms Nnu P0609330 2 0 Voice NNU diagnostics service structure Parent Chapter 3 Service Management System 303 None Voice software alarm monitor Voice software alarm monitor Type Service name Default status Default startup Media services manager Voice NNU diagnostics Voice WAN DECT OAM DECT Maintenance console a DECT Alarm monitor Voice software alarm monitor Message trace tool Call Detail Recording Media path server T Media gateway server pa A UNISTIM Terminal proxy server c HotDesking Voice management subsystem Inventory service VoiceCTI T Voice mail Nortel Networks IVR Voice CFS lpMusic BcmAmp loMusic Tone Server Voice CTE VolP Gateway Line monitor server The Voice software alarm monitor service monitors the telephony component for alarms that have been set cleared and records them in the Windows NT Event Log In addition the service provides time synchronization between Windows NT and the MSC Telephony Nortel Networks configurable services VoiceSW Running Automatic Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 304 Chapter 3 Service Management System Alarms e Voice soft
396. n complete Click on and expand the LAN resource on the navigation tree From the Performance drop down menu select one of the following from the top line menu item a QoS Queue 1 5 Graph b QoS Queue 1 5 Table QoS Queue 1 5 counter types The QoS 1 5 graph and table selections display quality of service related network traffic statistics When you display the QoS 1 5 graph you can select one of the following counter types e Total queue 1 octets Total queue 1 octets since system reboot e Total queue 1 packets Total queue packets since system reboot e Total queue 1 packets dropped Total queue 1 packets dropped since system reboot e Total queue 2 octets Total queue 2 octets since system reboot e Total queue 2 packets Total queue 2 packets since system reboot e Total queue 2 packets dropped Total queue 2 packets dropped since system reboot e Total queue 3 octets Total queue 3 octets since system reboot Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 366 Chapter 6 Performance Management e Total queue 3 packets Total queue 3 packets since system reboot e Total queue 3 packets dropped Total queue 3 packets dropped since system reboot e Total queue 4 octets Total queue 4 octets since system reboot e Total queue 4 packets Total queue 4 packets since system reboot e Total queue 4 packets dropped Total queue 4 packets dropped since system reboot e Total queue 5 octets Total queue 5 octets since syste
397. n de obs Gh Sa Ha ha he yey hoy gee ead da ee es 170 ac EEEE en ee ee TE E E E T ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 171 Sor SECU Sel DOr 56442605500 hee sree en eRGe re Oeee hae ne E OMe ee ERE 171 Survivable Remote Gateway 0 0 ccc eee ee eens 172 System Status Monitor n aana anaana aa ee ee eee eee eee 175 T eee eee ee ee E ee ee A E EAN 183 REY 56 Ses pn Ghee ee RGR Oe ee eae eee Ree eRe Ree eee ees 183 TON 64 4 Gada o dine doed 464 49500 55505 bee oon de ease ess 184 PS EE E E ures oaeuess ones opus EE N L E ey uenen een eaoe 185 Ci oe ee ee ee eee eee TEE ee ee Te ee ee ee ee ee ee 200 ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee 202 VNO SGC bcp ea hone hoy eeda eee E ha pases engerareeee eee ye ames 203 TANG Ie ee ey eee oe eee ne ee ee E E T EE 203 P0609330 2 0 WR GSO 9 og wee aes goons 3 4 oh oie os Cr se en bo ose Cee b eau 204 Se ee a ee a ee ee ee ee er ee ee ee ere eee 205 PGCE GE 4 b5 46 RE ODE HARA ROORAEEE ROEM REARS EEAAE SO REDSEAN EERE OR 207 E E E i E O E E E EE E EE E TT 211 E garoa r N A 229 VoiceManagementSubsystem n anana aa ae dineeeeiedebeteeesuntwten 231 Voice MSO OIG see 65 54 0 4455 4645 69855 04 055594555 4955 804 94 0559 0055 ENAS 232 MOR OG 4 54 0664 558044 604 oe oe bed ho 44 ho bheeeoehe chess 6 Se 233 VOLERCOONI 4 5 05 be Geos a teehee eeeegeea pede dees pee ease a neeaas 235 Ose VAN Oe 554636 edn eee E EE 236 ea sie i ee ee ee ee re ee ee E ee ee ee ee ee 237 i ETETETT EEE T E EE E EA PEE E E T E T E E
398. n ohmic connection water ingress or too long a loop Transmit Alarm On indicates the DDI Mux cannot transmit on the T1 link The module sends an Alarm indication signal AIS to the terminating switch This half duplex link does not work Transmit Error On indicates the DDI Mux is sending a remote alarm indication RAI carrier failure alarm CFA to the terminating switch If the Transmit Alarm is not on this error indicates a far end or cable problem DS30 Loopback test The DS30 Loopback test forwards data transmitted to the DTE RxD back to the MSC in the Business Communications Manager The DS30 Loopback establishes a data path from the MSC through internal DS256 bus and the internal DDI Mux circuit and back to the MSC You must generate a test pattern and provide a means to monitor the data path at the network connection You can use a T1 Tester to generate and monitor data traffic Connect the T1 Tester to the RJ48C connector on the module In a system where a T1 connects to a CSU DSUs the far end CSU DSU can generate and monitor the network traffic while the local DDI Mux is in DS30 loopback tests To begin a DS30 Loopback test 1 Click the keys beside Resources and Media Bay Modules 2 Click the keys beside the Bus number assigned to the Data Module and Data Module 3 Click on the Loopback status heading 4 Click the Loopback drop list and then click Manual DS30 If you choose Manual DS30 the DDI Mux enters loopback
399. n selection screen 15 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 16 Figure 41 Figure 42 Figure 43 Figure 44 Figure 45 Figure 46 Figure 47 Figure 48 Figure 49 Figure 50 Figure 51 Figure 52 Figure 53 Figure 54 Figure 55 Figure 56 Figure 57 Figure 58 Figure 59 Figure 60 Figure 61 Figure 62 Figure 63 Figure 64 Figure 65 Figure 66 P0609330 2 0 Archlog schedule screen page 1 2 2 ce eee 322 Archlog viewer screen 1 ee eee nee eens 324 PICHION CONMGINGION SAGE 4 ci hehehe EAMES EERE HEEL REECE EERE EM 325 Archlog browse logs folder screen 0 0 cc eee 326 BCM Monitor info tab screen display 00 ees 332 BCM Monitor MSC tab screen display 0 0 00 c eee eee eee aoc BCM Monitor voice ports tab screen display 00000 eee aes 334 BCM Monitor IP devices tab screen display 0000 cee aes 335 BCM Monitor RTP session tab screen display nnan na anaana 336 BCM Monitor UIP tab screen display 0 0 00 cc eee 337 BCM Monitor line monitor tab screen display 000000 eee eee 338 BCM Monitor usage indicator tab screen display 00000 ee 339 NetIQ summary tab sac oh oas 454 6 6 400d o 4a PG dE GESA Re PEER 372 er user Oe one he oe eho oa eee ee En eer nanan R 387 Reboot screen display cacti ethene een ee Roe Re PRR ee idris Oe 397 Backup and restore main page screen display 000 eee e ees 414 BRU Volum
400. n thresholds No action required Warning Information None Ambient humidity back within thresholds UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 200000 Event ID 200001 Event ID 200002 Event ID 200004 Event ID 200005 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 191 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary No action required Warning Information None UPS on battery This event can be caused by poor power quality i e power fluctuation 1 If input power is still present or becomes present again quickly decrease the sensitivity of the UPS 2 If the UPS has switched to battery operation because of complete loss of utility power wait for power to be restored to the UPS If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power 3 If only the UPS has lost input power check building wiring and circuit breakers Warning Information None UPS on battery High input line voltage This event can be caused by poor power quality i e power fluctuation Decrease the sensitivity of the UPS If the condition
401. nagement System Service Control Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Manager Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Service None Comments BCM FP1 Upgrades will fail to install no longer supported replace BCM hard drive SNMP SNMP Simple Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary network messaging protocol Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service SNMP Event ID 1001 Message The SNMP Service has started successfully User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None SNMP Trap Agent SNMP Trap Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary agent Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service SNMP Trap service Event ID 101 Message The Small Site Trap Agent DLL has been loaded User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Event ID 102 Message The Small Site Trap Agent DLL has been unloaded User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None P0609330 2 0 Srv Chapter 2 Fault Management System 171 Relates to the server service on BCM The Server service acts as the key to all server side NetBIOS applications and provides support for print file and named pipe sharing through the SMB services The service is a subsystem for NT sh
402. nagement repository Type System level services Service name WinMgmt Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Windows management service structure Parent Remote procedure call service i L _ Windows management P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 277 Workstation Workstation The Workstation service is needed for communications and network connections and allows for outbound NetBIOS connections See also Server service description Nortel Networks recommends careful consideration when configuring the system name The system notifies you of duplicate names and fails to start the service Type System level services Service name LanmanWorkstation Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Workstation service structure Parent Child TDI Workstation Workstation Computer Browser Remote access connection manager A Routing and remote access service A Net link manager Multi dialup manager _ _Alerter Messenger _ _ _ Remote access autodial manager _ _ Net logon _ _Remote procedure call locator World wide web publishing service World wide web The World wide web publishing service provides HTTP services for Windows platform publishing service applications When disabled the operating system no longer acts as a Web server This service is not critical
403. nagement subsystem Inventory service VoiceCTI A Voice mail l Nortel Networks IVR Voice CFS _ _lpMusic BcmAmp z lpMusic Tone Server The Message trace tool service is a logging utility that records all telephony traffic information tool The service is primarily used for problem diagnosis by support staff and designers Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name MTT Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms Service Control Manager P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 291 Message trace tool service structure Parent Voice MSC Driver Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics i A Voice Licensing services l Media services manager A Message trace tool Microsoft DHCP server Microsoft DHCP server Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Microsoft DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol service enables DHCP capability on the BCM and is used to assign dynamic IP addresses to devices on a network Nortel Networks configurable services DhcpServer Stopped Manual DhcpServer Microsoft DHCP server service structure Parent NT LM Security support provider Remote procedure call service _Microsoft DHCP server Microsoft DNS server Microsoft DNS server Type Service name Defa
404. nagementSubsystem Media gateway server Running Automatic Voice MSC service Running Automatic MGS VoiceMSCService Media path server MPS Running Automatic Voice Net QoS monitor Running Automatic VoiceNetQoSMonitor Media services manager Running Manual Voice NNU diagnostics Running Automatic EmsManager NnuDiagLogger Message trace tool MTT Running Automatic Voice software alarm monitor Running Automatic VoiceSW Microsoft DHCP server Stopped Manual Voice time synch Stopped Manual DhcpServer VoiceTimeSynch Microsoft DNS server DNS Running Automatic Voice WAN VoiceWAN Stopped Automatic Voice watchdog voicewatchdog Running Automatic Net link manager Running Automatic VolP Gateway Running Automatic NetLinkManager VoiceNetVolPGateway Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 280 Chapter3 Service Management System Table 16 Nortel Networks configurable services Display name Default Display name Service name startup status Service name Nortel Networks IVR Nortel Stopped Manual VoIP SIP Gateway Networks startup service VoIPSIPGateway Nortel Networks license Running Automatic service Nortel Networks license service Alarm service Default startup status Running Automatic Alarm service The Alarm service provides alarm reporting capability through the local system interface This service requires you to enable Remote procedure call service RpcSs first The Alarm service
405. name in the Username box to access the remote volume Use a domain name qualifier if required e Enter the password in the Password box to access the remote volume e Select the Submit button When the restore is complete a dialog box appears The dialog box indicates the restore is a success or failure If the dialog box confirms the restore is successful select the OK button and continue to the next step in this procedure If the dialog box indicates an error select the OK button and check the log file for errors Correct the cause of the errors and try the restore procedure again A dialog box prompts you to reboot Business Communications Manager Select the OK button to reboot your system P0609330 2 0 423 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics This section contains information about diagnosing module line performance issues and device line issues This section also provides instructions on how to perform a system startup set identification parameters and maintain telephony resources This chapter contains the following information e Module Diagnostics on page 423 e Problems with trunk or station modules on page 426 e Media Bay Module status on page 427 e Testing DTM Modules on page 429 e DTM CSU statistics on page 431 e Testing the DDI Mux on page 434 e Troubleshooting Telephone Connections on page 439 e Performing a system startup and warm reset on p
406. ncies and interrelated data The table below lists the Unified manager configuration data that is preserved Table 29 Unified manager sub components and configuration data Unified Manager gt System gt Identification System name amp Time zone only Wear Unen Manager Services Poiey Management Q0S P0609330 2 0 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore 403 Table 29 Unified manager sub components and configuration data MSM Published IP Address determined from IP Telephony Published IP address Unified Manager gt Resources gt LAN or WAN LANx or WANx Unified Manager gt Services gt SNMP except Summary gt Status Voice Application Data Backup Selection of the Voice Applications component in the BRU component list encompasses a large number of BCM components These components are grouped together because of their interdependencies and interrelated data Below 1s a listing of each subcomponent along with their corresponding configuration data that 1s preserved Note Voice mail and IVR will be unavailable during the Voice Applications backup or restore The table below lists the Voice application sub components and configuration data that is preserved Table 30 Voice application sub components and configuration data Sub component Configuration location CDR Unified Manager gt Services gt Call detail recording All CDR records Call pilot Unified Manager gt System gt Identification Call pilot re
407. nd be re started by the watchdog HotDesking Unable to open registry data No action required Critical Error None The service will shut down and be re started by the watchdog UTPS Services table is full No action required Critical Error None The service will shut down and be re started by the watchdog Hot desking being terminated by UTPS No action required Critical Error None The service will shut down and be re started by the watchdog Hot Desking server is unable to connect to the UTPS No action required Critical Error None The service will shut down and be re started by the watchdog Unable to get a timer from the OS No action required Critical Error None The service will shut down and be re started by the watchdog Hot Desking is unable to initiate the registry Chapter 2 Fault Management System 123 HotDesking Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Inventory Service Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary No action required Critical Error None The service will shut down and be re started by the watchdog Inventory Service Event ID 3300 Event ID 3301 Event ID 3302 IPRIP2 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity
408. ne of the Dialup performance monitor selections from the drop down menu QoS Graph see Accessing the QoS Graph and Table QoS Table see Accessing the QoS Graph and Table QoS Queue 1 5 Graph see Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table QoS Queue 1 5 Table see Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table QoS Queue 6 9 Graph see Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table QoS Queue 6 9 Table see Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table 0 Qa O JD P0609330 2 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 363 Accessing the UTWAN performance monitor This section describes how to access and use the UTWAN performance monitor to analyze dialup traffic characteristics The statistics compiled by the system indicate packet traffic over the UTWAN A packet is the unit of data that is routed between an origin and a destination over the UTWAN Each packet is separately numbered and includes the IP address of the destination over the UTWAN When the packets have all arrived they are reassembled into the original file To access the UTWAN performance manager 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager main page select Configure On the navigation tree click and expand the Resources tree The Unified Manager displays the system resources page Click and expand the UTWAN resource tree On the Dialup resource page select Perform
409. ned soe be ex 399 PACS Ga DO once ceed arrr KEES EKA Cee Ree eee ee 400 PIGNIOG SOUNDS DACII kode hee OCRed e KORTE EASE EERE EROS KOE Pome REA 400 Backup and restore utility backup bind oid ed ede eecddeeew ead id eee ven eias 400 DECT OAM Operations Administration and Maintenance backup 401 P0609330 2 0 11 higie i EEEE EE EE E E say vee es eos Ss yee eee eb oeeeeeeoea ys 401 ee os ka oh bk EA OGG ESP NSE RE REGED eS 401 Multimedia call center MMCC backup 0 0 cece eee eee 402 Regisiy Gala DACKUD 20 coed hho ee CARES EE Er EEEE ET RKAM DE EER OS 402 Unified Manager data backup 0 ccc eee eens 402 VOICE Applicaton Data BACKUP seee dpetdiscedicineee ne dbeteeceka tue de 403 Telephony ne he hee EE REE ERA OFUEREE ELC ESRD EE ERLE ERR EEE LORS 404 ROSO NOJO 6icst ther cehen den eat d ee dee RARE ESKER OEE RRR REESE 404 Soure DNE bo tage 2 ony ea ad e wee ea weeds aes esa ae a teeyS 405 PS ie 23 0 eet he eee eee se ens ed bag 6h ae 405 Peeeliote IONS 265266666446 e56s cb koh d OHSS ER CREE ENS LOSERS COG R ORES 406 Apache Data Restore 250404 cee bok i 4h O oe Hd eGR GEE Lee SKE ee eee 406 Archlog Settings Restore cc eee ee eens 406 S U Data Peete cba ee ce dee oatense sed bone GEt eee a es seage danas 406 DEGT OAN et eS ot che kee hehe ee eed Cw eee deine chee kee 407 OT ete Pie bbe ed ete 6sen coed ho Rhee PERE EEEK Oe ERR Oe are RRO 407 SNS POSS fosuen ecard poses bec Era 5405 4 Sesh e
410. nerated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of loss of frame in timeslot 16 The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 1 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning MSC event 333 Sev P5 Cat C This event is generated when the short term alarm threshold has been surpassed in the Digital Trunk Interface module for the detection of alarm indication signal in time slot 16 The module is in a no new calls state DTCM 1 Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Intervention is required to find out why the Digital Trunk Interface module is alarmed Minor Warning Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 226 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Voice software Event ID 335 Event ID 367 Event ID 400 Event ID 401 Event ID 608 Event ID 617 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity
411. ness Communications Manager Management User Guide 140 Chapter 2 Fault Management System MPS Media Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary path server Event ID 3006 Message ERROR Reset by Network Manager User action Submit a CR and attach archlogs Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Comments Network manager thinks MPS is dead Event ID 3007 Message ERROR Received EMS EVENT CONNECTION LOST from MSM MPS service aborted User action Restart system contact customer support Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Comments Lost connection to Media Service Manager this is not an MPS issue Event ID 3008 Message ERROR Unable to create event MPS service failed to start User action May need to reboot the system Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Comments System is low on resources and cannot allocate event handle in the driver this is not an MPS issue MSPAlarmService MSPAlarmService translates events into SNMP traps MSPAlarmService Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Event ID N A Message Failed to open client end of SNMP Trap Agent mailslot using CreateFile Win32 GetLast Error value value User action Contact customer support Alarm severity Major Trap type N A Logs None Comments This ite
412. ng WAN LAN interface counters e bytes received e bytes sent e bytes total e current bandwidth e output queue length e packets outbound discarded e packets outbound errors e packets received discarded e packets received errors e packets received non unicast e packets received unicast e packets received unknown e packets received e packets sent non unicast e packets sent unicast e packets sent e packets Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 368 Chapter 6 Performance Management MS Windows NT Performance MIBs Use the MS Windows NT Performancs MIB to monitor some BCM performance statistics including Memory Processor Network Interface Physical Disk Locgical Disk Paging Flle Process TCP IP and UDP The MS Windows NT Performancs MIB defines the following perfomance counters Table 19 MS Windows NT Performance MIBs MIB group name Group objects memory processor network interface physicalDisk logicalDisk pagingFile P0609330 2 0 Available Bytes Committed Bytes Commit Limit Page Faults Per Sec Write Copies Per Sec Transition Faults Per Sec Cache Faults Per Sec Demand Zero Faults Per Sec Pages Per sec Pages Input Per Sec Page Reads Per Sec Pages Output Per Sec Page Writes Per Sec Pool Paged Bytes Pool Nonpaged Bytes Pool Paged Allocs Pool Nonpaged Allocs Free System Page Table Entries Cache Bytes Cache Bytes Peak Pool Paged Resident Bytes System Code Total
413. ngs 1 On the navigation tree click the Management key and click Alarm Manager The Alarm Database SNMP Trap and Alarm Backup Batch Job windows appear Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 70 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Figure 20 Alarm manager database fields View Help Comprehensive Alarm Database SNMP Trap Alarm Backup Batch Job Alarm Database W BCM System Max Number Record fo Resources Services l eooo Management Discard Timer seconds 0 i User Manager Kept Timer days jo Alarm Manager Diagnostics Resyne Timer seconds 300 Archive Location Absolute path d data fles nortel networks unified managerarchives 2 Use the information from the following table to configure the Alarm Database Table 3 Alarm Database settings a ee Maximum Number Allows you to set the maximum number of records that the alarm database stores The default is Record 0 no limit The range is from 0 to 5000 records If you enter 0 there is no limit to the number of records When the number of records reaches the maximum the earliest record is removed to make room for the new alarm record Kept Timer days Allows you to set the number of days that the records remain in the database before the records are archived Resync Timer Allows you to set in seconds the interval at which the alarm service initiates a synchronization
414. nor Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 150 Chapter 2 Fault Management System NetlQObjMgr Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Trap type Warning Logs None Event ID Message The Bind Management Server Port was changed to XYZ 15001 User action No action required Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None Event ID Message The NetlQ Agent Listing Port number was changed to XYZ 15002 User action No action required Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None NetLinkManager NetLinkManager Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service Net link manager Event ID 0 Message The description for Event ID 0 in Source NetLinkManager could not be found It contains the following insertion string s Service started User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None Event ID 0 Message The description for Event ID 0 in Source NetLinkManager could not be found It contains the following insertion string s Service stopped User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None P0609330 2 0 NetLogon NetLogon Event ID 3095 NGRPCI Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Managem
415. ns Manager LogS 0 cece eee eee eee 309 Media service card core telephony logS 0 0 0 cece eee eens 309 KoG ocd oda eokddes gh eeroteeadtadeuuade eye Gennes oe 310 MSC System administration log 4 cds ces etande car eiec cde award aucecddadiauas 310 MSC Network event log cece ewiow eek bo neoe nde een deen neh ewe cog hind ean ees 311 Displaying the MSC log information 0 cee eee eee 311 Erasing the MSC log information 0 0 313 aE e e EE E I E E ee E E ee E E E ee ee 315 Reporta DobDIem NIZA 25 64 tee he hoo eee ENa ER TERE RARER ERK Ke BS 315 PE ee 8654 one hoon eed ngs dee cen eupeeeaceg serene ven E 321 PVC VIENEI 55 6 a 5 GEE PGES ESAS Ge EG EH EP A Sd GS 323 ei Losec c oe a ee ee eee a ee ee ae er ee ee ee or 324 Prowse 009 el 6 ken eh a eR EK ORE Ook CE EE RE en ee aD 326 Obtaining NT Event Logs from Archlog 0 000 cece ee eee eee 327 Chapter 5 2 8 Pl eee E ae ee ee ees a ee eee eee ee eee 329 Si BAN PODIO 2 265 040 0542 err 2544 60495594554 1055 EREI EOS SOROS SEES 329 Installing BOM Monitor on your computer 0 0 0 ee eee 329 Starting BCM Monitor aaan aana aaan 330 Saving YOUr logon INTOIMNAUGN e rerreessrerirpedrd etaa kad KKM ew 330 Use BCM Monitor to Analyze your System Status 0 00 0 ee 331 SAIS cece ae E a 332 MSC Media Services Card Tab nananana naaa tenes 333 TE FOr T sre a ee ee ee ee ee EEEE 334 i ee as cha chk ne Ghee R a ERGO ea ewe REE ee ee
416. ns to navigate as follows click on the Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary link to select an alarm by the Component ID alarm eventSource trap click on the Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID link to select a Component ID alarm by the Event ID The Event ID noted in the descriptions is a short form to indicate an Event ID Alarm eventld Trap The Event ID applies to the Component ID alarm eventSource trap click on the Service link to review the service description associated with the Component ID alarm eventSource trap click on the Logs link to review the log description associated with the Component ID alarm eventSource trap Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 102 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Atapi Atapi provides the disk controller IDE standard driver for hard drives installed in the BCM atapi Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Event ID 9 Message The device Device ScsiPort0 did not respond within the timeout period User action For the drives in question these timeout message are not serious if they occur at system boot However if several of these messages appear in the system log during normal system operation contact Nortel Networks support team Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Comments Autochk A
417. nsole Toggle UPS Console The UPS Console Toggle service turns the UPS serial port off for 15 minutes to allow for serial Toggle configuration occurs upon system reboot Type System level services Service name Default status Default startup Alarms UPSConsoleToggle Running Automatic None UPS Console Toggle service structure Parent Child None None VNC server VNC server Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The Virtual network computing VNC diagnostic tool is used by Nortel Network support teams to assist in remote system detection System level services winvnc Stopped Disabled VNC Service VNC server service structure Parent Voice Licensing services Voice Licensing services Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms P0609330 2 0 The Voice licensing services enables the ability to enter kKeycodes to the core telephony area of the BCM If keycode entry doesn t function correctly check the operational status of this service System level services LSManager Running Automatic cfsServr Chapter 3 Service Management System 275 Voice Licensing services service structure Parent Child VoiceMSCDriver Voice licensing services tase a MSC service Media services manager Voice WAN DECT OAM r DECT Maintenance console l DECT Alarm monitor Voice licensing services Voice softw
418. nt 9 System Backup and Restore 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Appendix A Management Information Base MIB System Table 1 Business Communications Manager 3 6 Management User Guide organization Contents This chapter provides an overview of the network management model applications tools maintenance and monitoring objectives This chapter provides information on how to set up and maintain a fault detection and maintenance program using the Unified Manager and SNMP toolsets This chapter describes service manager capabilities available in the Unified Manager interface This chapter also describes the properties of the services in the service manager and associated log and alarm notifications This chapter provides an explanation of the MSC core telephony log system This chapter also describes how to access display and erase logs and archlogs This chapter provides instructions how to install access and use the BCM Monitor application to analyze BCM system status and performance statistics This chapter provides information on metrics gathering tools and applications to monitor the network traffic The tools help you ascertain the performance and health of the network elements and telephony services This chapter provides information on the third party NetIQ performance management solution for BCM This chapter provides information about how you can set up and maintain the access security to your syst
419. nt by the entity The rate includes those messages sent in error Messages The total rate that ICMP messages are received and sent by the entity The rate includes those messages received or sent in error Received address mask The number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages received Received address mask reply The number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages received Received destination unreachable The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received Received echo reply The rate of ICMP Echo Reply messages received Received echo The rate of ICMP Echo messages received Received parameter problem The number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages received Received redirect The rate of ICMP Redirect messages received Received source quench The number of ICMP Source Quench messages received Received time exceeded The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages received Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 354 Chapter6 Performance Management e Received timestamp reply The rate of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received e Received timestamp The rate of ICMP Timestamp request messages received e Sent address mask The number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages sent e Sent address mask reply The number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages sent e Sent destination unreachable The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages sent e Sent echo reply The rate of ICMP Echo Reply messages sent e
420. nt is only valid before BCM 3 0 release NGRPCI Adapter instance NGRPCI LAN Cable Disconnected Please make sure the LAN cards inside BCM is connected properly Business Communications Manager Management User Guide NGRPCI Netgear PCI driver Event ID 5003 Event ID 5009 Nnu NNU Nortel Networks Utilities Event ID 1000 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs 152 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Minor Warning None This event is only valid before BCM 3 0 release Could not find an adapter Please check the profiles first If the BCM has only one LAN adapter installed ignore this message Otherwise change the LAN adapter Critical Error None Does not support the configuration supplied Please check the PCI Slot and make sure that the Netgear FA310 10 100 Fast Ethernet adapter is plugged into the slot properly Otherwise swap the Ethernet Adapter Critical Error None Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Voice NNU diagnostics An NNU Logging application has registered and will process logging message
421. nts e maintains a synchronized domain directory database between the PDC and BDC s e handles authentication of respective accounts on the domain controller e processes authentication of domain accounts on networked machines If the Net Logon service is down you can t access the operating system Type System level services Service name Netlogon Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms e NetLogon e Service Control Manager Net logon service structure Parent TCP IP NetBIOS helper Server Net Logon 7 Network monitor agent Network monitor The Network monitor agent service is a tool used by Nortel Networks support teams Captures agent data packets for analysis purposes Not user accessible Type System level services Service name nmagent Default status Stopped Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 262 Chapter3 Service Management System Default startup Alarms Manual None Network monitor agent service structure Parent BH L Network monitor agent NT LM Security support provider NT LM Security support provider Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms The NT LM Security support provider service assists with backward compatibility and authentication with older DOS versions Extends NT security to Remote Procedure Call RPC programs using various transports other than named pipes
422. nts ranging from 315 336 If this alarm occurs more than once over a two week period contact your local support group Critical Error MSC event 315 Sev P8 Cat F The long term alarm threshold has been surpassed in DICM 1 for the detection of Loss of Signal The most likely cause is an irregularity with the PSTN connections The cable connecting the DTCM to the network termination point or external CSU has been disconnected or there is a problem with the signal from the network Check the logs and look for Events ranging from 315 336 If this alarm occurs more than once over a two week period contact your local support group Critical Error MSC event 316 Sev P8 Cat F The long term alarm threshold has been surpassed in DICM 1 for the detection of Loss of Signal The most likely cause is an irregularity with the PSTN connections The cable connecting the DTCM to the network termination point or external CSU has been disconnected or there is a problem with the signal from the network Check the logs and look for Events ranging from 315 336 If this alarm occurs more than once over a two week period contact your local support group Critical Error MSC event 317 Sev P8 Cat F The long term alarm threshold has been surpassed in DICM 1 for the detection of Alarm Indication Signal The most likely cause is an irregularity with the PSTN connections The cable connecting the DTCM to the network termination point or external C
423. o H Trunk 14 lt CC lt CRef Origin CRef 1BC0 DISCONNECT Disable timeout Hl al H Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 338 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor Line monitor tab The Line Monitor screen shows the status of the lines on the Business Communications Manager Figure 51 BCM Monitor line monitor tab screen display 1 ew Incoming 09 11703 12 1 20234 20234 Idle Lined z A E 03 11 03 ae BUSS Lines E YYYY eneen P0609330 2 0 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor 339 Usage indicators tab This tab provides real time information about the BCM system s CPU and memory usage as well as usage of MSC resources and active IP telephony devices This information may be statically captured for an on demand view of the system or may be dynamically logged e Overall system status includes absolute and statistical view of CPU usage and memory usage e MSC resource information includes active signaling channels media channels voice bus channels and PEC resources MSC resource usage is reported as an absolute figure for example Signalling channels 29 of 59 as well as presented as a of resource used e Active Telephony Devices reports on the number of active IP trunks IP sets voice ports and media gateways Figure 52 BCM Monitor usage indicator tab screen display BCM Monitor Msp_cgy doc File Statistics Help ECM Info CPU e Physical memory MBJ 85 of 255
424. o enter the same password again to validate the new or Password modified password P0609330 2 0 Chapter 8 Security Management 385 C e Member of AdminUserGroup Allows you to select the level of access associated with the user name CDRUserGroup The following levels of access are available DATAUserGroup AdminUserGroup Can see and change any menu items default DialUpUserGroup CDRUser Group Can see everything but cannot make changes This ReadOnlyUserGroup _ USer is restricted to accessing the CDRs VoiceUserGroup DATAUserGroup Can only configure pre defined data fields default DialUpUserGroup All menus are invisible and no menus are configurable default This group allows the user to access the system through a dial up connection ReadOnlyUserGroup Can see everything but cannot make changes default VoiceUserGroup Can only configure pre defined voice fields default Note You cannot modify default user groups Dial up note If any of the users will be using a dial up connection to access the system they must be assigned to the DialUpUserGroup Callback Disabled Enabled If this user is going to use a V 90 modem or an ISDN BRI link to connect to the system and the user requires callback ensure that Callback is enabled If the user is configured as an ISDN interface ensure that a static IP address has been specified for the interface Refer to Configuring an ISDN interface in the Programming Operations G
425. og configuration Use this procedure to configure the archlog process 1 Select Archlog Settings under the Archlog category on the maintenance page The system displays the Archlog configuration screen The Archlog configuration screen lists of all Archlog files stored on the BCM hard drive see Figure 43 2 Enable the system to send Archlog Package to FTP Server Click Yes from the drop down menu to enable the archlog FTP process Enter the FTP address without the ftp directory remote path username and password For anonymous log in enter anonymous in the password field 3 Enable the Archlog Package cleanup process P0609330 2 0 Chapter 4 Log Management System 325 Click Yes from the drop down menu to enable the archlog clean up process Enter the number of days The system automatically deletes any archlog packages that are older than the specified number of days 4 Enable the log checking process Click Yes from the drop down menu to enable the log checking process Click All log files or bak files only from the drop down menu The system archives only those logs that have been modified since the last time archlog was ran 5 Click Update for the system to use the archlog configuration settings Click Reset to clear user entered configuration settings and use the system defaults Figure 43 Archlog configuration screen NORTEL NETWORKS OZN Support Contact Alarms and Traps
426. oice watchdog service is NOT running you will need to restart the UTPS service Critical Error None All UTPS events written to the NT event log are fatal and will cause the UTPS to shutdown The reasons for these events are either a missing dependent component MPS or MSM or an OS related problem Unable to initialize a timer socket signalling channel to the core RUDPInit initialization failure error If the voice watchdog service is NOT running you will need to restart the UTPS service Critical Error None All UTPS events written to the NT event log are fatal and will cause the UTPS to shutdown The reasons for these events are either a missing dependent component MPS or MSM or an OS related problem Unable to initialize a timer socket signalling channel to the core UTPS terminating due to problem with RUDP Rx socket error If the voice watchdog service is NOT running you will need to restart the UTPS service Critical Error None All UTPS events written to the NT event log are fatal and will cause the UTPS to shutdown The reasons for these events are either a missing dependent component MPS or MSM or an OS related problem Unable to initialize a timer socket signalling channel to the core Unable to connect to the Media Services Manager error UTPS Event ID 3000 Event ID 3000 Event ID 3000 Event ID 3000 Return to table User action Alarm severity
427. oint BCM Monitor RTP session tab screen display BCM Monitor Bcmbl60 ae loli File Statistics Help BLM Info MSC Voce Parts IF Devices ATP sessions UIF Line Monitor Usage Indicators IF to IP Local to Remote IF Endpoint IF to IP TOM to IP Est bandwidth 0 bps IF to IP Local IF Endpoints TOM to IP TOM ta TDM 0 Est bandwidth 317 8 kbps Remote IP Endpoints Est bandwidth 0 bps ATP Session Details re ete eet By 0Sa gt ew 047 17154 058000 G 711 3 top SMALL b ATF Session Statistics 00 32 j Averages bytes packets B Ax 8160 34 ATP 8160 1702 gt 8160 102 JITTER 8000 1700 8000 1700 0530 8000 Ts BO00 50 0530 8000 100 gt 8000 100 RTP 7920 33 I Totals bytes packets Rs 267360 1089 ATP 26136073267 gt 2613603526 JITTER 260960 52 72 gt 260960 i Tt 2614401694 0530 261440 9269 gt 261440 3268 ATP 2613601099 Set 20060 47 17 1539 230 52826 lt gt Gi 1 47 17 153 240 28002 6 711 3 fpp SMALL jb 0 2 0 0 ee P0609330 2 0 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor 337 Universal ISDN Protocol UIP tab Monitoring of Universal ISDN Protocol activity associated with IP trunks and PRI modules This tab captures real time D channel signaling clearly showing the progression of a call through the stages through call setup to call teardown This can be a very important troubleshooting tool for many types of call
428. ology used to denote severity levels between the NT Event log and in the Alarm Banner is not identical Table 6 Alarm banner NT Event and SNMP trap severities or types Alarm priority NT Event SNMP Trap Type Refer to the table SNMP trap types to interpret the severity for each type of notification The mapping between alarm severity levels and SNMP trap types or specific trap code is summarized in the table Table 7 SNMP trap types Alarm Severity SNMP Trap Type specific trap code critical eventError 3 major eventWarning 2 minor eventWarning 2 warning eventinfo 1 The BCM Alarm system denotes the source of a BCM alarm as Component id whereas the SNMP system denotes the source of the same information as a trap of source eventSource The terminology used in this document of Component ID alarm eventSource trap is intended to show that these two systems call the same information by a different name SNMP trap filtering Trap filtering is supported at the Business Communications Manager by using a source exclusion list and severity level Error Warning Info In this way traps of type error or severity level critical are forwarded in accordance with the trap community list The trap filters limit the volume and type of SNMP information and allows the Network Administrator to control essential information transferred on the network Use the fields on the SNMP Trap tab in the Alarm Man
429. ols Business Communications Manager Archlog Report A Problern msp cey doc 3 5 20 Wizard Archlog scheduler Archlog viewer Hardware POT Dewicel Wan Card Archlog settings i Browse Logs Folder e PCT Device Modem e PCT Devices Voice MSC Card e PCT Dewced Network Card e PCT Dewced nila e Motherboard CA810e e Product Version BCMT1O00 e BIOS Version CAS10204 46 4 0008 F04 Order and enable optional components The keycode retrieval search screen displays a search form that allows you to perform the following e select the login location in which to access the keycode retrieval system e select the product family for the keycodes you need to access e search for keywords To display the keycode retrieval search screen select Order and enable optional components under the maintenance category The keycode retrieval search screen appears see Figure 13 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 50 Chapter 1 Management Overview Figure 13 Keycode retrieval screen RTEL NETWORKS Navigate Our Site il Go Customer Support Home Register You can call us Hoth America 1 800 4 HORTEL 1 800 466 7835 Europe Wdiddle East amp Attica O0800 8008 9009 44 O38 70 907 9009 Additional International Numbers Contact Us Site Map Help Your Location Home Customer Support Keycode Retrieval Keycode Retrieval You may ne
430. omments P0609330 2 0 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Message User action Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Voice MSC service I DN length change detected This is an event which indicates an MSC reset due to an administered change to the internal dialling plan length number of digits There is no action required Critical Error None shutting down StartD1Channels we were told to shutdown the KSU This no longer applies to BCM 3 0 Earlier it was a log indicating that the MSC was being put into upload mode There is no action required Error Critical None shutting down VoIPSipGateway VoiceRecord Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID 102 105 106 108 120 122 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 233 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms
431. omponent ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service DECT Alarm monitor Event ID 256 Message 01 10 03 694 DECT Alarm Monitor 4 DECT Alarm Manager Started User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None DECTMtce DECTMtce Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service DECT Maintenance console Event ID 256 Message The description for Event ID 256 in Source DEC TMtce could not be found It contains the following insertion string s 01 10 03 895 DECT MaintenanceConsole 4 MCServer Started User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None P0609330 2 0 DhcpServer DhcpServer Event ID 1101 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs disk Return to table Return to table Service Message Chapter 2 Fault Management System 115 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Microsoft DHCP server The DHCP server issued a NACK to the client MAC Address of the Requesting Client for the address Requested IP Address request Please make sure that the address pool for dial in user is outside or is excluded from the DHCP server scopes Warning Information None Disk provides the hard disk driv
432. on Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Media gateway server MGS lt version gt started on lt date gt No action required Warning Information None KKKKK Mgs Initialization complete max lt x gt min lt n gt No action required Warning Information None Mgs Shutting down on request from the SCM No action required Warning Information None MediaTransport OID lt oid gt Received valid ports No action required Warning Information None The problem reported in an earlier event 2001 has now returned to normal MsmProxy lt interface gt succeeded No action required Warning Information None The problem reported in an earlier event 2004 has now returned to normal MediaTransport OlID lt oid gt Received bad ports lt porti gt lt port2 gt Submit a CR and attach ZIP ed log files archlog Minor Warning None Resource Manager allocated invalid RTP ports This is not an MGS issue MGS Media gateway server Event ID 2002 Event ID 2003 Event ID 2004 Event ID 2090 Event ID 3001 Event
433. one test at a time on an DTM You can move on to another programming task while the loopback test is running While the loopback test is running the green in Service LED on the DTM flashes If you administer the internal CSU on a line loopback and payload loopback then the central office can also invoke and stop tests In order to be able to run a payload loopback test you must configure the DTM for extended superframe format The Business Communications Manager system allows you to run the following tests e Line loopback test on page 449 e Payload loopback test on page 449 e Card loopback test on page 449 e Continuity loopback test on page 449 Use the procedure Start a loopback test on page 449 to run any of these tests P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 449 Line loopback test The line loopback test loops the full 1 544 Mbps signal received from the network back to the network The looped signal regenerates without any change in the framing format and without the removal of any bipolar violations The line loopback test can also be invoked and stopped remotely using the in band signal or via the facility data link FDL in extended super frame ESF format The line loopback test must be run in coordination with the T1 or PRI service provider Some test patterns can cause the DTM to reset To avoid this start the line loopback test from your system before the T
434. onfigurations in the way that is most useful for your purposes Backed up data can be restored to the BCM if a system failure occurs such as a prolonged power outage See Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore for further information Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 42 Chapter 1 Management Overview Maintenance The Maintenance button accesses a number of maintenance tools that allow you to determine the current status of the various aspects of your Business Communications Manager system For further information refer to the description Unified Manager Maintenance Page Overview on page 45 Maintenance Product Maintenance and Support Using the Unified Manager Configure Application Unified Manager provides a web based navigation tool that allows you to view and change configurations for the Business Communications Manager system Most changes made with Unified Manager become part of current Business Communications Manager programming when you select an item from the menu options However some changes take effect after you exit the screen If a programming error occurs you must re enter the original programming For further information on how to use the Unified Manager interface refer to the Programming Operations Guide Understanding the navigation tree headings The Unified Manager navigation tree contains five main headings that allow you to access specific areas of the Business Communications Manager syst
435. onflict with other scheduled activities such as BRU backups 1 Select Archlog Scheduler under the Archlog category on the maintenance page The system displays page of the Archlog scheduler form see Figure 41 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 322 Chapter 4 Log Management System Figure 41 Archlog schedule screen page 1 NETWORKS o A Business Communications Manager EE Support Contact Alarms and Traps Your Location BCM Product Maintenance amp Support Archlog Scheduler Maintenance System Information Archlog Scheduler Order amp Enable Optional Components Install Optiona Components Maintenance Tools Currently Scheduled Archlogs Archlog Job Description To Be Run At Report A Problem m No Archlogs are currently scheduled A ch log 5 hedy jer Archlog Viewer A Archlog Settings Browse Logs Folder Schedule An Archlog e How often do you wish to execute Archlog C Every Day C Today Only C Only Once on the specified day of the month C Every Month on the following days ex 2 16 30 C Weekly on the following days Monday gt Tuesday gt Wednesday O Thursday D Friday O Saturday O Sunday D e Please enter the time you wish to execute Archlog HH MM 24 hour format HH MIM e Short Description optional Next 2 Page Enter the time and frequency to perform an archlog batch job e Everyday e Today
436. onitor Automatic Running Criver Debug DECTMtce DECT Maintenancelo Automatic Running DECTOAM DECT OAM Automatic Running DhcpServer Microsoft DHCP Server Manual Stopped Dialkgr Multi Dialup Manager Automatic Running DNS Microsol DHS Server Automatic Running EmeM anager Media Services Manager Manual Running EventLog Eventlog Automatic Running EyventSystem COM Event System Manual Stopped HotDesking HotDesking Automatic Running InterBaseGuardian Firebird Guardian Service Automatic Running InterBaseServer Firebird Server Manual Running Inventors vc Inventory Service Automatic Running IPSeclkE IPSeclKE Service Automatic Running Lanman errer Server Automatic Running 5 Select the service you want to modify Select and highlight the desired service displayed in the services list 6 From the top menu select Configuration A drop down menu appears See the Figure 30 on page 247 Or press the right mouse button A shortcut menu appears P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 247 Figure 30 Modify services selection Group E dit Performance Fault Report Tools Le O eal Services List Comprehensive Services List G BCM 47 65 138 693 ENE EIE z System Banive Alam Maral Resources Alerter Manual Ge Services Management Browser Lomputet Browser Manual Diagnostics cleServer VWorce LFS Automatic B E MSc A ClipSrv ClpEogk Server M
437. onnection service initiates the dial up procures the resources amp parameters and performs the call manager Type System level services Service name RasMan Default status Running Default startup Manual Alarms Service Control Manager Remote access connection manager service structure Parent Child Telephony service TDI RasMan A A A Remote procedure call service Workstation i _ Remote access autodial manager l T Remote access connection manager _ Remote access server _ Routing and remote access service Multi dialup manager Net link manager Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 266 Chapter3 Service Management System Remote access server Remote access The Remote access server manages dial in and dial out connections server Type System level services Service name RemoteAccess Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms None Remote access server service structure Parent Child NetBios TDI NetBT None Remote procedure call service Workstation Server A l Li Remote access connection manager A L _ Remote access server 4 Telephony service Remote procedure call locator Remote The Remote procedure call RPC locator service is a protocol used to encapsulate function calls procedure Call over
438. onnections The service provides network transport and security functionality for DDE by applications running on the same computer or on remote computers This service is not critical to normal operation of BCM Nortel Networks recommends you do not change the default status and startup values Type System level services Service name NetDDE Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms None Network DDE service structure Parent Child Network DDE DSDM Network DDE Network DDE ClipBook server Network DDE DSDM Network DDE The Network DDE DSDM Dynamic Data Exchange Share Database Manager service DSDM provides dynamic data exchange DDE is used for applications such as chat and is not essential for Business Communications Manager functionality The Network DDE service requires this service to be started Nortel Networks recommends that you do not disable this service Type System level services P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 261 Service name NetDDEdsdm Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms None Network DDE DSDM service structure Parent Child Network DDE DSDM Network DDE ClipBook server Net logon Net logon The Net Logon service is responsible for network authentication and is used by both Server and Workstation to provide for user authentication Authentication processes include the following sub compone
439. ons Manager Management User Guide 478 Index security 382 CDRUserGroup 383 certificate private security key 378 uploading a security certificate 378 channel disable enable a module port 428 ciphers web encryption levels 382 Clear page file on shutdown 381 community list SNMP 79 community name SNMP 85 community name SNMP 79 Companion base station authorization software 27 software 27 configurable menus user group 387 configuring management settings user Manager Overview 382 configuring service settings alarm service functions 65 confirm password user profile 384 conventions text 22 CPU usage statistics 346 CSU Channel Service Unit alarms 433 453 performance statistics 432 452 stats 431 451 D DataUserGroup 383 Date 444 DECT backup 416 419 wizards 39 default change passwords 383 deleting user name 384 user profile 386 description SNMP summary 77 device disabling 440 447 enabling 441 448 Diagnostics 43 P0609330 2 0 diagnostics BCM monitor 55 hard disk mirroring 462 monitoring mirrored disks 462 monitoring services 457 performance statistics 55 346 T1 signal 431 451 test results system test log 310 watchdog 457 dialback 383 dial in access 383 DialUpUserGroup 383 digital signature SMB client signing 381 SMB server signing 381 disable a bus 427 a device 440 media bay module port 428 disabling a device 447 a module 446 disk mirroring monitoring 462 DNs
440. ons Manager alarm service performs the following functions e Monitors Windows NT event logs for incoming events e Synchronizes Windows NT logs with Business Communications Manager alarm database e Receives events alarms from other Business Communications Manager applications through its API and logs the events in the Business Communications Manager database e Archives alarm history based on the criteria defined in Alarm Manager e Monitors the alarm configuration changes and updates SNMP trap agent and Alarm Service Note When the alarm service is enabled the Business Communications Manager system automatically archives the BCM Event logs See Enabling the alarm service on page 66 Note The alarm service is disabled by default You must enable the alarm service to view alarms on the alarm banner see Enabling the alarm service on page 66 Note You must configure how the system handles SNMP trap notifications Events arriving in the alarm database trigger an SNMP trap message to be generated If you do not configure SNMP traps you will not obtain optimum alarm reporting capability Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 66 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Enabling the alarm service Use this procedure to enable the alarm service from the Unified Manager interface and to view alarms on the alarm banner 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified
441. oop e Transmit Alarm red LED on indicates an inability to transmit Alarm indication signal AIS is being transmitted to the terminating switch This half duplex link in unusable Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 426 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Transmit Error yellow LED on indicates a remote alarm indication RAJ carrier failure alarm CFA is being sent to the terminating switch If the Transmit Alarm is not on this indicates a far end or cable problem In service flashing green LED indicates that the T1 or PRI trunks are out of service because of a running loopback test or because the DTM 1s being initialized Loopback test red LED on indicates a continuity loopback test is running All LEDs flashing continuously the DTM is being initialized In the Unified Manager select Resources Telephony Maintenance and Tests to run any loopback tests as appropriate Check the pinout of the cable that connects the DTM to the termination point from the T1 or PRI service provider or the external channel service unit and check that the cable is properly connected Check with your T1 or PRI service provider to see if through fed repeaters are used on the T1 or PRI span The DTM does not provide the DC connection required for through fed repeaters If through fed repeaters are used on the T1 span disable the internal CSU and connect the DTM to an external CSU If the problem persists rep
442. or IPSec client Critical Error None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 130 Chapter 2 Fault Management System IPSecIKE Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Internet protocol security Internet key exchange Event ID 35 Message BCM interface that IPSec client is trying to connect to 1 is on the private network 2 User action PC IPSec Client should connect to a different interface on the BCM Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Event ID 36 Message The IP Address of the PC running the IPSec client 1 is on the private network 2 User action PC IPSec Client is not on the correct network Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Event ID 37 Message IPSec Client connection request on 1 from 2 Rejected BCM only supports IPSec Client connection requests from PCs on a different subnet that come in over the Interface connected to the Next Hop Router User action If there is a router between the PC running IPSec client and the interface you are trying to connect to on the BCM then the NetLinkManager needs to be defined to use this interface in order to support IPSec Client Alarm severity Critical Trap type Logs IPXRouterManager IPXRoutManager Return to table Return to table Service Event ID 20133 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs P0609330 2 0 Error None Component ID alarm
443. or cancel the deletion Click the Yes button The SNMP trap community list is deleted from the database Chapter 2 Fault Management System 89 Alarm Analysis and Clearing Procedures Use the information in this section to identify analyze and clear alarm events This section describes alarm messages and appropriate associated maintenance activities see the Alarm clearing flow chart on page 89 Use the information in this section as a reference to interpret and act upon event notifications from your alarm interface Use the Unified Manager interface to detect events that affect system performance or function e The alarm banner and alarm browser primary Unified Manager interface for alarm detection e The phone alarm if configured provides both a visual and audible indication of an MSC alarm event e The event logs displayed through the SNMP trap watcher application provide supporting information or as an alternative event reporting tool e The system test log provides supporting alarm information for MSC events only Figure 28 Alarm clearing flow chart Alarm event Examine Alarm Examine Alarm Examine Alarm Examine Examine Banner Browser Phone MSC SNMP trap System test Event logs MSC events only Locate alarm event in Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary on page 92 Follow recommended action indicated in alarm description gt Other alarm gt gt _ Routine monitoring proces
444. ort event to installer to get tracebacks Minor Warning MSC event 254 Sev P9 Cat C Wireless re evaluation required Initiate data re evaluation Re Evaluation should be initiated by the system administrator Critical Error MSC event 665 Sev P8 Cat F Wireless re evaluation in progress No action required This ALARM only alerts the system administrator installer that mobility data re evaluation has started Warning Information MSC event 878 Sev Cat E Wireless re evaluation completed No action required This aALARM only alerts the system administrator installer that mobility data re evaluation has finished Warning Information MSC event 879 Sev Cat E Configured cell 1 cell number failed to come on line Determine which basestations belong to the failed cell Replace the basestations and invoke a data re evaluation or warm start the system Critical Error MSC event 881 Sev Cat F Etiquette There is insufficient data to capture an RSSI signature Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 212 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Voice software Event ID 31 Event ID 32 Event ID 34 Event ID 35 Event ID 36 Event ID 37 P0609330 2 0 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm
445. ort representative lt UDR0016 gt Critical Error None Internal unexpected error CTE MSC Driver Initialization Error Exit Error is Ox0306 Device is already open Please collect the files CteDiag log and CteDiag bak ensure the Voice CTE service has restarted and report this problem to your support representative lt UDRO01 7 gt Critical Error None Internal unexpected error CTE MSC Driver Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0307 The requested CTI device cannot be used with this version of Windows Please verify the installation of the Voice CTE service lt UDR0018 gt Critical Error None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 208 Chapter 2 Fault Management System VoiceCTE Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 257 Event ID 257 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Most likely an installation problem CTE MSC Driver Initialization Error Exit Error is 0x0310 The device driver for the requ
446. ot been installed The line requesting a receiver is on port 1 If this alarm occurs frequently add additional DTMF receivers to the system Critical Error MSC event 267 Sev P8 Cat F Voice software Event ID 67 Event ID 68 Event ID 71 Event ID 72 Event ID 75 Event ID 79 Event ID 80 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 217 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary An invalid Trunk Computer Module has been connected to port 1 Power down the system Disconnect the Trunk Computer Module from the indicated port and check module compatibility for the specific country Replace the module with as required Critical Error MSC event 343 Sev P8 Cat f A device has been connected to a port which is not available for the device Type The affected port is 1 Power down the system and disconnect the device from the port identified Reconnect it to a valid port Critical Error MSC event 863 Sev P4 Cat F A log Event has activated the emergency transfer relay
447. ot need the information provided by these features unless directed by a member of the technical support team See also Tests on page 448 Restart info To view the Restart info 1 Choose Diagnostics MSC Debug and click the Restart info heading The Restart info summary screen appears 2 On the Configuration menu click Clear restart info to clear the log Registers To view the Registers information 1 Choose Diagnostics MSC Debug Restart info P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 451 2 Click the Registers heading The Registers summary screen appears Message monitoring 1 Choose Diagnostics MSC Debug and click the Message monitoring heading The Message monitoring screen appears CSU statistics Each DTM has an internal channel service unit CSU When enabled the internal CSU monitors the quality of the received T1 signal and provides performance statistics alarm statistics and diagnostic information DTMs must be individually programmed to establish parameters for collecting and measuring transmission performance statistics by the CSU For more information refer to e Statistics collected by the Business Communications Manager system on page 451 e Enabling the internal CSU on page 452 e Checking the performance statistics on page 452 e Check the CSU alarms on page 453 e Check carrier failure alarms on page 453 e Check bipolar violat
448. ource trap summary The workstation service terminated with the following error A duplicate name exists on the network THe BCM should be unique in the network Critical Error None Workstation The Net Logon service terminated with service specific error 3095 The Netlogon service should not be configured to start automatically on BCM that is not a domain member Configure the Netlogon service so that its startup type is set to Manual Critical Error None Net logon The VoiceCTI service terminated with service specific error 204 No action required Critical Error None VoiceCT The Remote Access Connection Manager service terminated with service specific error 620 Please contact support Note for support Start the Plug and Play service and change the Startup mode from Manual or Disabled to Enabled Critical Error None Plug and play Remote access connection manager Refer to Microsoft Article Q170029 The Voice MSC Service service terminated with service specific error 85 If voice services i e voice mail IP calls etc are available then there is no action required Otherwise a restart of the BCM is required This is not only for BCM 3 0 Critical Error None Voice MSC service The following boot start or system start driver s failed to load intlfxsr kodclass mouclass nullinp nullvga Contact Support Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 170 Chapter 2 Fault Ma
449. p Enable Optional Components Install Optional Components Maintenance Tools Report a Problem Wizard Step 1 Please describe your problem including the datettime that it occurred if possible Archlog scheduler eArchlog viewer Archlog settings Browse Logs Folder 2 Inputa description of the problem 3 Click the Next button when you finish problem text input 4 Select either Basic application or Advanced log file application see Figure 38 The Basic application selection allows you to select which applications you are experiencing problems with This selection method is recommended for most users See step 5 of this procedure The Advanced log file selection allows you to specify exactly which log files you want to archive This selection method is recommended for advanced users only See step 6 of this procedure P0609330 2 0 Chapter 4 Log Management System 317 Figure 38 Report a problem application selection screen step 2 N RTEL NETWORKS _ Support Contact Alarms and Traps Maintenance eoystem Information Order amp Enable Optional Components Install Optional Components Maintenance Tools Archlog ee Yo Ores Bbilear ca Renot A Froner reizared R Archlog scheduler sArchlog Wiewer Archlog Settings Browse Logs Folder Business Communications Manager Your Location BCM Product Maintenance amp Support Report
450. page 400 for details of the backed up data BRU Data Restore Selecting BRU in the component list saves all scheduled BRU jobs and Volume information located in the BRU Schedule and Volume Administration interfaces P0609330 2 0 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore 407 DECT OAM Restore Duration of the DECT OAM restore process is about 26 minutes During this time the main BRU window will display the message that a script is being processed When the restore is complete the system will present a completion dialog box and a message on the BRU window Performing a restore using the BRU on page 420 IVR Data Restore The IVR Data Restore will restore all the files related to VR application The files will be restored from the Backup folder existing on the backup location See IVR backup on page 401 for a description of the data backed up License Restore The LICENSE Restore will restore BCM Licensing data The data will be restored from the existing file VoiceLicenseData bru in the Backup folder on the source resource See Licensing backup on page 401 for details of the backed up data Note You cannot copy keycode purchased functionality from one system to another by doing NVRAM restores Multimedia Call Center Data Restore The Multimedia Call Center Data Restore will restore data related to the Voice Button application The files will be restored from CallCenterData bru in the Backup folder on the source resource See the
451. pe Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs 218 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None Voice software Event ID 89 Event ID 90 Event ID 91 Event ID 92 Event ID 93 Event ID 94 Event ID 95 Event ID 96 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity
452. perations using an SNMP based network management system In brief the information in this guide explains e Network structure and concepts e Network management tools e Fault management amp monitoring e Performance management e Security administration Audience The Business Communications Manager Management User Guide is directed to network administrators responsible for maintaining BCM networks This guide is also useful for network operations center NOC personnel supporting a Business Communications Manager managed services solution To use this guide you must e bean authorized Business Communications Manager administrator within your organization e know basic Nortel Networks Business Communications Manager terminology e be knowledgeable about telephony and IP networking technology Organization This guide is organized for easy access to information that explains the concepts operations and procedures associated with using the Business Communications Manager network management applications Business Communications Manager 3 6 Management User Guide organization provides a summary description of the contents of this document Business Communications Manager Management User Guide Preface Chapter 1 Management Overview 2 Fault Management System 3 Service Management System 4 Log Management System 5 BCM Monitor 6 Performance Management 7 Performance Management Using NetIQ 8 Security Manageme
453. persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power Minor Warning None UPS on battery Brownout This event can be caused by poor power quality i e power fluctuation Decrease the sensitivity of the UPS If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power Minor Warning None UPS on battery Small momentary sag This event can be caused by poor power quality i e power fluctuation Decrease the sensitivity of the UPS If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power Minor Warning None UPS on battery Small momentary spike This event can be caused by poor power quality i e power fluctuation Decrease the sensitivity of the UPS If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power Minor Warning None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 192 Chapter 2 Fault Management System UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 200007 Event ID 200008 Event ID 200200 Event ID 200301 Event ID 200400 Event ID 200401 Event ID 200402 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message
454. plays an installation wizard to guide you through the installation process To display the maintenance tools screen select Maintenance tools under the maintenance category The maintenance tools screen appears see Figure 15 Figure 15 Maintenance page maintenance tools screen OZ S Support Contact Alarms and Traps Business Communications Manager Your Location BCM Product Maintenance amp Support Maintenance Tools Maintenance T System Information Maintenance Tools Order amp Enable Optional Components Install Optional Components Maintenance Tools Maintenance Tools Application Tool s Archlog Report A Problem e Attach to a shared volume Wizard Shared Drive e Detach a shared volume Archlog Scheduler e Enable Disable BCM Drive Shares Archlog Viewer lt Archlog Settings e Execute a command Browse Logs Folder System Interaction Schedule a Command to Execute y e Schedule a Restart e Telnet Session e IP network troubleshooting Troubleshooting e Services amp driver troubleshoot e Time Synchronisation h e Backup Firmware e Restore Firmware DECT e Firmware Upload e Restore Default Co ation e ALaw muLaw Compandine Scheme Security e Upload Certificate and Private Key Miscellaneous e Reset Unitied Manager Server P0609330 2 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 53 Management Guide Overview This section summarizes the content of the Management G
455. pped Manual Stopped Manual DIET IEVA E Service name Remote access connection manager RasMan Remote access server RemoteAccess Remote procedure call locator RPCLOCATOR Remote procedure call service RpcSs Routing and remote access service Router Serial port manager CMDRMT Server LanmanServer Services Monitor ServicesMon Spooler Spooler SQLServerAgent SQLServerAgent SSH Secure Shell 2 SSHSecureShell2Server Default status startup Running Manual Stopped Manual Stopped Manual Running Automatic Running Automatic Running Automatic Running Automatic Running Automatic Stopped Manual Stopped Manual Running Automatic Chapter 3 Service Management System 253 Table 15 System level services Display name Default status Service name startup Display name Default status Service name startup MSSQLServerADHelper Stopped Manual MSSQLServerADHelper Multi dialup manager Running Automatic DialMgr NetIQ AppManager client Stopped Disabled communication manager NetIQccm NetIQ AppManager client Stopped Disabled resource manager NetlIQmc Network DDE NetDDE Stopped Manual Network DDE DSDM Stopped Manual NetDDEdsdm Net logon Netlogon Stopped Manual Survivable remote gateway SRG Running Automatic System event notification SENS Stopped Manual Task scheduler Schedule Running Automatic TCP IP NetBIOS helper Running Automatic
456. pped to CFAs defined in TIA 547A and TR62411 as follows Business Communications Manager TIA 547A TR62411 LOS CFA Red CFA Red CFA OOF CFA Red CFA Red CFA AIS CFA Red CFA AIS CFA RAI CFA Yellow CFA Yellow CFA The criteria for declaring and clearing the alarms is selectable to meet those in TIA 547A or TR64211 Enable the internal CSU Use the following procedure to enable the internal CSU to gather performance statistics for your T1 lines or PRI with public interface 1 Choose Resources Media Bay Modules The window displays Bus 02 through to 08 Choose the appropriate bus For example Bus 02 Choose Modules on Bus The modules on this bus appear Choose the appropriate module For example Module 1 Click the T1 Parameters heading In the Internal CSU box click On The module is temporarily disabled while the internal CSU is enabled Check the performance statistics 1 2 3 4 Choose Diagnostics Trunk Modules Choose the appropriate bus that contains the module that you want to check Choose Module CSU statistics Performance statistics Click the Current interval heading to display the duration of the current 15 minute interval of the selected card the number of errored seconds ES the number of severely errored seconds SES and the number of unavailable time seconds UAS P0609330 2 0 5 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 433 Double click the 15 min intervals heading
457. pplication selections Logs System Digital Applications Services Data IP Telephony Telephony Admin amp Setup Personal Call Uninterruptable Policy Services Manager Power Source TAPI Voice Watchdog v 90 Modem Applications Unified Services Web Caching Messaging Monitor Web Access Voice Mail Call Pilot 6 If you select Advanced Log File Selection the Advanced application selection screen appears see Figure 40 Click on the boxes that correspond to the applications or log files that require support Figure 40 Advanced application selection screen NORTE ars Support Contact Alarms and Traps ty Business Communications Manager ff Your Location GCM Product Maintenance amp Support Report a Problem Wizard Maintenance eoystem Information Order amp Enable Optional Components Install Optional Components hlaintenance Tools Report a Problem Wizard Step 3 Archlog Dann Ye Orokhiarm n hReport A F ronen Please select the applications you are experiencing problems with Back Finish Cancel Archlog e Archlog Wiewer Archlog Settings M All Application Log Files Browse Logs Folder 0 _Apphcation exception handler log BANorte Networks Logs drwisn32log C EEU Logs FPAProgram Filesi Nortel Networks ihl Working D Cal Center Logs EA NMortel Meftworks Logs CallPiulolCaliCenter DAS Acdagent out Dstlaedeall out Osstlacdeds out
458. program Telnet is part of the TCP IP protocol e FTP file transfer protocol FTP is a protocol used to transfer files over a TCP IP network Internet Unix FTP allows you to log onto the network list directories and copy files from other workstations servers FTP operations are performed by typing commands at a command prompt or through an FTP utility running under a graphical user interface GUI SNMP network structure Network management objectives for the Business Communications Manager are based upon the FCAPS network management model fault configuration administration performance security To accomplish these objectives the Business Communications Manager must have the ability to provide appropriate feedback to the network administrator Network administrators use SNMP data to manage network performance find and solve network problems and plan for network expansion see Network Administration Objectives on page 29 The Business Communications Manager network management system 1s composed of the following P0609330 2 0 Chapter 1 Management Overview 35 e SNMP network management stations VMS A console server workstation through which the network administrator performs network management activities upon managed objects The SNMP network manager server workstation is a physical control device equipped with network management application software that interfaces with the Business Communications Manager s in your ne
459. provided with a certificate and a private security key These are what need to be installed on the Unified Manager Q Security Note Ensure that you maintain a copy of your certificate and private security A OO N 9 keys in a secure place preferably offsite This provides you with a backup if your system ever requires data re entry Log on to the Business Communications Manager main screen Click on the Maintenance button You will be prompted to enter a system user name and password Click on OK The main Business Communications Manager Product Maintenance and Support page appears On the left menu click on the Maintenance Tools link A web page showing a list of Maintenance Tools appears Under Maintenance Tools Security click on the Upload Certificate and Private Key link A web page displaying Certificate and Private Key fields appears Use the Browse button beside each field to locate the certificate and private key files Both files must be uploaded at the same time Click the Upload button Upload messages e Ifthe upload is successful Certificate and Private Key Upload Was Successful You must restart the Apache Service or Restart the BCM before the Settings will take Effect e Ifthe upload is unsuccessful Certificate and Private Key Upload Was NOT Successful The Certificate and Private Key do not match Please upload a VALID Certificate and Private Key Combination Click on the BCM link beside Your Loca
460. pter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 457 General Diagnostic Activities Use the information in this section to monitor and diagnose general Business Communications Manager functions This section contains the following information e Service manager on page 457 e Base function tray system status display LEDs on page 457 e Using the Initialization menu to monitor system hardware on page 461 e Disk mirroring function on page 462 Service manager You can monitor the state of your system services using Service Manager located under Diagnostics in the Unified Manager The initial list screen allows you to choose a service and modify how the system interacts with the service For further information on Service Manager refer to Service Manager on page 245 Watchdog with Service Manager The Watchdog setting allows you to activate service logging or to delay the start of services This setting affects all services on your system For further information on Service Manager and watchdog refer to Voice watchdog on page 305 Base function tray system status display LEDs As part of any general maintenance or troubleshooting procedure you need to ensure that your hardware and the firmware that runs that hardware is operating as expected Use one of the following methods to monitor the system status monitor LEDs e Using the Unified Manager to monitor system hardware e Using the sys
461. quires user intervention to start the service after system boot up or restart If the service experiences a failure due to a problem event the system automatically attempts to restart the service The service starts only in a time of need if it s a dependency service for example Disabled service cannot be started even by the system without user intervention Warning Ensure you understand the implications of any modifications before you change service settings on your system Call Nortel Networks Support before you modify any service 9 Modify the Status if required Choose the current operational status of the service Status attribute values are Start Stop or Stopped Start service status activates the service immediately Stop service status discontinues the service immediately Stopped service status 10 Select the Save button to save and activate the changed setting P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 249 Accessing services and driver status reports Reports of the system services status are generated from the Maintenance page of the Unified Manger The reports can be created for all services or filtered by whether the service or driver 1s running or disabled Access the Maintenance page to obtain further information on the status of the services and drivers currently running on the Business Communications Manager Use the procedure in this section to access the Maintenance page and produce a report on the st
462. r Tintsvr Tintsvr The Tintsvr Telnet service allows a remote user to log on to the system and run console programs using the command line When enabled the service supports connections from various TCP IP Telnet clients This service is used for configuration purposes When disabled remote users cannot connect to the BCM using telnet clients This service is disabled by default in BCM version 3 5 Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name tIntsvr Default status Stopped Default startup Disabled Alarms TintSvr Tlntsvr service structure Parent Remote procedure call service __ Tintsvr UNISTIM Terminal proxy server UNISTIM The UNISTIM terminal proxy server services enables IP clients 12002 12004 12050 Softclient Terminal proxy on the BCM server Type Nortel Networks configurable services P0609330 2 0 Service name Default status Default startup Alarms Chapter 3 Service Management System 297 UTPS Running Automatic Service Control Manager UNISTIM Terminal proxy server service structure Parent Child Voice MSC Driver Unistim terminal Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics A Hsesk A HotDesking A Voice Licensing services VBMain VBMain Type Service name Default status Default startup Alarms Media services manager proxy service L l l L Media path server Unistim terminal proxy se
463. r on page 44 Using the Unified Manager main page buttons When you access the Unified Manager main page see Figure 6 on page 38 several selections provide access to operations grouped under the following functional categories e Configure on page 38 e Wizards on page 38 e Install clients on page 40 e CallPilot on page 41 e Documentation on page 41 e BRU on page 41 e Maintenance on page 42 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 38 Chapter 1 Management Overview Figure 6 Unified Manager main page Business Communications Manager Unified Manacer System Adruristration amp Management Configure Premctalled Cliert Access Hore P Wizards Setup and Management Wizards Install Clients 26 Download Desktop Applications allPilot CallPilot Manager Documentation com Documentation Product Ovennew amp Tips BRU py Backup Restore Utility Maintenance Product Maintenance and Support Configure Access the Unified Manager programming interface for all services except those controlled by the CallPilot and IVR services Wizards When you first install your system you must run the Quick Start Wizard to set up your system parameters This wizard is described in the Wizard help that can be accessed once you enter the wizards section of the Unified Manager Use the wizards to perform the following configuration tasks Quick Start
464. r a Busy Lamp Field click the B1 or B2 key and click the Addons heading to display the add on device The following table lists some of the device types that may appear on the Business Communications Manager device identification display Display Explanation T7100 T7100 telephone T7310 T7310 telephone M7324 M7324 telephone 1 CAP1 First CAP module attached to an M7324 telephone 2 CAP2 Second CAP module attached to an M7324 telephone Nortel Networks ATA 2 Analog Terminal Adapter Disable a device Warning Give notice that you are disabling equipment Inform people that you are going to disable their devices from their calls Do not disable devices when many people are using the Business Communications Manager system Wait until after regular office hours A Warning Pick a suitable time to disable devices Disabling a port will disconnect users Warning Do not enable or disable ports during the first two minutes after plugging in A N your system If you enable or disable ports in the first two minutes after powering up incorrect ports may be enabled or disabled To recover from this disable then enable the affected modules using the Media Bay Modules selection Use the following procedure to disable a device immediately 1 Identify the device you wish to disable For information on how to perform this procedure refer to Identify a device connected to the system on page 439 2 Click the device you want to disa
465. r action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Established IPsec SAs on lt local IP Addr gt with lt remote IP Addr gt AH outbound SPI lt Hex Numbers AH inbound SPI lt Hex Numbers No action required Minor Warning None Established IPsec SAs on lt local IP Addr gt with lt remote IP Addr gt ESP outbound SPI lt Hex Number gt ESP inbound SPI lt Hex Number gt No action required Minor Warning None Deleting IPsec SAs on lt local IP Addr gt with lt remote IP Addr gt AH outbound SPI lt Hex Numbers AH inbound SPI lt Hex Numbers No action required Minor Warning None Deleting IPsec SAs on lt local IP Addr gt with lt remote IP Addr gt ESP outbound SPI lt Hex Number gt ESP inbound SPI lt Hex Numbers No action required Minor Warning None Failed to Establish IPsec SAs on lt local IP Addr gt with lt remote IP Addr gt Check settings and Connection Critical Error None Oakley d Mode proposal accepted on lt local IP Addr gt from lt remote IP Addr gt No action required Warning Information None Unknown Notify message d received on lt local IP Addr gt from lt remote IP Addr gt No action required IPSecIKE Internet protocol security Internet key exchange Event ID 29 Event ID 30 EventID 3 Event ID 32 Event ID 33 Event ID 34 Return to table
466. r settings Using the SSH client to access the text based interface Some operations for the Business Communications Manager such as initializing a new hard disk use a text based interface In previous versions the Telnet application was used to access the Business Communications Manager text menus BCM version 3 5 software introduces the ability to securely access the Business Communications Manager through a network connection using SSH server software SSH service software is from SSH Communications Security www ssh com The SSH client application called PuTTY can be downloaded from a link under the Install Clients button on the Business Communications Manager first page Users require an administrator level password to use either PuTTY or Telnet Security Note You can still use Telnet for direct connections through a crossover Q cable since network security is not an issue in this case If you want to use Telnet over the network you need to manually start the service Refer to Manually activating Telnet on page 391 Installing PuTTY The PuTTY application resides on your computer It provides an access interface that allows you to connect to the text interface used by the Business Communications Manager P0609330 2 0 A OO N O1 Chapter 8 Security Management 391 On the Unified Manager front page click the Install Clients button On the resulting web page go to the bottom of the left column Under Administrati
467. r violations 1 2 Choose Diagnostics Trunk Modules Choose a bus and then choose a module Choose CSU Statistics and click the Alarm statistics heading The display shows the number of bipolar violations that occurred in the last minute Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 434 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Check short term alarms 1 2 3 Choose Diagnostics Trunk Modules Choose a bus and then choose a module Choose CSU Statistics Alarm statistics and click the ShortTerm alarms heading The display shows the short term alarms and the number of milliseconds not necessarily contiguous that were active in the last minute Check Defects 1 2 3 Choose Diagnostics Trunk Modules Choose a bus and then choose a module Choose CSU Statistics Alarm statistics and click the Defects heading The display shows the first type of defect and the number of milliseconds not necessarily contiguous the hardware reported in the last minute Reset all statistics 1 2 3 4 Choose Diagnostics Trunk Modules Choose a bus and then choose a module Click the CSU Statistics heading On the Configuration menu click Clear CSU statistics The system displays a message indicating that this will remove all of the statistics Select OK to erase all the current statistics and begin collecting statistics again Testing the DDI Mux Use loopback tests to check the DDI Mux data trans
468. rate estimation can be made this value is the nominal bandwidth Output queue length The length of the output packet queue in packets If this is longer than 2 delays are being experienced and the bottleneck should be found and eliminated if possible Since the requests are queued by NDIS in this implementations this will always be 0 Packets outbound discarded The number of outbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being transmitted One possible reason for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space Packets outbound errors The number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors Packets received discarded The number of inbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being deliverable to a higher layer protocol One possible reason for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space Packets received errors The number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher layer protocol Packets received non unicast sec The rate that non unicast 1 e subnet broadcast or subnet multicast packets are delivered to a higher layer protocol Packets received unicast sec The rate that subnet unicast packets are delivered to a higher layer protocol Packets received unknown The number of packets received via the interface that were
469. rder to pass values into the string If they appear without the correct text then there is something wrong with how that value is passed Established IPsec SAs on The Inbound and Outbound SPI Security Policy Index is a unique number lt local IP Addr gt with lt remote __ that is assigned to each IPSec QuickMode connection IP Addr gt AH outbound SPI lt Hex Numbers AH inbound SPI lt Hex Number gt BCM has no IP Address on the P Addresses and masks in hexadecimal format The example is the IP IPSec Client private network Address and subnet mask of the IP Address that will be given to the VPN IP Address 1 IP Mask 2 client when they connect Error notification d received These are the error notification messages as specified in the IPSec RFC on lt local IP Addr gt from 2401 2412 lt remote IP Addr Established IPsec SAs on The Inbound and Outbound SPI Security Policy Index is a unique number lt local IP Addr gt with lt remote __ that is assigned to each IPSec QuickMode connection IP Addr gt AH outbound SPI lt Hex Numbers AH inbound SPI lt Hex Number gt Oakley d Mode proposal The d should either display the text Main or Aggressive Main is for accepted on lt local IP Addr gt Branch Office connections and Aggressive is for VPN client connections If from lt remote IP Adadr gt it doesn t display one of these then it s an error P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 101
470. re describes the process for enabling or disabling a bus This means that if there is more than one module assigned to the DS30 bus all modules will be disabled 1 Click the keys beside Resources and Media Bay Modules Buses 01 to 07 are displayed 2 Click on the bus number of the module you wish to enable disable Bus 02 to 07 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 428 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 3 4 On the top menu click Configuration and then click Enable or Disable The system prompts you to confirm your request Click the OK button Tips Remember if your system has a 3 5 DS30 split bus 07 will not have a module assigned to it Disabling enabling a single module The following procedure describes the process for enabling or disabling a single module if there is more than one module assigned to a DS30 bus 1 Click the keys beside Resources and Media Bay Modules Buses 01 to 07 are displayed Click on the key beside the Bus number of the module you wish to disable Bus 02 to 07 Click on the Module number of the media bay module you want to enable disable On the top menu click Configuration and then click Enable or Disable The system prompts you to confirm your request Click the OK button Tips Remember if your system has a 3 5 DS30 split Bus 07 will not have a module assigned to it Disabling enabling a port channel setting If you need to isolat
471. re than one Minute SSM will shutdown the BCM if the CPU temperature doesn t recovered within two Minutes Critical Warning None CPU Temperature above Tolerance 100 C for more than one Minute SSM will shutdown the BCM if the CPU temperature doesn t recovered within two Minutes 1 reports some of its services are not functioning correctly Check the service that is reporting that some services are down Critical Error None A process has reported to the SSM that either it or its monitored services are not fully functional 1 reports that all of its services are down Check the service that is reporting services are down Critical Error None A process has reported to the SSM that either it or its monitored services are all not functioning The time interval could not be set on the L E D S Board Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 180 Chapter 2 Fault Management System System Status Monitor Event ID 3003 Event ID 3004 Event ID 3005 Event ID 3006 Event ID 3007 P0609330 2 0 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message Component ID
472. reated Per sec uDP Datagrams Per sec Datagrams Received Per sec Datagrams No Port Per P Seemed Saopane savas S O Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 370 Chapter6 Performance Management P0609330 2 0 371 Chapter 7 Performance Management Using NetIQ This chapter provides information on the third party NetIQ performance management solution for BCM The topics discussed in this chapter are as follows e NetIQ feature overview e Use the NetIQ Feature The Vivinet Manager Suite from NetIQ is a robust platform and suite of modules that provides monitoring management and reporting for Nortel VoIP solutions Vivinet Manager allows you to proactively manage BCM system health call quality and network performance from a single console Vivinet Manager ensures that service levels can be maintained through automated problem management and lowers support costs by identifying and resolving potential problems before end users are affected Knowledge Scripts KS are provided with the Vivinet Manager solution to manage availability and performance of IP Telephony systems and networks These scripts use business or system management rules to collect data monitor systems and or respond with one or more actions NetIQ Vivinet Manager support for BCM3 6 delivers Knowledge Scripts which monitor many aspects of the BCM such as Voice over IP quality CPU utilization memory utilization interface metrics and others
473. record all the items 8 Perform appropriate maintenance activities based on the event notification type P0609330 2 0 Chapter 4 Log Management System 313 Erasing the MSC log information Use the procedure in this section to erase log items from the System Test System Administration or Network Event logs Note You only have the option of removing all the log items gt To erase log information 1 oa A OQO N Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser Select Configuration from the Unified Manager main page Select the Diagnostics key to expand the navigation tree Select the MSC key to expand the navigation tree Select and highlight either the System test log System Administration log or Network Administration log key If there are no log entries the navigation tree indicates there are no subheadings Select Del All from the menu above the navigation tree The system displays a message asking you to confirm that you wish to remove all of the items see Figure 36 on page 314 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 314 Chapter 4 Log Management System Figure 36 Delete the log dialog box il BCmM610 1010 1 4 amp System Resources Services Management Diagnostics Q msc 9 tern 01 tem 02 Question dialog tem 03 ter 04 tem 05 ltem OB term OF Iter 08 tem 09 tem 10 liter 11 tem 12 tem 13
474. res the resulting snapshots in a file located in the folder you specified on the Dynamic snapshot settings screen BCM Monitor continues taking snapshots until it reaches the number of snapshots specified in the Number of snapshots box or until you stop the dynamic snapshot Stopping a dynamic snapshot 1 On the File menu click Dynamic Snapshot and then click Stop Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 344 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor P0609330 2 0 345 Chapter 6 Performance Management This section provides information on how to manage the performance of the Business Communications Manager network The topics discussed in this section are as follows System Performance Tools and Services on page 345 Unified Manager Performance Monitor on page 346 System Performance Monitor on page 346 Resources Performance Monitor on page 350 Accessing the Resources Performance Monitor on page 350 Accessing the LAN performance monitor on page 357 Accessing the WAN performance monitor on page 359 Accessing the Dial Up performance monitor on page 362 Accessing the UTWAN performance monitor on page 363 Accessing the QoS Graph and Table on page 364 Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table on page 365 Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table on page 366 SNMP Performance Management on page 367 System Performance Tools and Services The Business Commun
475. riate action Critical Error Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 220 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Voice software Event ID 97 Event ID 98 Event ID 99 Event ID 102 Event ID 103 Event ID 194 Event ID 200 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary None An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None An alarm generated by a server application Refer to application documentation for appropriate action Critical Error None Two modules have been configured to use the same DS30 but cannot co exist at the configured offsets Correct the DS30 assignments using the dip switches on the modules Warning Information MSC event 376 Sev P7 Cat F The trial period for a feature has expired Feature Parameter 1 0
476. rity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Media services manager Service started No action required Warning Information None Service terminated No action required Warning Information None MSC Driver is in the core upload mode aborting If this happens due to an interrupted upload of the core image the user must upload the core Once the upload procedure completes successfully the error will go away If this happens during a core upload no action is required it should not happen because during the core upload there is no reason to start the MSM Critical Error None Registry contains an invalid published IP address This happens only if the IP address of a NIC that is currently selected in the Published IP Address field of the UM has been changed and due to some kind of an error the registry was not properly updated Use the Unified Manager to select the Published IP Address again Recommended method is to change it to another NIC and then back to the desired NIC Critical Error None BCM switch reset disconnecting all applications No action required Critical Error None eventLog eventLog Event ID 6005 Event ID 6006 Event ID 6009 FTMSS Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type
477. rk management model 000 eee eee eens 30 Network Topology and Management Interfaces 0 0 ccc ee 31 Network management physical interfaces 0 00 ce ees 32 SNMP Network Management Concepts 0 00 ccc ee eee ee 34 Network management communication protocols 0 00 eee eee eee 34 Pie M IWOl SUCHIN 2046 bee sc bebe 6h nh bee Pid ee hee ee hee R eee Reet ee end 34 Network Management and Maintenance Applications 0 00 ce eee 36 Unified Manager Application Model 0 0c cc ee eee ees 37 Using the Unified Manager main page buttons 0 ce ee ee 37 Ba e bc ook tees S E E E 64d be eee E EE T E E 38 a e a A a e E RR ROSE 38 Navigating the wizards og nin naasa aeaaeae ead 40 AG Ol ng Gt oe aa E 40 oo S a ee a ee ee ee er ee ee ee ee ee ee eee 41 Se oben ease eee beh eas Ope ee oe ee es beh e Renee eee es 41 BRU Bae Se hs es a es aa eee A 41 Maintenance ag ee ene Sosy ee ae eae oy kw a ge oa EE ee a ee 42 Using the Unified Manager Configure Application 0 0 00 cee eee 42 Understanding the navigation tree headings 0 0 eee 42 Logging off the Unified Managers i vis iedeed vin pawns ed Ven ee Oe Wied ede ewes 44 Unified Manager Maintenance Page Overview 0 00 ccc ee ees 45 Mamienance pa e ACCESS ib ad ree the nied ede ee eee eee REEE eee PER 46 US peace kao ea eee eoee Peed E A E E Pere eee read ee eee oe 47 Bas e Hoos oe 4 ape pa E EE EEE
478. rm monitor BRU Backup backup amp restore utility Mone service Control Manager DECT OAM BRU Restore Mone Service Control Manager Media gateway server cisServer Voice CFS Service Control Manager Media services manager LTE Voice CTE Service Control Manager Message trace tool DCO hl Mone Service Control Manager Met logon DECTAlarms DECT Alarm monitor service Control Manager Plug and play a D Oef k a a a a a a aaaaaaaa baaa Maintenance Maintenance selections are as follows e System information e Order amp enable optional components e Install optional components e Maintenance tools System information The system information screen displays a summary of the software release and hardware inventory currently installed on your BCM system To display the system information select System information under the maintenance page maintenance category The system information screen appears see Figure 12 P0609330 2 0 Figure Chapter 1 Management Overview 49 12 System information screen NORTEL NETWORKS OZN Business Communications Manager Support Contact Your Location GCM Product Maintenance amp Support system Information Alarms and Traps Maintenance System Information System Summary Overview Order amp Enable ptional Components Install Optional Components Niaintenance To
479. rm severity and the number of alarms for each severity level The alarm banner displays alarms in real time Note You must enable alarm service before the alarm banner will function To enable the alarm server refer to Enabling the alarm service on page 66 Complete the following steps to access the alarm banner 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser 2 On the Unified Manager navigation tree select the System heading The Performance Fault and Tools menus are enabled 3 From the Fault menu select Alarm Banner The Alarm Banner appears see Figure 18 on page 67 Figure 18 Alarm banner Group 47 65 138_69 Configuration Performance Fault Tools Logotf View Help Alarm Banner Comprehensive ltem Resources Services Le Ad Ds TE item Ga BCM i 47 65 136 69 Resources Services ieee Management SSCIPVOM Business Communications Manager UM 111302 BCM30 AC2 2 Compiled wed Nov 13 20 09 21 200 amp Diagnostics Alarm Banner Critical eo lll SC pplet idle for 30 seconds Warning Applet Window Major Minor Warring All 4 Select any color coded alarm button to view a report of active alarms The Alarm Browser appears See Accessing the alarm browser to analyze alarm detail on page 68 for more information Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 68 Chapter 2 Fault
480. rmation Archlog viewer The Archlog viewer allows you to access all the archlogs batch files that were created as a result of using the Archlog scheduler see Archlog scheduler on page 321 All archlog files are stored in a directory on the BCM hard drive The archlog files or packages are compressed zip files The viewer displays links to the archlog files saved on the BCM hard drive The Archlog viewer selection allows you to download view or delete archlog packages zip file Select the link to download the archlog file package and save it to the hard drive of your PC Viewing archlog files Use this procedure to download view or delete archlog packages zip file 1 Select Archlog Viewer under the Archlog category on the maintenance page The system displays the Archlog viewer screen The Archlog viewer screen lists of all Archlog files stored on the BCM hard drive see Figure 42 Click Download Archlog Package to access the required Archlog files The system prompts you to e open the zip file package and display the archlog files e save the zip archlog file package to your PC save the files to a unique directory e cancel the download operation Click Delete Archlog Package to delete the archlog file package from the BCM hard drive Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 324 Chapter 4 Log Management System Figure 42 Archlog viewer screen NORTEL NETWORKS ON Support
481. rnatively you can print a hard copy For best on screen display results use Adobe Acrobat Reader version 4 0 or 5 0 If you use Adobe Acrobat Reader version 4 0 perform the following to optimize the illustrations e Increase display magnification e Print the document For Adobe Acrobat Reader version 5 0 perform the following steps to optimize the graphical display 1 Start the Adobe Acrobat Reader version 5 0 application 2 On the Edit menu click Preferences and then click General 3 On the Preferences menu click Display The Display setup page appears 4 Select these smoothing options e Smooth Text e Smooth Line Art e Smooth Images Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 22 Preface See Figure to review Acrobat Reader version 5 0 display selections Figure 1 Acrobat Reader display setup selections Preferences bee a x Accessibility Batch Processing Color Management Comments Digital Signatures Display Extract Images Forms Full Screen Identity JavaScript Layouk Grid Online Comments Options Search Self Sign Security Spelling TouchUp Update Web Buy Display Default Page Layout Continuous Fage Units inches pplication Language English l Use Greek Text Below 6 Pixels Display Page To Edge Display Transparency Grid Smookyg W Smooth Text W Smooth Line Art W Smooth Images Use CoolType Recommended for laptop LCD scre
482. rning Information None Voice Mail is operational No action required Warning Information None Chapter 2 Fault Management System 231 VoiceManagementSubsystem Voice Management Subsystem Event ID 1 Event ID 2 Event ID 100 Event ID 100 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Voice management subsystem Voice Management Subsystem Service started No action required Warning Information None Voice Management Subsystem Service stopped No action required Warning Information None The Restore of the System programming option has FAILED Reason internal error No action required Minor Warning None The Restore of the System programming option has FAILED Reason open session rejected auto admin re eval is occurring wireless No action required Minor Warning None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 232 Chapter 2 Fault Management System VoiceMSCService VoiceMSCService Event ID 257 Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 257 Alarm severity Trap type Logs C
483. runk module troubleshooting 424 426 P0609330 2 0 U ultra UDMA mode mirrored disks 463 Unified Manager alarm banner 64 alarm severity 64 allow or blocking user access 387 BRU browser requirements 411 logging off 44 overview 42 password policies 384 389 system timeout 380 timeout setting 380 user lockout policies 388 Usage metrics Hunt groups 455 user domain user group 388 failed logon attempts before lockout 389 ISDN dial up 383 lockout duration 389 management overview 382 minimum password length 390 password complexity 390 password policy 389 reset failed logon attempts count after min 389 user group list 387 user groups 383 user name modifying 384 user profile 384 user profile add 384 adding domain 388 adding group profile 386 allowing or blocking access 387 callback 385 callback number 385 delete 386 domain user group 383 interface timeout 380 lockout policy 383 password policy 383 status 385 Usergroupname 387 users lockout policy 388 user groups 387 using NetIQ 372 V version SNMP summary 77 voice over IP 28 VoiceUserGroup 383 VoIP Gateway 28 12050 soft phone 28 IP telephone 28 W watchdog service manager 457 wiring loopback test 429 448 wizards locating 38 navigating 40 Index 483 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 484 Index P0609330 2 0
484. rvice o 2 Media gateway server l l l The VBMain Voice Button Multi Media Call center service controls the multi media call center application on the BCM For more information on Multi Media call center see the Multi media call center setup and operation guide Nortel Networks configurable services VBMain Running Automatic VBMain VBMain service structure Parent None Voice CFS Voice CFS Type Service name The Voice Component Feature Service processes the keycodes and licensing information for the BCM system Nortel Networks configurable services CfsServer Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 298 Chapter3 Service Management System Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms cfsServr Voice CFS service structure Parent VoiceMSCDriver Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics Voice Licensing services Media services manager A Voice CFS Voice CTE Voice CTE Computer Telephony Engine A middleware toolkit that provides interfaces for call control access to telephony devices on the BCM Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name CTEngine Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms e CIE e Voice CTE e Service Control Manager Voice CTE service structure Parent Child VoiceMSCDriver Voice CTE A Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics __ VolP Gatewa
485. rvice controller Wins will gracefully terminate User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None WINSCTRS WINSCTRS provides WINS server statistics WINSCTRS Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service None Event ID 4314 Message WINSCTRS could not get the WINS statistics User action No action required Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 241 Workstation WINSCTRS Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service Workstation Event ID 3870 Message System name is not a valid computer name User action The BCM name should be unique in the network Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 242 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Events that cause a system restart Some events cause an automatic system restart If the system follows normal recovery routines an event message doesn t appear Table 14 lists all the events associated with system restarts Table 14 Events that cause a system restart Log events that cause a restart Log events that cause a restart MSC event 101 System test log MSC event 102 MSC event 103 MSC event 104 MSC event 105
486. rvices manager Voice WAN DECT OAM F DECT Maintenance console DECT Alarm monitor Voice software alarm monitor Message trace tool Call Detail Recording Media path server Media gateway server UNISTIM Terminal proxy server le HotDesking __ VoIP SIP Gateway Doorphone Line monitor server VoIP Gateway Voice management subsystem Inventory service Voice mail Nortel Networks IVR Voice CFS loMusic BcmAmp lpMusic Tone Server Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 302 Chapter3 Service Management System Voice Net QoS monitor Voice Net QoS The Voice Net QoS monitor service monitors the QoS quality of service level of the data monitor connections between BCMs and sends the results to VoIP gateways of these BCMs for determination of whether to fallback to PSTN for the voice calls between them Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name VoiceNetQoSMonitor Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms VNetQosMonitor Voice Net QoS monitor service structure Parent Child Remote procedure call service Voice net QoS monitor Voice net QoS monitor L VolP Gateway _ _ VoIP SIP Gateway Voice NNU diagnostics Voice NNU The Voice NNU Nortel Network Utilities diagnostics service is a library of interfaces provided to diagnostics higher level applications for message logging registry manipulatio
487. ry on the agent For example C2 is a valid value While adding specify non recurring values for the unique number While adding if you specify an existing community entry name it modifies the existing community entry Using non sequential numbers results in automatic reassignment of sequential numbers While modifying a community entry you can t change the name The community entry name does not have any significance other than to identify an entry Allows you to specify the name of the community that the individual managers use to interact with this agent The name is case sensitive The default community names are public and Private If there are no community names listed then all community names are accepted All the community names are global to the agent In other words you cannot associate a specific community name with a single management station Allows you to specify the read and write access for this community The following options are available READ ONLY and READ WRITE The default value is READ ONLY 8 Click the Save button Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 80 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Modifying an SNMP community list 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager main page select Configuration Click the Services key Click the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears see
488. s 0 0 0 0 ce ees 452 Gheck Me CSU AIS s bc oy ced 4 ooo eees de rE rn bho 6eesee bees seeds 453 Check carrier failure alarmS 0 0 0 0 0 ee eee eee 453 Check bipolar violations 624556e oncencdedbencees deb sadness edownun cans 453 Check short term alarms oboe dew deas ededa hone 654 6556 eGRd wishes Fs 453 Cie tee fh avee bbe sncede ce aeiesee she ete danse caw is aut ees eeeses 454 ge Be a ee ee ce eee ee eee ee ee EE eee ee 454 Sq ec ee eee eee Sere ee eee ee re ree ee ee ee eee eee eee eee eee a ee 454 BM E cee ee gestive pe dog hi evap ah pg Gh che ese eee ea ae ae dy ee es 455 COG WMI MENCI osc en kab ttie kedd Ekee ERE TE ORE eee eee ees 455 gee eeu oie a ee a ee ee es ee eee 455 PSTN TAlback MeNCS saws oboe oa ne VES K hs ESOS E ED EUROS SE Owe eos e 455 Moving telephones 66 hse 0b44 55 4e abe ie Phi 85S OOK S Ee Re eGR AS 456 General Diagnostic ACIVINCS 6425 4426 bed ek hed aenbdesKdnd dates kebaseeacsadane ds 457 en e e EET a E E ee ee en ee 457 Base function tray system status display LEDS 0 00 e eee ees 457 Pee TTA nl od keke we tee kd Ap oe dee eed E ee E E 462 Emergency telephone does not function 0 ce ce eee tee 464 Weeks oii NO MCO ee eee ee er ee ee ee a ee a ee ere 464 Checking the wiring 4 ob ek deeb eae eee Ree eee banned bebe bd eheedswaeehag os 465 Checking for dial tone atthe ATA 2 0 ce eens 465 Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 14 C
489. s No action required Warning Information None NSACD NSACD Norstar Automated Call Distribution Return to table Service Message User action Event ID 0 Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments NwRdr Return to table Chapter 2 Fault Management System 153 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID NSACD ITGNS error d Exit code d Send NT event log and stlog to development ITAS Manually restart service or reboot BCM Critical Error None Logged if service failed to start NwRdr Event ID 8007 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs OSPFMib Return to table Return to table Service Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None The Microsoft Client Service for NetWare redirector has timed out one or more requests to lt Server name gt Contact Support Minor Warning None OSPFMhib provides the open shortest path OSPF MIB component OSPF is a routing protocol that determines the best path for routing IP traffic over a TCP IP network The route is based on distance between nodes and several quality parameters OSPFMib Event ID 2 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Tr
490. s Audit None Local Group Member Removed Member lt member id gt Target Account Name lt name gt Target Domain lt domain gt Target Account ID lt id gt Caller User Name lt name gt Caller Domain lt domain gt Caller Logon ID lt id gt Privileges No action required a local group member removed Warning Success Audit None User Account Changed Target Account Name lt name gt Target Domain lt domain gt Target Account ID lt id gt Caller User Name lt name gt Caller Domain lt domain gt Caller Logon ID lt id gt Privileges No action required a user account is changed Warning Success Audit None User Account Locked Out Target Account Name lt account name gt Target Account ID lt SID number gt Caller Machine Name localhost 127 0 0 1 Jintegra Caller User Name SYSTEM Caller Domain NT AUTHORITY Caller Logon ID xxxxxxx The user account will automatically be unlocked after 30 minutes default settings The administrator can unlock the account through the User Manager interface in Unified Manager If this activity persists this may be an indication that someone is attempting an unauthorized access to the BCM The organization s security prime should be notified Warning Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 164 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Security Return to table Trap type Logs Serial Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Su
491. s End Alternative monitoring process Analysis amp Resolution process Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 90 Chapter 2 Fault Management System SNMP Event Messages SNMP Trap notifications messages are displayed in your SNMP trap watcher application SNMP event messages are generated when the following occur e a system level service is activated or stopped e a Nortel Networks configurable service is activated or stopped SNMP events are characterized by the following severity levels e Error e Warning e Information Using the component ID and event ID summary tables The BCM Alarm system denotes the source of a BCM alarm as Component ID whereas the SNMP system denotes the source of the same information as a trap of source eventSource The terminology used in this document of Component ID alarm eventSource trap is intended to show that these two systems call the same information by a different name Use the table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary on page 92 to navigate to the SNMP event displayed in your SNMP trap watcher application Alternatively use Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID on page 95 to identify SNMP event ID and display the associated SNMP trap message and appropriate maintenance activity The alarm description provides the following information e associated service name e event ID number e alarm
492. s numbered from the most recent 01 to the oldest 96 Click the most recent interval The window shows the start time of the interval Click the 24 hour summary heading for an overall summary of the previous 24 hours The Number of intervals Errored Seconds Severely Errored Seconds Unavailable Seconds appear in the summary Check the CSU alarms 1 Choose Diagnostics Trunk Modules Choose a bus and then choose a module Choose CSU Statistics Alarm statistics and click the Active alarms heading The display shows all the active alarms of the types LOS loss of signal OOF out of Frame RAI Remote alarm indicator or AIS Alarm indication signal For more information on these types of transmission defects refer to Statistics collected by the Business Communications Manager system on page 451 Check carrier failure alarms 1 Choose Diagnostics Trunk Modules Choose a bus and then choose a module Choose CSU Statistics Alarm statistics CFA alarms The display shows LOS loss of signal OOF out of Frame AIS Alarm indication signal RAI Remote alarm indicator Short term alarms and Defects For more information on these types of transmission defects refer to Statistics collected by the Business Communications Manager system on page 451 Choose the type of alarm you wish to view For example LOS Loss Of Signal Click the Period The display shows the Start time of the period Check bipolar v
493. s Center NOC domain represents the tools equipment and activities used to analyze and maintain the operation of the Business Communications Manager network Unified Manager and Network Configuration Manager applications provide the software interface to perform network control and maintenance functions The controller workstations can be located across different enterprise sites e The BCM network domain represents one or more Business Communications Managers networked through an enterprise LAN to one or more controller workstation The Business Communications Managers need not be co located at the same site The WAN represents an adjacent network external to the LAN e The VoIP and Wireless VoIP domains represent terminating IP devices Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 32 Chapter 1 Management Overview Figure 3 Business Communications Manager enterprise network model NOC Domain Network Configuration Manager NCM Unified Manager Workstation SNMP Network Manager Workstation SNMP Network Manager Server BCM Network Domain Network NCM Solutions Server Wireless VoIP NCM Database Network management physical interfaces Business Communications Manager offers alternatives on how to connect to and access the Business Communications Manager unit and devices in the network see Figure 4 on page 33 Connectivity to the network and Business Communications Manager
494. s graph and table 0 0 00 cece eee 353 ICMP Packet counter types 64 26 000 anaana aaea 353 Accessing the UDP Packets graph and table 0 0c eee ees 355 UDP Packet counter types lt i dica bake e kh Oee nd OK SEER EL OS KR Rees 355 Accessing the TCP Packets graph and table 0 ccc ees 356 TCP Packet counter types 0 ccc eee eee ees 356 Accessing the LAN performance monitor 000 cee ees 357 Accessing the LAN graph and table naaa 357 LAN COUIET IDES 22 6n keyed aed EEEE E ERA E E E 358 Accessing the WAN performance monitor 000 eee eee 359 Accessing the WAN graph and table 26 nde ees cake ade kbd eee Ode EHR RRMA 359 PAN COUNT DOES aw ee keer eet eh Kee Ode ae ne CE ee eae es 360 Accessing the Dial Up performance monitor 0 0 00 ccc eee 362 Accessing the UTWAN performance monitor aaae eee eee 363 Accessing the WAN graph and table 00 0 cee ee ees 363 Accessing the QoS Graph and Table bees h ede CLEDEAD ADEE EEK EERE EE TERRE EES 364 QoS counter types 26 ee eee eens 364 Accessing the QoS Queue 1 5 Graph and Table 0 00 cee eee 365 QoS Queue 1 5 counter types os cho esd bi ede OSEAavNDERES Ow REGS CAO HR OES 365 Accessing the QoS Queue 6 9 Graph and Table 0 0 20 c eee 366 QoS Queue 6 9 counter types ee eee ees 366 SNMP Performance Management 0 000 ccc eee eee eens 367
495. s unplugged Note The set relocation feature applies to the digital telephones and ATAs only IP telephones such as the 12004 12002 12001 and 12050 always retain their programming regardless of where you move them on the LAN or WAN Automatic telephone relocation is disabled by default Use the following procedure to enable set relocation 1 Choose Services Telephony Services General settings and click the Feature settings heading 2 Inthe Set relocation box click Y After set relocation is enabled unplug the telephone and plug it in again at another location It may take up to 45 seconds for the system to recognize the telephone Tips All telephones being moved should be relocated before new telephones are plugged into their place This allows the moved telephones to retain the programmed settings If a new telephone is plugged into the system before the old telephone is reconnected at a new location the system will give the old telephone information to the new telephone and the old telephone will no longer be recognized by the system When changing a telephone internal number in programming wait one minute after Automatic Telephone Relocation When you relocate a telephone the telephone must remain installed and connected in the new location for at least 3 minutes for the programming relocation to be complete Moving the telephone again before the 3 minute period may result in losing the programming P0609330 2 0 Cha
496. sage User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Computer Browser The browser was unable to retrieve a list of servers from the browser master lt PDC gt on the network device lt protocol_netcard gt The data is the error code Check the network setup Minor Warning None The browser has forced an election on network device lt protocol_netcard gt because a master browser was stopped No action required Warning Information None BRU provides the backup and restore utility function on the BCM see Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore BRU Backup amp restore utility Event ID 300 Event ID 301 Event ID 302 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None BRU Backup Starting No action required Warning Information None Backup finished successfully No action required Warning Information None Backup finished with warnings Warnings were logged in DESTINATION NAME rep on the destination No action required Minor Warning P0609330 2 0 BRU Backup amp restore utility Event ID 303
497. sage into the DASS2 DPNSS layer 3 flow control queue but the queue was full The message has been dropped and will not be sent out to the network This can arise if the link has gone down but the Digital Trunk Interface module has failed to report it Port 1 Customer should report the problem Installer should verify that the link is operational and the module is still functioning Customer should report the problem Installer should verify that the link is operational and the module is still functioning Minor Warning MSC event 894 Sev P4 Cat C Part or all of the telephony system memory has been corrupted A coldstart of the telephony subsystem will occur This problem should be reported All telephony data will need to be reprogrammed Report the problem All telephony data will need to be reprogrammed Critical Error MSC event 901 Sev P8 Cat F A bad protocol call control has been received from the Basic Rate Interface module Determine reason for event and resolve Determine reason for event and resolve Minor Warning MSC event 949 Sev P6 Cat B Telephony time has been synchronized with the System time No action required Critical Error MSC event 998 Sev P4 Cat B Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 228 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Voice software Return to table Event ID 999 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs P0609330 2 0 Component ID a
498. sed Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name SNMPTRAP Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms SNMP Trap Agent SNMP Trap service service structure Parent EventLog SNMP Trap service System status monitor System status The System status monitor service associates the BCM front panel LEDs to the Unified Manager monitor GUI This module tracks system status and can reboot if WinNT hangs Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name SSM Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms System Status Monitor System status monitor service structure Parent Remote procedure call service __ System status monitor Telephony service Telephony The Telephony service manages TAPI connection from the operating system to the Nortel service Networks driver This service is a requirement for all unimodem modems Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name TapiSrv Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 296 Chapter3 Service Management System Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Telephony service service structure Parent Child None Telephony service l l k Remote access connection manager Remote access autodial manager Routing and remote access service t Multi dialup manager o Net link manager Remote access serve
499. selections display UDP related network traffic statistics When you display the UDP Packets graph you can select one of the following counter types e Datagrams no port The rate of received UDP datagrams for which there was no application at the destination port e Datagrams received errors The number of received UDP datagrams that could not be delivered for reasons other than the lack of an application at the destination port e Datagrams received The rate that UDP datagrams are delivered to UDP users e Datagrams sent The rate that UDP datagrams are sent from the entity e Datagrams The rate that UDP datagrams are sent or received by the entity Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 356 Chapter 6 Performance Management Accessing the TCP Packets graph and table Transport Control Protocol TCP is transport layer component that provides the connection point through which applications access network services TCP use IP and as a result uses a best effort delivery strategy IP encapsulates TCP information in datagrams and delivers the data across router connected internetworks To access the TCP Packets Graph and Table 1 Access the Resources performance monitor see Accessing the Resources Performance Monitor on page 350 Continue to the next step of this procedure when complete From the Performance drop down menu select one of the following from the top line menu item a TCP Packets Graph b TCP P
500. ser On the Unified Manager main page select Configuration Click the Services key Click the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears see Figure 23 on page 77 Click the Manager List tab The Manager List screen appears see Figure 25 on page 81 Highlight the manager you want to modify On the Configuration menu select Modify Manager The Manager List screen appears Modify the manager attributes Click the Save button Deleting an SNMP manager 1 oa A OQO N Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager main page select Configuration Click the Services key Click the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears see Figure 23 on page 77 Click the Manager List tab The Manager List screen appears see Figure 25 on page 81 Highlight the manager you want to delete On the Configuration menu select Delete Manager A message appears to confirm the deletion Click the Yes button Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 84 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Configuring an SNMP Trap Community List Use the procedures in this section to add modify or delete information within the SNMP trap community list Adding a trap community to the SNMP community list on page 84 Modifying an SNMP trap community on page 87 Deleting an SNMP trap community on page 88 Adding a trap community to the SNMP community
501. ser name User name that allows the connection into the UNC path ADD Allows the user to add a new volume with parameters enter in the five fields described above Modify Allows the user to make changes on the corresponding volume Allows the user to delete the corresponding volume BCM Reboot The reboot feature allows the user to restart the BCM server from the client machine BRU will send the reboot command to the BCM The system displays the reboot screen see Figure 55 Note This feature can not be accessed during a process execution gt P0609330 2 0 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore 397 Figure 55 Reboot screen display 7 BCM 3 6 Backup and Restore Utility Restaning BCM The BCM is now attempting to reboot You should wait five to six minutes and then attempt to connect If the BCM does not reboot remotely you may have ta manually reset the system REBOOTING WILL TAKE APPROXIMATELY FI YE TO SIX MINUTES TO COMPLETE Time 00 05 IMPORTANT The BRU Application must be restarted after rebooting to ensure version integrity Attempt ta connect About button This feature allows the user to verify the BRU version installed on the BCM Information about the connection and the XML files existent in the XMLFolder are also displayed Note This feature can not be accessed during a process execution Backup Mode To backup the BCM the user must have a shared resource prepared to store the data
502. services Voice NNU diagnostics E A Media services manager Call detail recording Doorphone Doorphone The Doorphone service provides the doorphone functionality Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name CTEDP Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 282 Chapter3 Service Management System Doorphone service structure Parent VoiceMSCDriver Voice MSC service Voice Licensing services Voice NNU diagnostics A A Media services manager Voice CTE Doorphone DECT Alarm monitor DECT Alarm The DECT alarm monitor service monitors the DECT alarms from the DECT media bay module monitor Any significant events trigger an alarm out to the management applications If you are not receiving alarms from the DECT module verify the correct operational status Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name DECTAlarms Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms e DECTAlarms e Service Control Manager DECT alarm monitor service structure Parent VoiceMSCDriver Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics Voice Licensing services Media services manager DECT OAM DECT Alarm monitor P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 28
503. services that appear depend upon the PRI protocol 3 Select a service For example Public The display shows the settings for the selected service To clear the settings for a selected service click Clear metrics on the Configuration menu Hunt Group Metrics This feature gives you statistical information on hunt group calls 1 Choose Diagnostics Service Metrics Telephony Services Hunt Group Metrics All the Hunt Groups appear 2 Click a Hunt Group The display shows all the statistical information for the selected hunt group To clear the hunt group metrics click Clear group on the Configuration menu PSTN fallback metrics To view the metrics associated with VoIP calls that fallback to the PSTN network 1 Choose Diagnostics Service Metrics Telephony Services and click the PSTN fallback metrics heading The Last reset time Fallback requests and Fallback failures values appear To reset the metric log on the Configuration menu click Clear data and time Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 456 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Moving telephones You can move a Business Communications Manager telephone to a new location within the system without losing its programmed settings Set relocation automatic telephone relocation must be enabled in system programming This makes the internal numbers autodial settings and personal speed dial codes remain with the telephone when it i
504. sis has a serial RS232 port The RS232 port provides local terminal emulation connectivity to the BCM This method is normally used upon initial install Use local connectivity to set the system s IP address and other basic system and networking parameters to enable the BCM for remote access Alternatively the RS232 port is used to establish a local connection to perform local maintenance activities in the event of an IP network communications failure LAN IP interface local LAN port IP access through the Unified Manager interface The LAN Ethernet interface transmits at 10 100 Mbps Use IP over a LAN Ethernet interface Figure 4 Business Communications Manager physical interfaces CTM DSM DECT Unpopulated a a a TD 1 WAN card field upgrade connects the Business Communications Manager system to the wide area network 2 V 90 Modem port available in North America only provides PSTN dial up access to the BCM 3 Local RS232 COM port provides a serial connection to a laptop for maintenance purposes Also supports a DB9 serial connection to a UPS for power monitoring see UPS Installation and Configuration Guide
505. specifics Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 28 Preface Call Detail Recording System Administration Guide Call Detail Recording no keycode required records and reports call activity from the Business Communications Manager You can create reports from this information to help you manage system usage effectively IP Telephony Configuration Guide 12001 12002 and 12004 IP telephones and the NetVision and NetVision Data telephones require a combination of data and telephony settings to work with the Business Communications Manager These telephones can make or receive calls through either VoIP or PBX lines Nortel Networks 12050 Software Phone turns your PC into a telephone interface which provides standard telephony operating features such as Voice Mail Caller ID and multiple telephone lines or line appearances This application requires Windows 2000 a full duplex sound card and a computer telephony headset This document describes what settings are required to use this application with the Business Communications Manager The 12050 Software Phone Installation Guide provides specific installation information VoIP Gateway requires keycode converts the voice in a call into a packet format and sends the call using an intranet trunk With Business Communications Manager VoIP Gateway you can make calls over any intranet connected to the Business Communications Manager system P0609330 2 0 29 Chapter 1
506. ssociated with a Component ID alarm For example discontinuation of a service or dependant service can trigger an event notification or SNMP Trap for a specific Component For further detailed descriptions of services refer to Chapter 3 Service Management System e Alternatively use Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID to search for a Component ID alarm by the associated Event ID Table 12 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarm Associated eventSource trap Service Component ID alarm Associated eventSource trap Service Atapi Autochk BCMAmp Browser BRU CDRTransfer cfsServr cfsServr CTE DCOM DECTAlarms DECTMtce DhcpServer disk DNS DrWatson emsManager eventLog P0609330 2 0 None None None Computer Browser None None Voice CFS Voice Licensing services Voice CTE None DECT Alarm monitor DECT Maintenance console Microsoft DHCP server None Microsoft DNS server None Media services manager EventLog SAM Save Dump Security Serial Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager Service Control Manager None None EventLog None
507. st be able to find this FTP Server Note The user is responsible for managing the shared network resource and the FTP Sever Data already present on the destination will be overwritten with new data on consequent executions of the backup and restore script If the user wants to save different versions of the backed up data he she must manage the Volumes and shared resources For example an administrator may decide to schedule a backup every day however a safer way to do this may be to have two or more backup volumes Each one would backup to a different volume perhaps on different days so that at least two full backups are available to choose from For added safety the admin may decide that the volumes are on different servers so that a second copy of the backup 1s always available To save the information about the most used destination drives refer to the section on Volume Administration on page 396 Scheduled backup The backup process can be scheduled to run on a specific date time and frequency To schedule a backup the user must follow all the steps to configure a backup and then select a specific date time and frequency Be aware that the selected time will start the process according to the date and time on the BCM Watch the time differences especially if you are scheduling a backup on a BCM that is situated on a different time zone The time on the BCM is shown although this is an approximation it will normally be within
508. stem Backup and Restore 9 Figure 58 If you chose to backup the DECT OAM component the DECT OAM Password screen appears If you are not performing a backup on the DECT OAM component continue to the next step in this procedure e Enter the DECT OAM installer password in the Password field and select Submit The default DECT OAM Installer password 1s insta Enter your user name and password if prompted for remote backups only If you are backing up the file to a Local volume the User Name and Password screen does not appear Continue to the next step in this procedure e Enter the user name in the Username box to access the remote volume Use a domain name qualifier if required e Enter the password in the Password box to access the remote volume e Select the Submit button The BRU Report file name entry screen appears see Figure 58 on page 416 BRU Report filename entry screen display NORTEL i f4 BCM 3 6 Backup and Restore Utility Backup report file name Report file name Component s Backup Date NEXT CANCEL 10 Enter a name for the backup report in the Report File Name field The backup report contains the results of the backup process and is stored in the same folder as the backup 11 Select the Next button from the BRU Report filename entry screen display 12 When the backup is complete a dialog box appears The dialog box indicates the backup is a success or failure e If th
509. stem Status Monitor that either it or its monitored services are started normally 1 PCI Device Driver Driver Recovered 2 Device Name Device Recovered No action required Warning Information None PCI Devices and Drivers Information 1 Power Value Power Recovered 2 Power Supply Fant Recovered 3 Power Supply Fan2 Recovered No action required Warning Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 176 Chapter 2 Fault Management System System Status Monitor Event ID 1006 Event ID 1007 Event ID 1008 Event ID 1009 Event ID 1010 Event ID 1011 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Information None Power Supply Information 1 CPU Fan Recovered 2 Fani Recovered in Tolerance 3 Fan2 Recovered in Tolerance No Action Required Warning Information None CPU Fan Fan1 and Fan2 Recovery Information CPU Temperature Recovered No Action Required CPU Temperature recovere
510. t ID Event ID P0609330 2 0 1200 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None SRG Starting No action required Warning Information None DN XXXX Test Local Mode Test feature Warning Information None DN XXXX Firmware is Out of Sync with the Main Office Call Server Indicates that IP set FW on main office has been upgraded and the required FW version is available on the SRG Warning Information None DN XXXX Local Mode Firmware Upgrade in Progress No action required Warning Information None DN XXXX Normal Mode Redirected to Main Office No action required Warning Information None DN XXXX Local Mode Redirection Pending Set on call No action required Warning Information None DN XXXX Local Mode Firmware Upgrade Pending Set on call No action required Warning Information None Survi
511. t System on page 245 Use the Service Manager to access assess or modify the state of services running on the Business Communications Managers in your network Services control the fundamental functionality of the Business Communications Manager A service 1s a software process that controls interaction with the Business Communications Manager hardware devices computing environment telephony or your browser interface Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 54 Chapter 1 Management Overview Modification of any service has far reaching effects on communications or event reporting capability Nortel Networks strongly recommends you consult with your support group prior to using the service manager interface There are two categories of services e System level services Software processes that are critical to essential operating system level features see System Level Service Definitions on page 252 e Nortel Networks configurable services Software processes that are critical to the operation of the Business Communications Manager software see Nortel Networks Configurable Services on page 278 Log management overview This section describes the Media Service Card core telephony logs All components of the Business Communications Manager are logged and hence the system generates a large number of logs for a variety of purposes In the case of faults consult the logs to assist in the diagnosis and corr
512. t could not be transmitted because of errors Packets received discarded The number of inbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being deliverable to a higher layer protocol One possible reason for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space P0609330 2 0 Chapter 6 Performance Management 361 Packets received errors The number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher layer protocol Packets received non unicast sec The rate that non unicast 1 e subnet broadcast or subnet multicast packets are delivered to a higher layer protocol Packets received unicast sec The rate that subnet unicast packets are delivered to a higher layer protocol Packets received unknown The number of packets received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol Packets received sec The rate that packets are received on the network interface Packets sent non unicast sec The rate that packets are requested to be transmitted to non unicast 1 e subnet broadcast or subnet multicast addresses by higher level protocols The rate includes the packets that were discarded or not sent Packets sent unicast sec The rate that packets are requested to be transmitted to subnet unicast addresses by higher level protocols The rate includes the packets that were discarded or not sent Packets
513. t you set BCM performance and usage information can be queried by SNMP For further details on performance management refer to Chapter 6 Performance Management on page 345 Use the following tools and procedures to monitor the Business Communications Manager system performance e Unified Manager Performance Monitor e Service Manager e Base function tray system status display LEDs e Using the Initialization menu to monitor system hardware e Disk mirroring function e Module Diagnostics Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 56 Chapter 1 Management Overview If you determine through the use of the diagnostic tools that a hardware problem exists refer to the Installation and Maintenance Guide for information on component replacement Security management overview When you first run the BCM version 3 6 software you will note that the default Web access to the Business Communications Manager now utilizes SSL encryption for system security This includes the appearance of a security alert when you initiate a connection to the Unified Manager using SSL which indicates site validation of the default certificate For further information on how to define security parameters for the system and for users refer to Chapter 8 Security Management on page 377 Security management includes the following primary topics e Understanding BCM SSL certificate properties on page 377 e
514. tastrophic driver failure 2 failed to register as an Intermediate Miniport QoS driver has failed to load Reboot system If this error persists contact Customer Support Minor Warning None Catastrophic driver failure Unable to read PortTable registry entry for device 2 The default port range of 28000 28511 will be used No action required Minor Warning None Registry value has not been initialized The default range will be used Unless other ports are chosen this message will continue to appear This will not cause problems Zero bandwidth disabling QoS Check the WAN drivers Possibly caused by the WAN driver Contact Customer Support Minor Warning None The values used to calculate the Bandwidth resulted in a zero value Error in reading IP addresses disabling QoS Check that the LAN and WAN are properly installed mspQoSMP Event ID 4032 Event ID 4034 Event ID 4035 Event ID 4039 Event ID 4040 Event ID 4043 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Chapter 2 Fault Management
515. ted see Figure 56 on page 414 2 Select the Restore tab The BRU screen displays the restore options see Figure 59 on page 421 P0609330 2 0 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore 421 Figure 59 BRU Restore screen display NORTEL BCM 3 6 Backup and Restore Utility Home Volume Admin Restan BCM About Help Exit 23 3 2004 6 23 00 SCHEDULE Restore Location Restore Options E OLORE i tf Restore only ifthe BCh wersion and the backup version Select BCM Component s are the same Ach version Compare Apache Configuration O Restore even ifthe Bhl version and the backup wersion Archlog Settings are different Backup and Restore Utility DECT GAM E START RESTORE SELECT THE RESTORE LOCATION AND THEN SELECT THE DESIRED COMPONENTS TO BE RESTORED 3 Select the Volume button The Volume Administration screen appears see Figure 57 on page 415 4 Select the radio button beside the volume from which you want to restore the backup see BRU Volume administration screen display If you want to restore the backup from a volume that does not appear on the list refer to Adding a new volume on page 412 for further information e The LOGICAL NAME field displays the name of the volume e The LOCATION field displays the path to either a remote drive Unix FTP server or WindowsNT FTP server as shown 1n the table below Remote Format for static IP address Format for computer using DHCP server Driv
516. ted Bytes to the Commit Limit This represents the amount of available virtual memory in use Note that the Commit Limit may change if the paging file 1s extended This is an instantaneous value not an average Available bytes The size of the virtual memory currently on the Zeroed Free and Standby lists Zeroed and Free memory is ready for use with Zeroed memory cleared to zeros Standby memory is memory removed from a process s Working Set but still available Notice that this is an instantaneous count not an average over the time interval Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 350 Chapter 6 Performance Management Resources Performance Monitor The system resources performance monitor allows you to access performance measurement graphical tools that display performance metrics on the following system resources e Accessing the Resources Performance Monitor on page 350 e Accessing the LAN performance monitor on page 357 e Accessing the WAN performance monitor on page 359 e Accessing the Dial Up performance monitor on page 362 e Accessing the UTWAN performance monitor on page 363 Business Communications Manager provides statistical information on system throughput and other performance related information For information on how to configure and optimize network traffic and communications devices refer to the Programming Operations Guide Accessing the Resources Performance Monitor
517. tem provides the administration area in Unified Manager related management to Telephony subsystem Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name VoiceManagementSubsystem Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms e VoiceManagementSubsystem e Service Control Manager Voice management subsystem service structure Parent Child Voice MSC Driver None Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics l Voice Licensing services l l Media services manager Remote procedure call service A A Voice management subsystem Voice MSC service Voice MSC The Voice MSC Media Services Card service provides the driver for the MSC hardware to the service operating system on the BCM This service is critical for all Nortel Networks services running on the BCM If this service fails the Watchdog attempts a restart If the Watchdog restart fails a reboot is required Type Nortel Networks configurable services P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 301 Service name VoiceMSCService Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms e VoiceMSCService e Service Control Manager Voice MSC service service structure Parent Child Voice MSC Driver Voice MSC service Voice Licensing services A ee le yee Voice MSC Service A L Voice CTE VoiceCTI G o m m Media se
518. tem status display to monitor system hardware e Using the Initialization menu to monitor system hardware Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 458 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Using the Unified Manager to monitor system hardware The Business Communications Manager System Status Monitor allows you to remotely view the status of the BCM system LEDs on your PC Monitor the LEDs through the Unified Manager to help you make preliminary decisions about maintenance actions Enter the System Status Monitor through the Unified Manager as follows 1 Open the Unified Manager 2 Under Diagnostics click on System Status Monitor For systems using BCM400 or BCM200 hardware the LED Display screen appears similar to the one shown in the Figure 61 The labels change depending on which network cards are active loaded Figure 61 System Status Monitor LED Display screen for BOM400 BCM200 hardware LED Display SSM Settings LED Display E Power E HOOD E ServicesHMon E Wan On Flash On On E Temp Off Use Table 34 to interpret the LEDs shown on the system status monitor display Table 34 System Status Monitor LED descriptions Power This indicator is green when all power components on your system are operating correcting If one or more components fails the LED turns red HDD Indicates that the Primary hard disk is operating correctly Watchdog This LED indicates the state of syst
519. ter 9 System Backup and Restore Performing a restore using the BRU A restore copies the Business Communications Manager settings from a backup volume to the local hard disk of Business Communications Manager The Business Communications system must be operational and you must be able to access it using Unified Manager before you can restore the settings If you replace a component and all programming is set to default perform the component specific initialization procedure before performing the restore procedure described in this section Note If you replace the MSC you must obtain and install new software keycodes before you can restore the settings Your old software keycodes will not work with the new MSC The new software keycodes can be regenerated using your existing software keycodes To regenerate the software keycodes use the Nortel Networks Keycode Retrieval System KRS website The KRS website URL is http www nortelnetworks com servsup krs Note If you restore programming to a different system than the system from which the backup was created you must set the time zone on the restored system using Unified Manager Note The restore process terminates the services associated with the chosen components and sub components 1 Access the backup and restore utility BRU from the Unified Manager interface see Accessing the backup and restore utility on page 411 The BRU screen appears with the BACKUP operation selec
520. ter the user is locked out and before they are allowed to try to log in again and the Reset count is set back to zero Setting password policy You can define the system parameters for the passwords that you assign to users by determining the length age and history that the passwords must meet 1 Select Management User Manager The User Profile screen appears showing the current user profile information 2 Click the Password Policy tab Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 390 Chapter 8 Security Management 3 Use the information provided in the following table to determine the lockout policy for your system e a ee Minimum Password Length Default 8 Determines the minimum number of characters that must be entered for a new password Passwords can be a maximum of 14 characters long Password Complexity Default 3 Define the level of complexity for the system user passwords O zero none of the Password policies are required 2 at least two different types of characters are required 3 at least three different types of characters are required At highest complexity passwords must contain elements from three of the four following character sets upper case alphabet English lower case alphabet English westernized Arabic numerals non alphanumeric characters Network note If you are using Network Configuration Manager password policies will be applied regardless of the Unified Manage
521. the DN to port conversion heading Type the DN you want to check in the DN to convert box Click outside the window and the screen will refresh The system displays values in the Device port and Device channel boxes These ports and channels refer to the headings found under the Resources Media Bay Modules Bus headings that the device is wired to To perform a DN to port conversion test refer to _DN to port conversion on page 450 Identify a device connected to the system You may wish to check a device version number for compatibility with the system Use the following procedure to display status information for any device connected to the system 1 2 3 4 5 On the navigation tree click the keys beside Resources and Media Bay Modules Click the key of the Bus for the station module the device is wired to Click the key of the Port that you found when you ran the DN to port conversion Click the Channels key Click the B1 heading to display the device connected to the B1 channel If your system is a Partial Double Density system PDD there will also be B2 headings for modules installed on Buses 06 and 07 The window displays the device its type the version number of the device and its state Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 440 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 6 If there is an add on device attached to the telephone such as a central answering position module o
522. the Knowledge Scripts and forward data from the BCM back to the Vivinet Manager server The IP address of the NetIQ Vivinet Manager and the ports used for communication between Vivinet Manager and the BCM can be configured through the Unified Manager NetIQ screen Use the NetiQ Feature Use the NetIQ page found under the Services heading in the Unified Manager see Figure 53 to enable and configure the NetIQ feature P0609330 2 0 Chapter 7 Performance Management Using NetlQ 373 Figure 53 NetIQ summary tab y Business Communications Manager Unified Manager Microsoft Internet Explorer Edit Configuration Performance Fault Report Tools Logoff View Help 127 0 0 1 Comprehensive Add Delete Del All Summary Q G BCM 127 0 0 1 Resources NetIQ Agent Read Only Field Senices ne Telephony Services Description Perfomance Monitoring Agent Software Doorphones IF Telephony NetIQ Agent Version 4 0 Call Detail Recording gt o LAN CTE Configuration Authorized Management Server s Comma Separated x voice Mail Multimedia Call Center IVR Bind Management Server Port gggg IP Music amp DHCP NetIQ Agent Listening Port 9999 DNS eE A Disabled y SNMP Status Disabled QoS Monitor Web Cache Net Link Mor Alarm Service NAT VPN Policy Management NTP Client Settings
523. the mmfxref dat file exists in the specified location and if not restore it Otherwise delete and redo MMF to VFS conversions Critical Error None The first s is the path and the second s is the reason for failure Severity 7 Component vps lt IVR gt lt BCM name gt Message Play Failure Unable to add vocab item s to play list s Modify PeriProducer application to decrease the number of items in the play request Critical Error None Severity 7 Component vps lt IVR gt lt BCM name gt Message Play Failure Unable to add vocab item s to play list s Inspect reason for failure and take appropriate action If the reason is ME _PLAY_LIST FULL then modify PeriProducer application to decrease the number of items in the play request Critical Error None The first s is the path and the second s is the reason for failure Severity 7 Component vps lt IVR gt lt BCM name gt Message Play Failure Unknown vocabulary item s Verify it is a recorded element in the MMF and the MMF has been converted to VFS If not record element and perform conversion Critical Error None First s is the vocab item Severity 7 Component vps lt IVR gt lt BCM name gt Message Can t set port capabilities to S s Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 132 Chapter 2 Fault Management System IVR IVR bim Event ID 1 IVR bim Event ID 1 IVR bim JET Return to tab
524. the navigation tree click the System key and click the Identification heading The Identification screen appears Click the System Name box Enter the new system name Press the Tab key to save your change After you change the System Name restart the Business Communications Manager system If you change the System Name and do not restart the Business Communications Manager system Scheduled tasks will not run Note The System Name is the Netbios name of Business Communications Manager Changing the system domain The system domain is the domain in which the Business Communications Manager system resides If you do not know the domain for the Business Communications Manager system contact your network administrator To change the system domain add the Business Communications Manager system to a new domain You can add the Business Communications Manager system to e a workgroup e adomain e a Windows 2000 domain P0609330 2 0 Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics 443 To add a Business Communications Manager system to a workgroup 1 On the navigation tree click the System key and click the Identification heading The Identification screen appears 2 Click the Change Domain Membership tab The Change Domain Membership screen appears Click the Add To box and click Workgroup Click the New Workgroup box and enter the name of the workgroup to which you want to add the Business Communications Manager system
525. tic snapshot You can also add additional information to the filename by selecting one or more of the options on the drop down list beside the Output filename box The additional information available is Auto increment Counter This option adds a series number to the filename This number starts at 0000 and is incremented every time you take a static snapshot of this Business Communications Manager system BCM name This option adds the System Name of the Business Communications Manager system to the filename Time This options adds the time that the static snapshot was saved Date This options adds the date that the static snapshot was saved When you select one of these options a marker is added to the filename at the spot where the cursor is located The actual information is not generated until you save the static snapshot 4 Inthe Output folder box enter the path of the folder where you want to store the static snapshots To browse for the correct folder click the button beside Output Folder box Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 342 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor 5 Ensure that all of the BCM Monitor tabs that have information you want included in the snapshot appear in the Tabs saved in snapshot box For example if you want the snapshot to include the statistic Active Lines which appears on the Line Monitor tab ensure the Line Monitor tab is included in the Tabs saved in snapshot box 6 Click the OK
526. tical Error None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide cfsServr cfsServer Component feature service Event ID 105 Event ID 108 Event ID 109 Event ID 110 Event ID 111 Event ID 113 Event ID 114 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity 110 Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Voice CFS Voice Licensing services The service was installed No action required Warning Information None The service was stopped No action required Warning Information None lt error string provided by CFS gt No action required Critical Error None Duplicate keycode has been entered this keycode has been previously entered No action required Warning Information None Keycode lt 24 digit number keycode value gt is invalid Confirm that the keycode was entered correctly and that the applicable functionality is available on the BCM Critical Error
527. tication NTLMv2 response only protocol and will prevent access from computers running refuse LM Windows 95 98 Me unless you install the directory services client on the client computer Clear Page File Disabled Default Disabled on Shutdown Enabled If Enabled this setting prompts the system to clear the virtual memory swap file on shutdown When enabled this option extends system shutdown by about two minutes SMB Client Allow Default Allow Signing Disabled Determine what level of signing you require from SMB clients Require Disabled None required Allow Tries to perform the digital signature whenever a compatible client platform is detected This setting also supports clients running with Windows 95 98 Me Require Always secures the connection with a digital signature However this setting prevents access from clients running with Windows 95 98 Me Applicable applications BRU and Archlog SMB Server Allow Default Allow Signing Disabled Determine what level of signing you require from SMB client Require servers Disabled None required Allow Tries to perform the digital signature whenever a compatible client platform is detected This setting also supports clients running with Windows 95 98 Me Require Always secures the connection with a digital signature However this setting prevents access from clients running with Windows 95 98 Me unless you install the directory services client on the client computer Applicabl
528. tion Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary 1 CPUFan Value Below normal Tolerance 2 Fan1 Value failed in Tolerance 3 Fan2 Value failed in Tolerance 1 Check CPU Fan 2 Check Fan 1 3 Check Fan 2 Minor Warning None CPU FAN FAN1 And FAN2 Warnings HDD near or on its capacity Check HDD Capacity Minor Warning None Hard Drives Capacity Warnings Unable to get Drive from system environment No Action Required SSM failed to retrieve the information of HDD from system This HDD drive will not be monitored by SSM Minor Warning None SSM failed to retrieve the information of HDD from system This HDD drive will not be monitored by SSM 1 Physical Memory near or on its capacity 2 Virtual Memory near or on its Capacity No Action Required Its recommended that an assessment be made of memory utilization of your BCM Minor Warning None Physical and Logical Memories Warning 1 Physical RAM size less than expected Increase Physical RAM size in next maintenance window to increase the BCM performance Minor Warning None Increase Physical RAM size 1 Bytes Tota
529. tion choose Disabled for the Force Secure Web Access field Security Management Tools This section provides information about how you can set up and maintain the access security to your system by users and client applications Security Note This symbol will be used throughout this section to indicate areas of possible security concern primarily in regard to default settings that could pose a security risk if they are not changed To define security parameters for the system and for users you need to consider what level of security you need to achieve to meet your network security standard Note that the default security settings are not set to their maximum secure settings and can be changed to suit your specific requirements If you change the default settings ensure that you understand the interoperability implications between your system and client applications the computer you use to access the system and network impacts For instance some levels of security are not compatible with clients running Windows 95 98 or ME Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 380 Chapter 8 Security Management Security Note Minimum configuration should include changing all default system passwords Q Unified Manager security considerations include How long you want the Unified Manager to remain open 1f there is no input from the user Refer to Setting the Interface Timeout on page 380 If you want to use secur
530. tion on a single PC to monitor the corresponding number of Business Communications Manager systems BCM Monitor supports real time troubleshooting and report generation System administrators and support personnel obtain key real time information to perform troubleshooting if necessary The system administrator accesses and saves information to generate system utilization and traffic reports Using BCM Monitor to monitor your system status The Business Communications Manager BCM monitor allows you to see the current status of various parts of your system services Use the BCM Monitor tool during troubleshooting to confirm current configurations including CallPilot applications and IP trunk information You can find BCM Monitor under the Install Clients button on the first page of the Unified Manager The section that describes BCM Monitor provides the following main topics e Starting BCM Monitor on page 329 e Use BCM Monitor to Analyze your System Status on page 331 e BCM Monitor Statistical minimum and maximum Values on page 340 e BCM Monitor information capture on page 341 Performance management overview The Unified Manager System Performance monitor provides detailed performance information for the system and the system resources The statistics are shown in charts or table format If a performance display is active it is automatically updated with real time performance information in time increments tha
531. tion to exit the maintenance pages 10 To replace the default certificate with the new certificate and private key a Exit the Unified Manager b Log back into the Unified Manager P0609330 2 0 Chapter 8 Security Management 379 Troubleshooting Restoring the default certificate If something happens to your private security certificate file you cannot access the Unified Manager and you need to restore the default certificate Contact your technical support team for assistance Refer to Contact on page 47 for Nortel Networks support contact numbers Suppressing the security alert message If you do not want to add a site specific security certificate but you want to suppress the security alert message you can use the Internet Explorer Security options to disable the warning 1 Open Internet Explorer 2 On the top menu bar click Tools and select Internet Options 3 Select the Advanced tab Note Location of the following prompt may vary depending on the version of Internet Explorer Scroll to the item Warn about invalid site certificates If the check box has a check mark click on the box to remove it This disables this option Restart the browser Using the non secure http 6800 port If you choose not to use SSL on your system you can disable the system prompt that forces secure web access Refer to Setting system security compatibility levels on page 380 On the Security screen described in that sec
532. to a maximum of 5 Limiting the number of trap communities ensures that system performance does not degrade Configuring an SNMP Community Use the procedures in this section to configure the Business Communications Manager to send SNMP messages to an SNMP workstation Configuring SNMP summary attributes on page 76 Adding a community to an SNMP community list on page 78 Modifying an SNMP community list on page 80 Deleting an SNMP community on page 80 Configuring SNMP summary attributes 1 Access the correct Business Communications Manager in your network from the Unified Manager workstation browser On the Unified Manager main page select Configuration Click the Services key Click the SNMP heading The SNMP Summary screen appears P0609330 2 0 Chapter 2 Fault Management System 77 Figure 23 SNMP summary screen Group Configuration Tools View Help 47 65 138 65 Comprehensive Community List HM anager List Trap Community List O il BCM 47 65 138 69 3 cae aces f BCM SNMP Agent Read Only Field Services eA Version Telephony Services oa 4 0 Doorphones ea IP Telephony oe Status Up 7 i T ei oe eae cine Authentication Failure Traps Enabled T Voice Mail S Multimedia Call Center IVR IP Music CHCP ONS IF Routing SNMP Go Monitor Web Cache NetLink Mgr Alarm Service NAT VPN Policy Management DEC
533. to another programming task while the loopback test is running While the loopback test is running the green in Service LED on the DTM flashes If you administer the internal CSU on a line loopback and payload loopback then the central office can also invoke and stop tests In order to be able to run a payload loopback test you must configure the DTM for extended superframe format The Business Communications Manager system allows you to run the following tests e Line loopback test on page 429 e Payload loopback test on page 430 e Card loopback test on page 430 e Continuity loopback test on page 430 Use the procedure Start a loopback test on page 430 to run any of these tests Line loopback test The line loopback test loops the full 1 544 Mbps signal received from the network back to the network The looped signal regenerates without any change in the framing format and without the removal of any bipolar violations The line loopback test can also be invoked and stopped remotely using the in band signal or via the facility data link FDL in extended super frame ESF format The line loopback test must be run in coordination with the T1 or PRI service provider Some test patterns can cause the DTM to reset To avoid this start the line loopback test from your system before the T1 or PRI service provider begins their test and stop the line loopback test from your system after the T1 or PRI servic
534. to display statistics for 15 minute intervals in the last 24 hours numbered from the most recent 01 to the oldest 96 Click the most recent interval The window shows the start time of the interval Click the 24 hour summary heading for an overall summary of the previous 24 hours The Number of intervals Errored Seconds Severely Errored Seconds Unavailable Seconds appear in the summary Check the CSU alarms Choose Diagnostics Trunk Modules Choose a bus and then choose a module Choose CSU Statistics Alarm statistics and click the Active alarms heading The display shows all the active alarms of the types LOS loss of signal OOF out of Frame RAI Remote alarm indicator or AIS Alarm indication signal For more information on these types of transmission defects refer to Statistics collected by the system on page 431 Check carrier failure alarms 1 2 Choose Diagnostics Trunk Modules Choose a bus and then choose a module Choose CSU Statistics Alarm statistics CFA alarms The display shows LOS loss of signal OOF out of Frame AIS Alarm indication signal RAI Remote alarm indicator Short term alarms and Defects For more information on these types of transmission defects refer to Statistics collected by the system on page 431 Choose the type of alarm you wish to view For example LOS Loss Of Signal Click the Period The display shows the Start time of the period Check bipola
535. to specify the IP addresses of the SNMP trap subscriber stations If you have too Address many IP addresses in the trap community list the SNMP service may degrade system performance The IP address must correspond to the PC where the trap collector software is installed Do not use the dynamic IP address that the PC receives when the dial up link activates as the BCM initiates dialing Using the dynamic IP address causes the removal of the required static route Interface Allows you to specify the method to route SNMP traps to the SNMP trap collector If the trap collector is on the same subnet as one of the BCM LAN or WAN interfaces select RouterAssigned as the Interface value The RRAS decides how to route the packet to the trap collector according to its current routing table If you want to let the BCM send trap packets to the trap collector via the dialup interface select a demand dial interface as Interface The BCM automatically adds under IP routing a static route for the trap collector that points to the dial out V 90 modem or ISDN interface Configure a trap community entry with the trap collector IP address as the trap destination Select RouterAssigned or one of the dial out interfaces listed in the drop down list The types of communication links are as follows e Select RouterAssigned The route for the trap destination is automatically determined and handled by the RRAS Enter the IP address of the trap collector
536. tree again No action required Warning Information None Voice Watchdog started monitoring this service Watchdog was started as a service No action required Warning Information None Service Name started successfully No action required Warning Information None ATTENTION Communication with LED panel has been lost Status LED may not reflect true system status Investigate the possible cause in the next maintenance window Minor Warning None Service Name failed gt Format Message failed Unknown error Call for Support and advise of Unknown error received Critical Error None Voice Watchdog received an unknown error number from the Service Control Manager while querying the Service Status Service Name failed gt Error Message Start this service manually If unable to resolve the problem call for Support and advise of the error message Critical Error None Voice Watchdog received error message from the Service Control Manager while querying the Service Status Service Service Name has reached the failure repeat limit and must be restarted manually Chapter 2 Fault Management System 239 VoiceWatchdog Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 3003 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Event ID 3004 Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 3005 Return to table User action Message Message User action
537. twork e SNMP agents SNMP agent software interfaces and handles interaction between the device and the SNMP network manager workstation SNMP agents are software modules resident in network elements in this case the BCM The SNMP agent collects stores and retrieves MIB management information base data and forwards the information to the SNMP network manager Server e Network elements managed devices Hardware components such as computers routers and terminal servers that are connected to networks e Managed objects Hardware configuration parameters or performance statistics that directly relate to the operation of a device Bridges hubs routers or network servers are examples of managed devices that contain managed objects e Management information base MIB The MIB is the software that defines the data reported by the device and the extent of control A virtual information store that contains a collection of managed objects e Management protocol SNMP Used to transport management information between the agents and console Simple network management protocol SNMP is the standard management protocol An SNMP trap is a message format used by the SNMP agent to inform the NMS of a system event Figure 5 illustrates the agent and object relationship in a network and how the system provides event notification to the SNMP network manager workstation Data passes from SNMP agents hardware software processes that report activity in
538. ty Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary A software download to the basestations has started No action required During basestation download system performance may be sluggish and wireless functionality will not be complete Wait for Event 55 Warning Information None All downloads are complete No action required Warning Information None No more credits available for portables or sets More credits must be acquired before all the registered portables or installed sets can be activated Parameters 1 0 Portable credit required 1 Set credit required Acquire more portable credits Warning Information MSC event 275 Sev P9 Cat F Incompatible Trunk Computer Module A Trunk Computer Module cannot operate with the trunk Type assigned to it in Configuration Event parameters 1 Module Card Check that the trunk Type programmed matches the module Check that the trunk Type programmed matches the module Critical Error MSC event 255 Sev P9 Cat F Invalid Auto Answer Setting What this means is that a line has been set to auto answer but the type of trunk is not suitable for auto answer Event parameters 1 Module Card Change the trunk programming to manual answer Change the trunk programming to manual answer Critical Error MSC event 256 Sev P9 Cat F There are no more DIMF receivers that can be allocated DIMF receivers are busy not working properly or have n
539. u can choose the parameters that will determine when a user will be locked out of the system if an incorrect password is entered P0609330 2 0 Chapter 8 Security Management 389 Security Note Lockout policy is enabled as the default This policy is particularly important to stop unauthorized logon attempts to your Business Communications Manager system You can further tighten the access security to the system by setting the account lockout threshold to a recommended value of 5 1 Select Management User Manager The User Profile screen appears showing the current user profile information 2 Click the Lockout Policy tab The default is to have Lockout Policy enabled 3 Use the information provided in the following table to determine the lockout policy for your system The settings are effective as soon as they are entered ee Lockout Policy Enabled The Enabled setting allows you to set the following three Disabled parameters If you choose Disabled no configurable parameters display Failed Logon Attempts lt digits gt Default 50 Before Lockout Enter the number of times the user can attempt to enter a password before the user is locked out Reset Failed Logon lt minutes gt Default 30 Attempts Count after The amount of time before the lockout counter is reset min a Note This does not necessarily mean the user was locked out Lockout Duration min lt minutes gt Default 30 The amount of time that passes af
540. uide If this user is not using a V 90 modem or an ISDN BRI link or does not require callback set Callback to Disabled Note The system supports one dial up connection at a time Callback Number This is the number the system uses to call back to the external modem or ISDN BRI link Ensure that the appropriate routing codes are added to the dial string Status Unlocked This field indicates the current state of the user s password If the Unlock password becomes locked and the user does not want to wait the lock out time the Administrator can choose Unlock on the user s password record to release the password 4 Click the SAVE button to save your settings The new user profile information is added to the list on the User Profile window Security Note An integral part of your system security is password management This Q includes changing default passwords after the system 1s installed Also to further increase access security minimize the number of user accounts especially the administrator accounts and change them frequently Setting up callback for a user If the user will be accessing the system through a dial up connection you need to add that group to the user account As well in this case callback will be enabled to ensure that the system security is maintained 1 Select Management User Manager The User Profile screen appears showing the current user profile information Business Communications Manager Manage
541. uide as follows e Fault management overview on page 53 e Service management overview on page 53 e Log management overview on page 54 e BCM Monitor overview on page 54 66 z ae e Performance management overview on page 55 e Security management overview on page 56 e Backup and restore Overview on page 56 e Troubleshooting and diagnostics activities overview on page 57 Fault management overview This section provides a description of the alarm management system system events and SNMP traps Administrators access alarms and perform fault analysis through the Unified Manager interface Use the Unified Manager to configure the fault system This section provides detailed information on To further information on how to manage system faults refer to Chapter 2 Fault Management System on page 59 This section also provides a correlation between the event source SNMP traps components logs and services For further details refer to the following e Component ID alarm summary information on page 92 e Component ID SNMP Trap Error Interpretation on page 100 Service management overview This chapter describes service manager capabilities available in the Unified Manager interface This chapter also describes the properties of the services in the service manager and associated alarm notifications To further information on services refer to Chapter 3 Service Managemen
542. ularity with the PSTN connections The cable connecting the DTCM to the network termination point or external CSU has been disconnected or there is a problem with the signal from the network Check the logs and look for Events ranging from 315 336 If this alarm occurs more than once over a two week period contact your local support group Critical Error MSC event 320 Sev P8 Cat F The long term alarm threshold has been surpassed in DICM 1 for the detection of Alarm Indication Signal on time slot 16 The most likely cause is an irregularity with the PSTN connections The cable connecting the DTCM to the network termination point or external CSU has been disconnected or there is a problem with the signal from the network Check the logs and look for Events ranging from 315 336 If this alarm occurs more than once over a two week period contact your local support group Critical Error MSC event 321 Sev P8 Cat F The long term alarm threshold has been surpassed in DICM 1 for the detection of Remote Alarm Indication on time slot 16 The most likely cause is an irregularity with the PSTN connections The cable connecting the DTCM to the network termination point or external CSU has been disconnected or there is a problem with the signal from the network Check the logs and look for Events ranging from 315 336 If this alarm occurs more than once over a two week period contact your local support group Voice software Event
543. ult status Default startup Alarms The Microsoft Domain Name System server is a BCM service that translates domain names into IP addresses Nortel Networks configurable services DNS Running Automatic DNS Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 292 Chapter3 Service Management System Microsoft DNS server service structure Parent NetBT Afd Tcpip A A NT LM Security support provider A Remote procedure call service A l l Microsoft DNS server 4 Net link manager Net link manager The Net link manager service manages the default route and backup dialup connections Switch over process Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name NetLinkManager Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms NetLinkManager Net link manager service structure Parent NetBT t Server Telephony service Workstation Remote procedure call service A i 1 Remote access connection manager Be os A Routing and remote access service Net link manager Nortel Networks IVR Nortel Networks The Nortel Networks IVR service starts the IVR service on the Business Communications IVR Manager Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name Nortel Networks startup service Default status Stopped P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 293
544. unication Type System level services Service name Alerter Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 254 Chapter3 Service Management System Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms None Alerter service structure Parent Child TDI Workstation A Alerter None ClipBook server ClipBook server The ClipBook service provides support for the Clipbook Viewer This server service allows the contents of the clipboard to be shared over a network The service allows remote access to the source machine s clipboard from the target computer s Clipbook viewer Nortel Networks recommends you disable this service due to the possibility of remote intrusion The ClipBook server service relies on NetBIOS over TCP IP for network communication Type System level services Service name ClipSrv Default status Stopped Default startup Manual Alarms None ClipBook server service structure Parent Network DDE DSDM A Network DDE ClipBook Server COM Event System COM Event The Component Object Model COM Event system service provides automatic distribution of System event notification to subscribing Component Object Model COM components The service extends the COM programming model to support late bound events or method calls between the publisher or subscriber and the event system Instead of repeatedly polling th
545. up BCM telephony and data functions as well as users mailboxes and directory numbers e Network Configuration Manager NCM Provides centralized configuration and system management capabilities for a number of Business Communications Manager in a network This centralized functionality is required to enable multi site Business Communications Manager customers and channel partners to significantly reduce the cost of ownership of their systems e BCM Monitor This standalone diagnostic application allows you to view system and IP telephony information on individual Business Communications Manager units Open several instances of BCM Monitor to monitor several remote BCM systems on a single PC simultaneously This tool supports real time debugging This tool also allows you to save and process data at a later time to generate system utilization and traffic reports Optional tools and applications e Optivity Network Management System ONMS Use Optivity NMS to manage Nortel data devices such as Baystack switches BPS2000 Passport LAN switches BayRS and Alteon Integrate Unified Manager into the Optivity Network Management System NMS via the Optivity Integration Toolkit OIT Enable BCM discovery launch and alarm integration into Optivity NMS Business Communications Manager appears as an element in an ONMS network discovery diagram BCM SNMP traps are displayed by ONMS and Unified Manager is launched from within Optivity Note If you r
546. uplicate name has been detected on the TCP network The IP address of the machine that sent the message is in the data Use nbtstat n in a command window to see which name is in the Conflict state The most likely reason for this is that a duplicate name has been detected on the network Use the NBTSTAT N command to see the name of the computer in the conflict state The IP address of the node that sent the message is in the data returned by this command offset by 28 bytes Critical Error None NetIQccm provides the NetIQ connection manager NetlQccm Return to table Return to table Service Event ID 0 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 257 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 261 Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs P0609330 2 0 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID NetIQ AppManager client communication manager The following message from NetIQ AppManager SERVICE STOPPED No action required Warning Information None The following is the message from NetlQmc 764 NetlQmc warm Started No action required Warning Information None The following is the message from NetlQmce 187 NetlQccm warm Started No action required Warning Information None NetlQccm Event ID 264 User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Event ID 264
547. use Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 0lor higher to use the Backup and Restore Utility 2 Access your Business Communications Manager and the Unified Manager interface a Enter the Enterprise Edge IP address Type HTTPS 10 10 10 1 b The Unified Manager initial page appears Note You must include HT TPS to access the Unified Manager gt Select the BRU button from the Unified Manager interface Enter the administrator user name in the User Name field Enter the administrator password in the Password field Note If you have changed the default administrator user name and password use the new user name and password in steps 4 and 5 For information on how to change your user name and password refer to the Programming and Operations Guide 6 Select the OK button The BRU screen appears see Figure 56 on page 414 Exiting from the backup and restore utility Use this procedure to exit from the backup and restore utility 1 Select the Exit link A message appears that asks you to confirm that you want to exit 2 Click the Confirm button The BRU utility main page closes Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 412 Chapter 9 System Backup and Restore Resetting the BRU screen Use this procedure to reset the BRU screen and clear the current BRU settings The main BRU screen appears 1 Select the Home link to reset the BRU screen gt Note If a BRU process is running when you select the Ho
548. utochk provides the file system check function for hard drives Autochk Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID None Checking file system on lt drive gt The type of the file system is No action required Warning Information None Event ID 1001 BCMAmp BCMAmp provides the music on hold player application on the BCM Return to table Return to table BcmAmp Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Event ID 257 P0609330 2 0 Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs loMusic BcmAmp BcmAmp version s has started No action required Warning Information None Chapter 2 Fault Management System 103 BcmAmp Event ID 258 Event ID 772 Event ID 773 Event ID 774 Event ID 775 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Shutdown complete No action required Warning Information None IP Music Error
549. vable remote gateway Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 Return to table Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 173 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary DN XXXxX Invalid ID 1 ID has no endpoint in Gatekeeper database Indicates configuration problem Minor Warning None DN XXXX Invalid ID 2 ID unknown within the Call Server Indicates configuration problem Minor Warning None DN XXXX Invalid ID 3 Endpoint in Gatekeeper database is Originating Call Server Indicates configuration problem Minor Warning None Permission Denied 1 No configured Installer Password Indicates configuration problem Minor Warning None Permission Denied 2 Branch User already registered with the TN associated with the UserlD Indicates configuration problem Minor Warning None Permission Denied 4 i2002 set used to register with 12004 or i2050 TN Indicates
550. ve Tools click SSH client On the SSH Client page click the button beside Download SSH Client at the bottom of the right pane The application downloads to your computer On your computer desktop double click Putty exe Follow the steps in the install Wizard to install the application Using PuTTY 1 O N O 9 Click the shortcut PuTTY icon The PuTTY Configuration screen appears Click on the radio box beside SSH In the Host Name or IP address box enter the IP address or the Fully Qualified Domain Name for the Business Communications Manager you want to connect with Click Open The first time you enter the application you may receive a security notice Click OK The PuTTY text screen appears At the login prompt enter an administrator level user name Press lt Enter gt At the next prompt enter the corresponding password Press lt Enter gt 10 The Business Communications Manager Main Menu appears 11 Refer to the specific tasks that require this menu for details about using this it Manually activating Telnet If you choose to continue operating the text based menus with Telnet rather than using the PuTTY client you can manually activate the service from the Unified Manager Q Security Note Using the Telnet interface poses a security risk since the Telnet protocol is not encrypted Note If you are using a cross over cable to make a direct connection Hyperterminal is still enabled regardl
551. verview 57 e Deleting a volume on page 413 e Performing a backup using the BRU on page 414 e Scheduling a backup on page 417 e Viewing scheduled backups on page 419 e Viewing a scheduled backup report on page 419 e Deleting a scheduled backup on page 419 e Performing a restore using the BRU on page 420 Troubleshooting and diagnostics activities overview This section contains information about diagnosing module line performance issues and device line issues This section also provides instructions on how to perform a system startup set identification parameters and maintain telephony resources For further information on diagnostics activities refer to Chapter 10 Testing Troubleshooting and Diagnostics on page 423 This chapter contains the following information e Module Diagnostics on page 423 e Problems with trunk or station modules on page 426 e Media Bay Module status on page 427 e Testing DTM Modules on page 429 e DTM CSU statistics on page 431 e Testing the DDI Mux on page 434 e Troubleshooting Telephone Connections on page 439 e Performing a system startup and warm reset on page 441 e Changing system identification parameters on page 442 e Maintenance programming for telephony resources on page 444 e General Diagnostic Activities on page 457 e Emergency telephone does not function on page 464 e
552. ware e Service Control Manager Voice software alarm monitor service structure Parent VoiceMSCDriver Voice MSC service Voice Licensing services Voice NNU diagnostics L Media services manager 4 I Voice software alarm monitor Voice time synch Voice time synch The Voice time synch service is an industry standard NTP client for the BCM The service synchronizes time of core telephony with NT operating system Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name VoiceTimeSynch Default status Stopped Default startup Disabled Alarms VoiceTimeSynch Voice time synch service structure Parent Child None None Voice WAN Voice WAN The Voice WAN service manages the ISDN interface to the core telephony Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name VoiceWAN Default status Stopped Default startup Automatic Alarms Service Control Manager P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 305 Voice WAN service structure Parent VoiceMSCDriver Voice MSC service Voice Licensing services Voice NNU diagnostics A l Media services manager Voice WAN Voice watchdog Voice watchdog This service monitors the status of the services that are based on the Media Services Card and can restart them if they shutdown inadvertently Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name voicewatc
553. where you want to store the dynamic snapshots To browse for the correct folder click the button beside Output Folder box Ensure that all of the BCM Monitor tabs that have information you want included in the snapshot appear in the Tabs saved in snapshot box For example if you want the snapshot to include the statistic Active Lines which appears on the Line Monitor tab ensure the Line Monitor tab is included in the Tabs saved in snapshot box Select the Enable automatic snapshot check box The Automatic snapshot interval and Number of snapshots boxes become available If you clear the Enable automatic snapshot check box a single snapshot is taken when you start this dynamic snapshot instead of a series of snapshots In the Automatic snapshot interval box use the arrow buttons to select the amount of time in seconds that you want BCM Monitor to wait between taking snapshots P0609330 2 0 Chapter 5 BCM Monitor 343 8 Inthe Number of snapshots box use the arrows buttons to select the number of snapshots that you want BCM Monitor to take before stopping If you want BCM monitor to continue taking snapshots until you stop the dynamic snapshot select Infinite 9 Click the OK button Starting a dynamic snapshot 1 Configure the dynamic snapshot settings to ensure that information you want is stored in the series of snapshots 2 On the File menu click Dynamic Snapshot and then click Start BCM Monitor starts taking snapshots and sto
554. witch at the UPS was used to put the UPS into bypass mode typically for maintenance Since the UPS cannot support its load if a power failure occurs return the UPS to on line operation as soon as possible Warning Information None UPS module failed Replace the failed module Critical Error None Main intelligence module removed This is the first step in replacing a failed module Continue with the replacement Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 194 UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID Event ID P0609330 2 0 203300 203400 203500 203600 203800 203900 300000 Return to table Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Chapter 2 Fault Management System Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Minor Warning None Main intelligence module failed Replace the failed module Critical Error None Redundant intelligence module removed This is the first step in replacing a failed module Continue with the r
555. wn with no warning The UPS has switched to battery operation but communication with the UPS has been lost making it impossible to determine how much runtime the UPS has available Check network connections and check input power source Warning Information None Check installation of Smart Cell signal cable UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 301300 Event ID 301301 Event ID 301302 Event ID 301303 Event ID 301304 Event ID 301400 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message Chapter 2 Fault Management System 197 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Check cable connections to batteries Minor Warning None UPS internal temperature over limit Make sure that there is adequate clearance around the UPS and that the UPS ventilation ports are not blocked Allowing the UPS to continue to operate in this condition can damage the UPS If the condition persists contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Minor Warning None UPS battery charger failure An internal hardware failure exists Contact A
556. y User action Make sure that there is adequate clearance around the UPS and that the UPS ventilation ports are not blocked Allowing the UPS to continue to operate in this condition can damage the UPS If the condition persists contact APC Support for assistance http www apc com go direct index cfm tag support Alarm severity Minor Trap type Warning Logs None Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 200 Chapter 2 Fault Management System UTPS UTPS Event ID 2000 Event ID 3000 Event ID 3000 Event ID 3000 Event ID 3000 P0609330 2 0 Return to table Return to table Service Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Comments Message Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID UNISTIM Terminal proxy server DN xyz is experiencing incoming voice packet loss while on a call It is receiving fewer voice packets than it is expecting If the message is persistent the BCM is experiencing network routing difficulties More quantitative information is available in the UTPS log Minor Warning None xyz is the IP set s DN lt date gt lt time gt UTPS 1 MPSMI is OFF LINE lf the v
557. y Voice Licensing services VoIP SIP Gateway a Media services manager Doorphone L Line monitor server Voice CTE P0609330 2 0 Chapter 3 Service Management System 299 VoiceCTI VoiceCT Middleware Service which provides an interface to the Voice Mail and Call Centre applications on BCM for their call control and Media requirements Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name VoiceCT Default status Running Default startup Manual Alarms VoiceCTI e Service Control Manager Voice CTI service structure Parent Child Voice MSC Driver Voice CTI A Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics Voice mail t Voice Licensing services Nortel Networks IVR l a e L Media services manager Voice CTI Voice mail Voice mail Voice mail and call center component of BCM Type Nortel Networks configurable services Service name VoiceMail Default status Running Default startup Automatic Alarms e NVM e Service Control Manager Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 300 Chapter 3 Service Management System Voice mail service structure Parent Voice MSC Driver Voice MSC service Voice NNU diagnostics t Voice Licensing services Media services manager Voice mail Voice management subsystem Voice The Voice management subsys
558. y wud Apache JServ 1 1 2 29 Oct 2002 a f hug 20035 ie Apache SEE Me T7 BRU 29 Ocrn zZ002 Ez CallPilot 05 Sep 2003 o DECT 08 Apr 2003 14 15 e Doorphone 05 Sep 2005 12 35 oe rere TMM 15 i OC O es ANA P0609330 2 0 Chapter 4 Log Management System 327 Obtaining NT Event Logs from Archlog After you enable the Alarm Service the Business Communications Manager system starts to automatically archive the event logs Whenever the Business Communications Manager system is rebooted the event logs are copied to an archive directory and the event logs are erased The Business Communications Manager system stores the event log archives in the directory e D Data Files Nortel Networks Unified Manager archive The following shows filename conventions for the event log archives e SystemLogYYMMDDhhmm evs e ApplicationLogY YMMDDhhmm evs e SecurityLogY YMMDDhhmm evs Where YY is the year the log was created MM is the month the log was created DD s the day the log was created hhis the hour the log was created mm is the minute the log was created Use the procedure in this section to download and review NT Event logs using the Archlog application These files can aid in problem resolution because they contain the alarms displayed within alarm banner Download archlogs after completing the report a problem wizard or use archlog viewer to obtain the latest package The files are
559. y the PolicyFrameWorkPlb QosPolicyIPPlb and CopClient MIBs For OPS support POLICY FRAMEWORK PIB PibFramework mib This MIB is a policy information base PIB module that contains the base set of policy rule classes that are required to support all policies This MIB falls under the Synoptics branch For OPS support P0609330 2 0 Management Information Base MIB System 471 Table 38 Nortel MIBs files descriptions QOS POLICY IP PIB Piblp mib This PIB module contains an initial set of policy rule classes that describe the quality of service policies This MIB includes the general classes that can be extended by other PIB specification and an initial set of PIC classes related to IP processing This MIB falls under the Synoptics branch For OPS support COPS CLIENT MIB Copsclientmib mib The COPS Client MIB module is found under the Synoptics branch For OPS support Table 39 Microsoft MIBs files descriptions osPFMmBS MIBS Wiospimib Cd mib This MIB delinestheopenshoriestpaihitist MIB defines the open shortest path first OSPF MIBs from Wellfleet This Microsoft MIB is adopted and released as part of the Microsoft MIBs under the Wellfleet branch This MIB defines the OSPF parameters that are needed by the network administrator See OSPF MIBs for a list of the parameters RIP2 MIBS Msiprip2 mib This MIB defines the RIP2 MIBs This MIB defines RIP2 parameters that are required by the network administrator See
560. y added No action required Warning Information None Battery removed None if sufficient battery power still exists to support the load If battery removal causes another event of higher severity re insert or replace the battery immediately Warning Information None Bypass contactor OK No action required Warning Information None UPS internal temperature in bounds No action required Warning Information None Normal power restored UPS on line No action required Warning Information None UPS on battery Blackout UPS Uninterruptible power supply Event ID 1165 Event ID 1253 Event ID 2001 Event ID 2030 Event ID 2036 Return to table User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Message User action Alarm severity Trap type Logs Chapter 2 Fault Management System 187 Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Restore power to the UPS If there is not a general power failure that is if only the UPS has lost input power check building wiring and circuit breakers If the condition persists contact an electrician to analyze your utility power Minor Warning None UPS on battery Deep momentary sag This
561. ycode input file in progress No action required Warning Information None Processing of keycode input file completed No action required Warning Information None Trial has expired No action required Warning Information None Error applying keycode lt keycode value gt lt out of range or unsupported keycode value Information from component gt Specific to Information from component Critical Error Business Communications Manager Management User Guide 112 Chapter 2 Fault Management System cfsServer Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Component feature service Logs None Event ID 125 Message Error applying keycode lt keycode value gt User action No action required Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Event ID 126 Message lt Keycode functionality Trial functionality gt expired User action No action required Alarm severity Warning Trap type Information Logs None CTE CTE Return to table Component ID alarm eventSource trap summary Return to table Component ID alarms eventSource Trap by event ID Service Voice CTE Event ID 257 Message Changes have been detected in the KSU configuration User action Restart all TAPI applications to use with the new configuration Alarm severity Critical Trap type Error Logs None Event ID 258 Message A CTE application attempted to register with CTE before the Voice CTE service had fu

Avaya BCM Management User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents